Increase version number to 0.3.7

Signed-off-by: Antonio Niño Díaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>

.checkpatch.conf

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+# Configuration for checkpatch.pl
+# ===============================
+
+# Enable more tests
+--strict
+
+# Quiet
+--quiet
+
+# No per-file summary
+--no-summary
+
+# Don't expect the Linux kernel tree
+--no-tree
+
+# Show file line, not input line
+--showfile
+
+# Don't expect SPDX tag in the first line of a file
+--ignore SPDX_LICENSE_TAG
+
+# List of ignored rules
+# ---------------------
+
+# There's no BIT macro
+--ignore BIT_MACRO
+
+# Allow CamelCase
+--ignore CAMELCASE
+
+# Comparing to NULL explicitly isn't a bad thing
+--ignore COMPARISON_TO_NULL
+
+# Causes false positives
+--ignore COMPLEX_MACRO
+
+# Don't complain about structs not being const
+--ignore CONST_STRUCT
+
+# Do not check the format of commit messages
+--ignore GIT_COMMIT_ID
+
+# We don't have a MAINTAINERS file, don't complain about it.
+--ignore FILE_PATH_CHANGES
+
+# Writing the continuation on the start of the line can make it clearer
+--ignore LOGICAL_CONTINUATIONS
+
+# Don't complain if a line that contains a string is too long. It's better to
+# have a really long line that can be found with grep.
+--ignore LONG_LINE_STRING
+
+# Allow new typedefs
+--ignore NEW_TYPEDEFS
+
+# Prefer stdint.h types over kernel types
+--ignore PREFER_KERNEL_TYPES
+
+# Don't ask to replace sscanf by kstrto
+--ignore SSCANF_TO_KSTRTO
+
+# Parentheses can make the code clearer
+--ignore UNNECESSARY_PARENTHESES
+
+# Don't complain when files are modified in 'include/asm'
+--ignore MODIFIED_INCLUDE_ASM

.gitignore

@@ -4,4 +4,4 @@ rgbfix
 rgbgfx
 *.o
 *.exe
-*.html
+.checkpatch-camelcase.*

.travis-checkpatch.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+echo "Checking code style..."
+
+# Return failure as soon as a command fails to execute
+
+set -e
+
+# Download checkpatch.pl and related files
+
+echo "Getting checkpatch.pl..."
+
+mkdir checkpatchdir
+
+wget https://raw.githubusercontent.com/torvalds/linux/master/scripts/checkpatch.pl
+mv checkpatch.pl checkpatchdir/checkpatch.pl
+chmod +x checkpatchdir/checkpatch.pl
+
+touch checkpatchdir/const_structs.checkpatch
+touch checkpatchdir/spelling.txt
+
+# Run checkpatch.pl on the new commits
+
+echo "Running checkpatch.pl..."
+
+fname=$(mktemp)
+rc=0
+
+git remote set-branches --add origin develop
+git fetch
+
+make CHECKPATCH=checkpatchdir/checkpatch.pl checkpatch > $fname
+
+cat $fname
+
+if grep "ERROR" $fname; then
+    # At least one error found
+    echo "Code style errors have been found!"
+    rc=1
+else
+    echo "No code style errors found, your patches are ready!"
+fi
+
+# Cleanup
+
+rm -rf checkpatchdir
+
+exit $rc

.travis.yml

@@ -2,15 +2,14 @@ language: c
 sudo: required
 install:
   - ./.travis-deps.sh
+  - make
+  - sudo make install
 os:
   - linux
-  - osx
 compiler:
   - clang
   - gcc
 script:
-  - make
-  - sudo make install
-after_success:
-  - pushd test/asm/ && ./test.sh && popd
-  - pushd test/link/ && ./test.sh && popd
+  - ./.travis-checkpatch.sh
+  - cd test
+  - ./run-tests.sh

CONTRIBUTING.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+Contributing
+============
+
+RGBDS was created in the late 90's and has received contributions from several
+developers since then. It wouldn't have been possible to get to this point
+without their work and, for that reason, it is always open to the contributions
+of other people.
+
+Reporting Bugs
+--------------
+
+Bug reports are essential to improve RGBDS and they are always welcome. If you
+want to report a bug:
+
+1. Make sure that there isn't a similar issue already reported
+   `here <https://github.com/rednex/rgbds/issues>`__.
+
+2. Figure out a way of reproducing it reliably.
+
+3. If there is a piece of code that triggers the bug, try to reduce it to the
+   smallest file you can.
+
+4. Create a new `issue <https://github.com/rednex/rgbds/issues>`__.
+
+Of course, it may not always be possible to give an accurate bug report, but it
+always helps to fix it.
+
+Requesting new features
+-----------------------
+
+If you come up with a good idea that could be implemented, you can propose it to
+be done.
+
+1. Create a new `issue <https://github.com/rednex/rgbds/issues>`__.
+
+2. Try to be as accurate as possible. Describe what you need and why you need
+   it, maybe with examples.
+
+Please understand that the contributors are doing it in their free time, so
+simple requests are more likely to catch the interest of a contributor than
+complicated ones. If you really need something to be done, and you think you can
+implement it yourself, you can always contribute to RGBDS with your own code.
+
+Contributing code
+-----------------
+
+If you want to contribute with your own code, whether it is to fix a current
+issue or to add something that nobody had requested, you should first consider
+if your change is going to be small (and likely to be accepted as-is) or big
+(and will have to go through some rework).
+
+Big changes will most likely require some discussion, so open an
+`issue <https://github.com/rednex/rgbds/issues>`__ and explain what you want to
+do and how you intend to do it. If you already have a prototype, it's always a
+good idea to show it. Tests help, too.
+
+If you are going to work on a specific issue that involves a lot of work, it is
+always a good idea to leave a message, just in case someone else is interested
+but doesn't know that there's someone working on it.
+
+Note that you must contribute all your changes under the MIT License. If you are
+just modifying a file, you don't need to do anything (maybe update the copyright
+years). If you are adding new files, you need to use the correct header with the
+copyright and the reference to the MIT License.
+
+1. Fork this repository.
+
+2. Checkout the ``develop`` branch.
+
+3. Create a new branch to work on. You could still work on ``develop``, but it's
+   easier that way.
+
+4. Compile your changes with ``make develop`` instead of just ``make``. This
+   target checks for additional warnings. Your patches shouldn't introduce any
+   new warning (but it may be possible to remove some warning checks if it makes
+   the code much easier).
+
+5. Sign off your commits: ``git commit -s``
+
+6. Follow the Linux kernel coding style, which can be found in the file
+   ``Documentation/process/coding-style.rst`` in the Linux kernel repository.
+   Note that the coding style isn't writen on stone, if there is a good reason
+   to deviate from it, it should be fine.
+
+7. Download the files ``checkpatch.pl``, ``const_structs.checkpatch`` and
+   ``spelling.txt`` from the folder ``scripts`` in the Linux kernel repository.
+
+8. To use ``checkpatch.pl`` you can use ``make checkpatch``, which will check
+   the coding style of all patches between the current one and the upstream
+   code. By default, the Makefile expects the script (and associate files) to be
+   located in ``../linux/scripts/``, but you can place them anywhere you like as
+   long as you specify it when executing the command:
+   ``CHECKPATCH=../path/to/folder make checkpatch``.
+
+9. Create a pull request against the branch ``develop``.
+
+10. Be prepared to get some comments about your code and to modify it. Tip: Use
+    ``git rebase -i origin/develop`` to modify chains of commits.

CONTRIBUTORS.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Contributors to RGBDS
+=====================
+
+Original author
+---------------
+
+- Carsten Elton Sørensen <csoren@gmail.com>
+
+Main contributors
+-----------------
+
+- Justin Lloyd <jlloyd@imf.la>
+
+- Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
+
+- Anthony J. Bentley <anthony@anjbe.name>
+
+- stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+
+- Antonio Niño Díaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
+
+Other contributors
+------------------
+
+- Ben10do
+
+- Björn Höhrmann <bjoern@hoehrmann.de>
+
+- Christophe Staïesse <chastai@skynet.be>
+
+- The Musl C library <http://www.musl-libc.org>
+
+- obskyr <powpowd@gmail.com>
+
+- The OpenBSD Project <http://www.openbsd.org>
+
+- Sanqui <gsanky@gmail.com>
+
+- YamaArashi <shadow962@live.com>
+
+- yenatch <yenatch@gmail.com>

LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+The MIT License
+
+Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
+IN THE SOFTWARE.

LICENSE.md

@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-# Original code
-
-Copyright (C) 1997  Carsten Sorensen <surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk>
-
-The ASMotor package (xAsm, xLink, RGBFix, examples and documentation) is
-freeware and distributed as is. The author retains his copyright and right to
-modify the specifications and operation of the software without notice.
-
-In other words this means I encourage you to...
-
-- use it for whatever purpose even professional work without me charging you a
-  penny
-- copy it to another person (wholly or in part, though I'm sure he'd appreciate
-  the whole package) in whatever form you find suitable
-- mass-distribute the ASMotor package if it is complete (xAsm, xLink, RGBFix and
-  documentation).
-- contact me if you have any problems
-
-This also means you can't...
-
-- blame me for loss of profit, data, sleep, food or other nasty things through
-  the use or distribution of ASMotor. If you choose to use ASMotor  you do so at
-  your own risk.
-- expect me to be able to help you should you have a problem related or not to
-  ASMotor.
-
-# Otaku no Zoku's modifications
-
-Copyright (C) 1999  Justin Lloyd <jlloyd@imf.la> (?)
-
-```
-                      DO WHATEVER PUBLIC LICENSE*
-   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
-  0. You can do whatever you want to with the work.
-  1. You cannot stop anybody from doing whatever they want to with the work.
-  2. You cannot revoke anybody elses DO WHATEVER PUBLIC LICENSE in the work.
-
- This program is free software. It comes without any warranty, to
- the extent permitted by applicable law. You can redistribute it
- and/or modify it under the terms of the DO WHATEVER PUBLIC LICENSE
-
- Software originally created by Justin Lloyd @ http://otakunozoku.com/
-```
-
-# rgbds-linux
-
-Copyright (C) 2009  Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
-
-# Current
-
-rgbasm and rgblink are derived from Justin Lloyd's RGBDS.
-
-rgbfix was rewritten from scratch by Anthony J. Bentley, and is released
-under the ISC license; see the source file for the text of the license.
-
-rgbgfx was written by stag019, and is released under the ISC license.
-
-Some files of rgblink were written by Antonio Niño Díaz, and they are relased
-under the ISC license. The affected files have the appropriate license in the
-header of the file.
-
-The UTF-8 decoder in src/asm/charmap.c was written by Björn Höhrmann and is
-released under the MIT license. The remainder of charmap.c was written by
-stag019, and is released under the ISC license.
-
-extern/err.c is derived from the Musl C library, http://www.musl-libc.org,
-and is released under the MIT license.
-
-extern/reallocarray.c is derived from the OpenBSD Project,
-http://www.openbsd.org, and is released under the ISC license.
-
-extern/strl.c is derived from the OpenBSD Project, http://www.openbsd.org,
-and is released under the BSD license.

Makefile

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+#
+# This file is part of RGBDS.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+#
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+#
+
 # User-defined variables
 
 Q		:= @
@@ -7,6 +15,7 @@ mandir		:= ${PREFIX}/man
 STRIP		:= -s
 BINMODE		:= 555
 MANMODE		:= 444
+CHECKPATCH	:= ../linux/scripts/checkpatch.pl
 
 # Other variables
 
@@ -15,8 +24,15 @@ PNGCFLAGS	:= `${PKG_CONFIG} --static --cflags libpng`
 PNGLDFLAGS	:= `${PKG_CONFIG} --static --libs-only-L libpng`
 PNGLDLIBS	:= `${PKG_CONFIG} --static --libs-only-l libpng`
 
-WARNFLAGS	:= -Wall -Werror
-CFLAGS		:= ${WARNFLAGS} -g -std=c99 -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=200809L -Iinclude
+VERSION_STRING	:= `git describe --tags --dirty --always 2>/dev/null`
+
+WARNFLAGS	:= -Wall
+
+# Overridable CFLAGS
+CFLAGS		:= -g
+# Non-overridable CFLAGS
+REALCFLAGS	:= ${CFLAGS} ${WARNFLAGS} -std=c99 -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=200809L \
+		   -Iinclude -DBUILD_VERSION_STRING=\"${VERSION_STRING}\"
 
 YFLAGS		:=
 LFLAGS		:= --nounistd
@@ -40,11 +56,9 @@ rgbasm_obj := \
 	src/asm/output.o \
 	src/asm/rpn.o \
 	src/asm/symbol.o \
-	src/asm/locallex.o \
 	src/extern/err.o \
-	src/extern/reallocarray.o \
-	src/extern/strlcpy.o \
-	src/extern/strlcat.o
+	src/extern/utf8decoder.o \
+	src/version.o
 
 src/asm/asmy.h: src/asm/asmy.c
 src/asm/locallex.o src/asm/globlex.o src/asm/lexer.o: src/asm/asmy.h
@@ -61,32 +75,35 @@ rgblink_obj := \
 	src/link/parser.o \
 	src/link/script.o \
 	src/link/symbol.o \
-	src/extern/err.o
+	src/extern/err.o \
+	src/version.o
 
 src/link/parser.h: src/link/parser.c
 src/link/lexer.o: src/link/parser.h
 
 rgbfix_obj := \
 	src/fix/main.o \
-	src/extern/err.o
+	src/extern/err.o \
+	src/version.o
 
 rgbgfx_obj := \
 	src/gfx/gb.o \
 	src/gfx/main.o \
 	src/gfx/makepng.o \
-	src/extern/err.o
+	src/extern/err.o \
+	src/version.o
 
 rgbasm: ${rgbasm_obj}
-	$Q${CC} ${CFLAGS} -o $@ ${rgbasm_obj} -lm
+	$Q${CC} ${REALCFLAGS} -o $@ ${rgbasm_obj} -lm
 
 rgblink: ${rgblink_obj}
-	$Q${CC} ${CFLAGS} -o $@ ${rgblink_obj}
+	$Q${CC} ${REALCFLAGS} -o $@ ${rgblink_obj}
 
 rgbfix: ${rgbfix_obj}
-	$Q${CC} ${CFLAGS} -o $@ ${rgbfix_obj}
+	$Q${CC} ${REALCFLAGS} -o $@ ${rgbfix_obj}
 
 rgbgfx: ${rgbgfx_obj}
-	$Q${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${PNGLDFLAGS} -o $@ ${rgbgfx_obj} ${PNGLDLIBS}
+	$Q${CC} ${REALCFLAGS} ${PNGLDFLAGS} -o $@ ${rgbgfx_obj} ${PNGLDLIBS}
 
 # Rules to process files
 
@@ -96,23 +113,32 @@ rgbgfx: ${rgbgfx_obj}
 .l.o:
 	$Q${RM} $*.c
 	$Q${LEX} ${LFLAGS} -o $*.c $<
-	$Q${CC} ${CFLAGS} -c -o $@ $*.c
+	$Q${CC} ${REALCFLAGS} -c -o $@ $*.c
 	$Q${RM} $*.c
 
 .c.o:
-	$Q${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${PNGCFLAGS} -c -o $@ $<
+	$Q${CC} ${REALCFLAGS} ${PNGCFLAGS} -c -o $@ $<
 
-# Target used to remove all files generated by other Makefile targets.
+# Target used to remove all files generated by other Makefile targets, except
+# for the html documentation.
 
 clean:
-	$Q${RM} rgbds.7.html gbz80.7.html rgbds.5.html
-	$Q${RM} rgbasm rgbasm.exe ${rgbasm_obj} rgbasm.1.html rgbasm.5.html
-	$Q${RM} rgblink rgblink.exe ${rgblink_obj} rgblink.1.html rgblink.5.html
-	$Q${RM} rgbfix rgbfix.exe ${rgbfix_obj} rgbfix.1.html
-	$Q${RM} rgbgfx rgbgfx.exe ${rgbgfx_obj} rgbgfx.1.html
+	$Q${RM} rgbasm rgbasm.exe ${rgbasm_obj}
+	$Q${RM} rgblink rgblink.exe ${rgblink_obj}
+	$Q${RM} rgbfix rgbfix.exe ${rgbfix_obj}
+	$Q${RM} rgbgfx rgbgfx.exe ${rgbgfx_obj}
 	$Q${RM} src/asm/asmy.c src/asm/asmy.h
 	$Q${RM} src/link/lexer.c src/link/parser.c src/link/parser.h
 
+# Target used to remove all html files generated by the wwwman target
+
+cleanwwwman:
+	$Q${RM} docs/rgbds.7.html docs/gbz80.7.html docs/rgbds.5.html
+	$Q${RM} docs/rgbasm.1.html docs/rgbasm.5.html
+	$Q${RM} docs/rgblink.1.html docs/rgblink.5.html
+	$Q${RM} docs/rgbfix.1.html
+	$Q${RM} docs/rgbgfx.1.html
+
 # Target used to install the binaries and man pages.
 
 install: all
@@ -132,21 +158,61 @@ install: all
 	$Qinstall -m ${MANMODE} src/link/rgblink.5 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5/rgblink.5
 	$Qinstall -m ${MANMODE} src/gfx/rgbgfx.1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1/rgbgfx.1
 
+# Target used to check the coding style of the whole codebase. '.y' and '.l'
+# files aren't checked, unfortunately...
+
+checkcodebase:
+	$Qfor file in `git ls-files | grep -E '\.c|\.h' | grep -v '\.html'`; do	\
+		${CHECKPATCH} -f "$$file";					\
+	done
+
+# Target used to check the coding style of the patches from the upstream branch
+# to the HEAD. Runs checkpatch once for each commit between the current HEAD and
+# the first common commit between the HEAD and origin/develop. '.y' and '.l'
+# files aren't checked, unfortunately...
+
+checkpatch:
+	$Qeval COMMON_COMMIT=$$(git merge-base HEAD origin/develop);	\
+	for commit in `git rev-list $$COMMON_COMMIT..HEAD`; do		\
+		echo "[*] Analyzing commit '$$commit'";			\
+		git format-patch --stdout "$$commit~..$$commit"		\
+			| ${CHECKPATCH} - || true;			\
+	done
+
 # Target for the project maintainer to easily create web manuals.
 # It relies on mandoc: http://mdocml.bsd.lv
 
-MANDOC	:= -Thtml -Ios=General -Oman=%N.%S.html -Ostyle=manual.css
+MANDOC	:= -Thtml -Ios=General -Oman=%N.%S.html -Ostyle=mandoc.css
 
 wwwman:
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/rgbds.7 > rgbds.7.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/gbz80.7 > gbz80.7.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/rgbds.5 > rgbds.5.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/asm/rgbasm.1 > rgbasm.1.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/asm/rgbasm.5 > rgbasm.5.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/fix/rgbfix.1 > rgbfix.1.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/link/rgblink.1 > rgblink.1.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/link/rgblink.5 > rgblink.5.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/gfx/rgbgfx.1 > rgbgfx.1.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/rgbds.7 > docs/rgbds.7.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/gbz80.7 > docs/gbz80.7.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/rgbds.5 > docs/rgbds.5.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/asm/rgbasm.1 > docs/rgbasm.1.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/asm/rgbasm.5 > docs/rgbasm.5.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/fix/rgbfix.1 > docs/rgbfix.1.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/link/rgblink.1 > docs/rgblink.1.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/link/rgblink.5 > docs/rgblink.5.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/gfx/rgbgfx.1 > docs/rgbgfx.1.html
+
+# This target is used during development in order to prevent adding new issues
+# to the source code. All warnings are treated as errors in order to block the
+# compilation and make the continous integration infrastructure return failure.
+
+develop:
+	$Qenv make -j WARNFLAGS="-Werror -Wall -Wextra -Wpedantic \
+		-Wno-sign-compare -Wchkp -Wformat=2 -Wformat-overflow=2 \
+		-Wformat-truncation=1 -Wformat-y2k -Wswitch-enum -Wunused \
+		-Wuninitialized -Wunknown-pragmas -Wstrict-overflow=5 \
+		-Wstringop-overflow=4 -Walloc-zero -Wduplicated-cond \
+		-Wfloat-equal -Wshadow -Wcast-qual -Wcast-align -Wlogical-op \
+		-Wnested-externs -Wno-aggressive-loop-optimizations -Winline \
+		-Wundef -Wstrict-prototypes -Wold-style-definition \
+		-fsanitize=shift -fsanitize=integer-divide-by-zero \
+		-fsanitize=unreachable -fsanitize=vla-bound \
+		-fsanitize=signed-integer-overflow -fsanitize=bounds \
+		-fsanitize=object-size -fsanitize=bool -fsanitize=enum \
+		-fsanitize=alignment -fsanitize=null"
 
 # Targets for the project maintainer to easily create Windows exes.
 # This is not for Windows users!
@@ -155,7 +221,7 @@ wwwman:
 
 mingw32:
 	$Qenv PKG_CONFIG_PATH=/usr/i686-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/lib/pkgconfig/ \
-		make CC=i686-w64-mingw32-gcc YACC=bison WARNFLAGS= -j
+		make CC=i686-w64-mingw32-gcc YACC=bison -j
 	$Qmv rgbasm rgbasm.exe
 	$Qmv rgblink rgblink.exe
 	$Qmv rgbfix rgbfix.exe
@@ -163,7 +229,7 @@ mingw32:
 
 mingw64:
 	$Qenv PKG_CONFIG_PATH=/usr/x86_64-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/lib/pkgconfig/ \
-		make CC=x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc YACC=bison WARNFLAGS= -j
+		make CC=x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc YACC=bison -j
 	$Qmv rgbasm rgbasm.exe
 	$Qmv rgblink rgblink.exe
 	$Qmv rgbfix rgbfix.exe

README.md

@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-# RGBDS
-
-RGBDS (Rednex Game Boy Development System) is a free assembler/linker package
-for the Game Boy and Game Boy Color. It consists of:
-
-  - rgbasm  (assembler)
-  - rgblink (linker)
-  - rgbfix  (checksum/header fixer)
-  - rgbgfx  (PNG‐to‐Game Boy graphics converter)
-
-This is a fork of the original RGBDS which aims to make the programs more like
-other UNIX tools.
-
-This toolchain is maintained on [GitHub](https://github.com/rednex/rgbds), as
-well as its [documentation](https://github.com/rednex/rednex.github.io).
-
-The documentation of this toolchain can be viewed online
-[here](https://rednex.github.io/), it is generated from the man pages found in
-this repository.
-
-## 1. Installing RGBDS
-
-### 1.1 Windows
-
-Windows builds are available in the releases page on GitHub:
-
-    https://github.com/rednex/rgbds/releases
-
-Copy the `.exe` files to `C:\Windows\` or similar.
-
-If you require the latest version in development, it should be possible to
-compile RGBDS with MinGW or Cygwin by following the instructions to build it
-on UNIX systems.
-
-### 1.2 macOS
-
-You can build RGBDS by following the instructions below. However, if you would
-prefer not to build RGBDS yourself, you may also install it using
-[Homebrew](http://brew.sh/).
-
-To install the latest release, use:
-
-```sh
-brew install rgbds
-```
-
-To install RGBDS with all of the current changes in development (as seen on the
-`master` branch on GitHub), use:
-
-```sh
-brew install rgbds --HEAD
-```
-
-### 1.3 Other UNIX-like systems
-
-No official binaries of RGBDS are distributed for these systems, you must follow
-the simple instructions below to compile and install it.
-
-
-## 2. Building RGBDS from source
-
-RGBDS can be built in UNIX-like systems by following the instructions below.
-
-### 2.1 Dependencies
-
-RGBDS requires yacc, flex, libpng and pkg-config to be installed.
-
-On macOS, install the latter two with [Homebrew](http://brew.sh/):
-
-```sh
-brew install libpng pkg-config
-```
-
-On other Unixes, use the built-in package manager. For example, on Debian or
-Ubuntu:
-
-```sh
-sudo apt-get install byacc flex pkg-config libpng-dev
-```
-
-You can test if libpng and pkg-config are installed by running
-`pkg-config --cflags libpng`: if the output is a path, then you're good, and if
-it outputs an error then you need to install them via a package manager.
-
-### 2.2 Build process
-
-To build the programs, run in your terminal:
-
-```sh
-make
-```
-
-Then, to install the compiled programs and manual pages, run (with appropriate
-privileges, e.g, with `sudo`):
-
-
-```sh
-make install
-```
-
-After installation, you can read the manuals with the `man` command. E.g.,
-
-```sh
-man 7 rgbds
-```
-
-There are some variables in the Makefile that can be redefined by the user. The
-variables described below can affect installation behavior when given on the
-make command line. For example, to install RGBDS in your home directory instead
-of systemwide, run the following:
-
-```sh
-make install PREFIX=$HOME
-```
-
-To do a verbose build, run:
-
-```sh
-make Q=
-```
-
-This is the complete list of user-defined variables:
-
-- `PREFIX`: Location where RGBDS will be installed. Defaults to `/usr/local`.
-
-- `bindir`: Location where the binaries will be installed. Defaults to `${PREFIX}/bin`.
-
-- `mandir`: Location where the manpages will be installed. Defaults to `${PREFIX}/man`.
-
-- `DESTDIR`: This is prepended to all paths during the installation. It is
-  mainly used for packaging.
-
-- `Q`: Whether to quiet the build or not. To make the build more verbose, clear
-  this variable. Defaults to `@`.
-
-- `STRIP`: Whether to strip the installed binaries of debug symbols or not.
-  Defaults to `-s`.
-
-- `BINMODE`: Permissions of the installed binaries. Defaults to `555`.
-
-- `MANMODE`: Permissions of the installed manpages. Defaults to `444`.
-
-## 3 History
-
-- Around 1997, Carsten Sorensen (AKA SurfSmurf) writes ASMotor as a
-  general-purpose assembler/linker system for DOS/Win32
-
-- Around 1999, Justin Lloyd (AKA Otaku no Zoku) adapts ASMotor to read and
-  produce GBZ80 assembly/machine code, and releases this version as RGBDS.
-
-- 2009, Vegard Nossum adapts the code to be more UNIX-like and releases this
-  version as rgbds-linux on [GitHub](https://github.com/vegard/rgbds-linux).
-
-- 2010, Anthony J. Bentley forks that repository. The fork becomes the reference
-  implementation of rgbds.
-
-- 2017, Bentley's repository is moved to a neutral name.

README.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+RGBDS
+=====
+
+RGBDS (Rednex Game Boy Development System) is a free assembler/linker package
+for the Game Boy and Game Boy Color. It consists of:
+
+- rgbasm (assembler)
+- rgblink (linker)
+- rgbfix (checksum/header fixer)
+- rgbgfx (PNG‐to‐Game Boy graphics converter)
+
+This is a fork of the original RGBDS which aims to make the programs more like
+other UNIX tools.
+
+This toolchain is maintained on `GitHub <https://github.com/rednex/rgbds>`__.
+
+The documentation of this toolchain can be viewed online
+`here <https://rednex.github.io/rgbds/>`__, it is generated from the man pages
+found in this repository.
+
+1. Installing RGBDS
+-------------------
+
+1.1 Windows
+~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Windows builds are available in the releases page on GitHub:
+
+::
+
+    https://github.com/rednex/rgbds/releases
+
+Copy the ``.exe`` files to ``C:\Windows\`` or similar.
+
+If you require the latest version in development, it should be possible to
+compile RGBDS with MinGW or Cygwin by following the instructions to build it on
+UNIX systems.
+
+1.2 macOS
+~~~~~~~~~
+
+You can build RGBDS by following the instructions below. However, if you would
+prefer not to build RGBDS yourself, you may also install it using
+`Homebrew <http://brew.sh/>`__.
+
+To install the latest release, use:
+
+.. code:: sh
+
+    brew install rgbds
+
+To install RGBDS with all of the current changes in development (as seen on the
+``master`` branch on GitHub), use:
+
+.. code:: sh
+
+    brew install rgbds --HEAD
+
+1.3 Other UNIX-like systems
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+No official binaries of RGBDS are distributed for these systems, you must follow
+the simple instructions below to compile and install it.
+
+2. Building RGBDS from source
+-----------------------------
+
+RGBDS can be built in UNIX-like systems by following the instructions below.
+
+2.1 Dependencies
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+RGBDS requires yacc, flex, libpng and pkg-config to be installed.
+
+On macOS, install the latter two with `Homebrew <http://brew.sh/>`__:
+
+.. code:: sh
+
+    brew install libpng pkg-config
+
+On other Unixes, use the built-in package manager. For example, on Debian or
+Ubuntu:
+
+.. code:: sh
+
+    sudo apt-get install byacc flex pkg-config libpng-dev
+
+You can test if libpng and pkg-config are installed by running ``pkg-config
+--cflags libpng``: if the output is a path, then you're good, and if it outputs
+an error then you need to install them via a package manager.
+
+2.2 Build process
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To build the programs, run in your terminal:
+
+.. code:: sh
+
+    make
+
+Then, to install the compiled programs and manual pages, run (with appropriate
+privileges, e.g, with ``sudo``):
+
+.. code:: sh
+
+    make install
+
+After installation, you can read the manuals with the ``man`` command. E.g.,
+
+.. code:: sh
+
+    man 7 rgbds
+
+There are some variables in the Makefile that can be redefined by the user. The
+variables described below can affect installation behavior when given on the
+make command line. For example, to install RGBDS in your home directory instead
+of systemwide, run the following:
+
+.. code:: sh
+
+    make install PREFIX=$HOME
+
+To do a verbose build, run:
+
+.. code:: sh
+
+    make Q=
+
+This is the complete list of user-defined variables:
+
+- ``PREFIX``: Location where RGBDS will be installed. Defaults to
+  ``/usr/local``.
+
+- ``bindir``: Location where the binaries will be installed. Defaults to
+  ``${PREFIX}/bin``.
+
+- ``mandir``: Location where the manpages will be installed. Defaults to
+  ``${PREFIX}/man``.
+
+- ``DESTDIR``: This is prepended to all paths during the installation. It is
+  mainly used for packaging.
+
+- ``Q``: Whether to quiet the build or not. To make the build more verbose,
+  clear this variable. Defaults to ``@``.
+
+- ``STRIP``: Whether to strip the installed binaries of debug symbols or not.
+  Defaults to ``-s``.
+
+- ``BINMODE``: Permissions of the installed binaries. Defaults to ``555``.
+
+- ``MANMODE``: Permissions of the installed manpages. Defaults to ``444``.
+
+- ``CHECKPATCH``: Path of the script ``checkpatch.pl`` of the Linux kernel.
+  Defaults to ``../linux/scripts/checkpatch.pl``.
+
+3 History
+---------
+
+- Around 1997, Carsten Sorensen (AKA SurfSmurf) writes ASMotor as a
+  general-purpose assembler/linker system for DOS/Win32
+
+- Around 1999, Justin Lloyd (AKA Otaku no Zoku) adapts ASMotor to read and
+  produce GBZ80 assembly/machine code, and releases this version as RGBDS.
+
+- 2009, Vegard Nossum adapts the code to be more UNIX-like and releases
+  this version as rgbds-linux on
+  `GitHub <https://github.com/vegard/rgbds-linux>`__.
+
+- 2010, Anthony J. Bentley forks that repository. The fork becomes the reference
+  implementation of rgbds.
+
+- 2017, Bentley's repository is moved to a neutral name.
+
+- 2018, codebase relicensed under the MIT license.

docs/index.html

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+  <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
+  <title>General Information</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="mandoc.css">
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1>RGBDS — Rednex Game Boy Development System</h1>
+<h2>Table of Contents</h2>
+<ol>
+  <li>General information
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="rgbds.7.html">RGBDS general information</a></li>
+      <li><a href="rgbds.5.html">RGBDS object file format</a></li>
+    </ul>
+  <li>Language description
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="rgbasm.5.html">RGBASM language description</a></li>
+      <li><a href="rgblink.5.html">RGBLINK linkerscript language description</a></li>
+      <li><a href="gbz80.7.html">GBZ80 CPU instruction set description</a></li>
+    </ul>
+  <li>Command line usage
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="rgbasm.1.html">RGBASM command-line usage</a></li>
+      <li><a href="rgblink.1.html">RGBLINK command-line usage</a></li>
+      <li><a href="rgbfix.1.html">RGBFIX command-line usage</a></li>
+      <li><a href="rgbgfx.1.html">RGBGFX command-line usage</a></li>
+    </ul>
+</ol>
+<h2 id="GitHub Repository">GitHub Repository:</h2>
+<ul>
+  <li><a href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a></li>
+</ul>
+</body>

docs/mandoc.css

@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/* $Id: mandoc.css,v 1.22 2017/07/16 18:45:00 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Standard style sheet for mandoc(1) -Thtml and man.cgi(8).
+ */
+
+/* Global defaults. */
+
+html {		max-width: 100ex; }
+body {		font-family: Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; }
+table {		margin-top: 0em;
+		margin-bottom: 0em; }
+td {		vertical-align: top; }
+ul, ol, dl {	margin-top: 0em;
+		margin-bottom: 0em; }
+li, dt {	margin-top: 1em; }
+
+a.selflink {	border-bottom: thin dotted;
+		color: inherit;
+		font: inherit;
+		text-decoration: inherit; }
+* {		clear: both }
+
+/* Search form and search results. */
+
+fieldset {	border: thin solid silver;
+		border-radius: 1em;
+		text-align: center; }
+input[name=expr] {
+		width: 25%; }
+
+table.results {	margin-top: 1em;
+		margin-left: 2em;
+		font-size: smaller; }
+
+/* Header and footer lines. */
+
+table.head {	width: 100%;
+		border-bottom: 1px dotted #808080;
+		margin-bottom: 1em;
+		font-size: smaller; }
+td.head-vol {	text-align: center; }
+td.head-rtitle {
+		text-align: right; }
+span.Nd { }
+
+table.foot {	width: 100%;
+		border-top: 1px dotted #808080;
+		margin-top: 1em;
+		font-size: smaller; }
+td.foot-os {	text-align: right; }
+
+/* Sections and paragraphs. */
+
+div.manual-text {
+		margin-left: 5ex; }
+h1.Sh {		margin-top: 2ex;
+		margin-bottom: 1ex;
+		margin-left: -4ex;
+		font-size: 110%; }
+h2.Ss {		margin-top: 2ex;
+		margin-bottom: 1ex;
+		margin-left: -2ex;
+		font-size: 105%; }
+div.Pp {	margin: 1ex 0ex; }
+a.Sx { }
+a.Xr { }
+
+/* Displays and lists. */
+
+div.Bd { }
+div.D1 {	margin-left: 5ex; }
+
+ul.Bl-bullet {	list-style-type: disc;
+		padding-left: 1em; }
+li.It-bullet { }
+ul.Bl-dash {	list-style-type: none;
+		padding-left: 0em; }
+li.It-dash:before {
+		content: "\2014  "; }
+ul.Bl-item {	list-style-type: none;
+		padding-left: 0em; }
+li.It-item { }
+ul.Bl-compact > li {
+		margin-top: 0ex; }
+
+ol.Bl-enum {	padding-left: 2em; }
+li.It-enum { }
+ol.Bl-compact > li {
+		margin-top: 0ex; }
+
+dl.Bl-diag { }
+dt.It-diag { }
+dd.It-diag {	margin-left: 0ex; }
+b.It-diag {	font-style: normal; }
+dl.Bl-hang { }
+dt.It-hang { }
+dd.It-hang {	margin-left: 10.2ex; }
+dl.Bl-inset { }
+dt.It-inset { }
+dd.It-inset {	margin-left: 0ex; }
+dl.Bl-ohang { }
+dt.It-ohang { }
+dd.It-ohang {	margin-left: 0ex; }
+dl.Bl-tag {	margin-left: 10.2ex; }
+dt.It-tag {	float: left;
+		margin-top: 0ex;
+		margin-left: -10.2ex;
+		padding-right: 2ex;
+		vertical-align: top; }
+dd.It-tag {	clear: right;
+		width: 100%;
+		margin-top: 0ex;
+		margin-left: 0ex;
+		vertical-align: top;
+		overflow: auto; }
+dl.Bl-compact > dt {
+		margin-top: 0ex; }
+
+table.Bl-column { }
+tr.It-column { }
+td.It-column {	margin-top: 1em; }
+table.Bl-compact > tbody > tr > td {
+		margin-top: 0ex; }
+
+cite.Rs {	font-style: normal;
+		font-weight: normal; }
+span.RsA { }
+i.RsB {		font-weight: normal; }
+span.RsC { }
+span.RsD { }
+i.RsI {		font-weight: normal; }
+i.RsJ {		font-weight: normal; }
+span.RsN { }
+span.RsO { }
+span.RsP { }
+span.RsQ { }
+span.RsR { }
+span.RsT {	text-decoration: underline; }
+a.RsU { }
+span.RsV { }
+
+span.eqn { }
+table.tbl { }
+
+/* Semantic markup for command line utilities. */
+
+table.Nm { }
+b.Nm {		font-style: normal; }
+b.Fl {		font-style: normal; }
+b.Cm {		font-style: normal; }
+var.Ar {	font-style: italic;
+		font-weight: normal; }
+span.Op { }
+b.Ic {		font-style: normal; }
+code.Ev {	font-style: normal;
+		font-weight: normal;
+		font-family: monospace; }
+i.Pa {		font-weight: normal; }
+
+/* Semantic markup for function libraries. */
+
+span.Lb { }
+b.In {		font-style: normal; }
+a.In { }
+b.Fd {		font-style: normal; }
+var.Ft {	font-style: italic;
+		font-weight: normal; }
+b.Fn {		font-style: normal; }
+var.Fa {	font-style: italic;
+		font-weight: normal; }
+var.Vt {	font-style: italic;
+		font-weight: normal; }
+var.Va {	font-style: italic;
+		font-weight: normal; }
+code.Dv {	font-style: normal;
+		font-weight: normal;
+		font-family: monospace; }
+code.Er {	font-style: normal;
+		font-weight: normal;
+		font-family: monospace; }
+
+/* Various semantic markup. */
+
+span.An { }
+a.Lk { }
+a.Mt { }
+b.Cd {		font-style: normal; }
+i.Ad {		font-weight: normal; }
+b.Ms {		font-style: normal; }
+span.St { }
+a.Ux { }
+
+/* Physical markup. */
+
+.No {		font-style: normal;
+		font-weight: normal; }
+.Em {		font-style: italic;
+		font-weight: normal; }
+.Sy {		font-style: normal;
+		font-weight: bold; }
+.Li {		font-style: normal;
+		font-weight: normal;
+		font-family: monospace; }

docs/rgbasm.1.html

@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+  <style>
+    table.head, table.foot { width: 100%; }
+    td.head-rtitle, td.foot-os { text-align: right; }
+    td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
+    div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
+  </style>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
+  <title>RGBASM(1)</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<table class="head">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="head-ltitle">RGBASM(1)</td>
+    <td class="head-vol">General Commands Manual</td>
+    <td class="head-rtitle">RGBASM(1)</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<div class="manual-text">
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="NAME"><a class="selflink" href="#NAME">NAME</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbasm</b> &#x2014; <span class="Nd" title="Nd">Game
+  Boy assembler</span>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SYNOPSIS"><a class="selflink" href="#SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></h1>
+<table class="Nm">
+  <tr>
+    <td><b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbasm</b></td>
+    <td>[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-EhLVvw</b></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-b</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">chars</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-D</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">name</var>[<span class="Op">=<var class="Ar" title="Ar">value</var></span>]</span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-g</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">chars</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-i</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">path</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-M</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">dependfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-o</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">outfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-p</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">pad_value</var></span>]
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">file</var></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="DESCRIPTION"><a class="selflink" href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></h1>
+The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbasm</b> program creates an object file from an
+  assembly source file. Its arguments are as follows:
+<dl class="Bl-tag">
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#b"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="b">-b</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">chars</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Change the two characters used for binary constants. The
+      defaults are 01.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#D"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="D">-D</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">name</var>[<span class="Op">=<var class="Ar" title="Ar">value</var></span>]</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Add string symbol to the compiled source code. This is
+      equivalent to <var class="Ar" title="Ar">name</var>
+      <b class="Cm" title="Cm">EQUS</b>
+      &#x201C;<var class="Ar" title="Ar">value</var>&#x201D; in code. If a value
+      is not specified, a value of 1 is given.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#E"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="E">-E</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Export all labels, including unreferenced and local
+    labels.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#g"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="g">-g</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">chars</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Change the four characters used for binary constants. The
+      defaults are 0123.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#h"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="h">-h</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">By default, <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbasm</b> inserts a
+      &#x2018;nop&#x2019; instruction immediately after any &#x2018;halt&#x2019;
+      instruction. The <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-h</b> option disables this
+      behavior.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#i"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="i">-i</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">path</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Add an include path.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#L"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="L">-L</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Disable the optimization that turns loads of the form
+      <b class="Sy" title="Sy">LD [$FF00+n8],A</b> into the opcode
+      <b class="Sy" title="Sy">LDH [$FF00+n8],A</b> in order to have full
+      control of the result in the final ROM.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#M"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="M">-M</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">dependfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Print <a class="Xr" title="Xr">make(1)</a> dependencies to
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">dependfile</var>.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#o"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="o">-o</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">outfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Write an object file to the given filename.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#p"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="p">-p</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">pad_value</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">When padding an image, pad with this value. The default is
+      0x00.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#V"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="V">-V</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Print the version of the program and exit.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#v"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="v">-v</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Be verbose.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#w"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="w">-w</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Disable warning output.</dd>
+</dl>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
+Assembling a basic source file is simple:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
+<pre class="Li">
+$ rgbasm -o bar.o foo.asm
+</pre>
+</div>
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The resulting object file is not yet a usable ROM image &#x2014; it must first
+  be run through <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a> and
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbfix(1)</a>.
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="selflink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
+  ALSO</a></h1>
+<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(5)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbfix(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(5)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(7)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">gbz80(7)</a>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="HISTORY"><a class="selflink" href="#HISTORY">HISTORY</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbasm</b> was originally written by Carsten
+  S&#x00F8;rensen as part of the ASMotor package, and was later packaged in
+  RGBDS by Justin Lloyd. It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
+  <a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
+<table class="foot">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="foot-date">February 24, 2018</td>
+    <td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+</body>
+</html>

docs/rgbds.5.html

@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+  <style>
+    table.head, table.foot { width: 100%; }
+    td.head-rtitle, td.foot-os { text-align: right; }
+    td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
+    div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
+  </style>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
+  <title>RGBDS(5)</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<table class="head">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="head-ltitle">RGBDS(5)</td>
+    <td class="head-vol">File Formats Manual</td>
+    <td class="head-rtitle">RGBDS(5)</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<div class="manual-text">
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="NAME"><a class="selflink" href="#NAME">NAME</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbds</b> &#x2014; <span class="Nd" title="Nd">object
+  file format documentation</span>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="DESCRIPTION"><a class="selflink" href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></h1>
+This is the description of the object files used by
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a> and
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a>. Please, note that the specifications
+  may change. This toolchain is in development and new features may require
+  adding more information to the current format, or modifying some fields, which
+  would break compatibility with older versions.
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="FILE_STRUCTURE"><a class="selflink" href="#FILE_STRUCTURE">FILE
+  STRUCTURE</a></h1>
+The following types are used:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<var class="Ar" title="Ar">LONG</var> is a 32&#x2010;bit integer stored in
+  little&#x2010;endian format (Intel). <var class="Ar" title="Ar">BYTE</var> is
+  an 8&#x2010;bit integer. <var class="Ar" title="Ar">STRING</var> is a
+  0&#x2010;terminated string of <var class="Ar" title="Ar">BYTE</var>.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 0.00ex;">
+<pre class="Li">
+; Header 
+ 
+BYTE    ID[4]            ; &quot;RGB6&quot; 
+LONG    NumberOfSymbols  ; The number of symbols used in this file 
+LONG    NumberOfSections ; The number of sections used in this file 
+ 
+; Symbols 
+ 
+REPT    NumberOfSymbols   ; Number of symbols defined in this object file. 
+ 
+    STRING  Name          ; The name of this symbol. Local symbols are stored 
+                          ; as &quot;Scope.Symbol&quot;. 
+ 
+    BYTE    Type          ; 0 = LOCAL symbol only used in this file. 
+                          ; 1 = IMPORT this symbol from elsewhere (unused). 
+                          ; 2 = EXPORT this symbol to other objects. 
+ 
+    IF      Type != 1     ; If symbol is defined in this object file. 
+ 
+        STRING  FileName  ; File where the symbol is defined. 
+ 
+        LONG    LineNum   ; Line number in the file where the symbol is defined. 
+ 
+        LONG    SectionID ; The section number (of this object file) in which 
+                          ; this symbol is defined. If it doesn't belong to any 
+                          ; specific section (like a constant), this field has 
+                          ; the value -1. 
+ 
+        LONG    Value     ; The symbols value. It's the offset into that 
+                          ; symbol's section. 
+ 
+    ENDC 
+ 
+ENDR 
+ 
+; Sections 
+ 
+REPT NumberOfSections 
+    STRING  Name  ; Name of the section 
+ 
+    LONG    Size  ; Size in bytes of this section 
+ 
+    BYTE    Type  ; 0 = WRAM0 
+                  ; 1 = VRAM 
+                  ; 2 = ROMX 
+                  ; 3 = ROM0 
+                  ; 4 = HRAM 
+                  ; 5 = WRAMX 
+                  ; 6 = SRAM 
+                  ; 7 = OAM 
+ 
+    LONG    Org   ; Address to fix this section at. -1 if the linker should 
+                  ; decide (floating address). 
+ 
+    LONG    Bank  ; Bank to load this section into. -1 if the linker should 
+                  ; decide (floating bank). This field is only valid for ROMX, 
+                  ; VRAM, WRAMX and SRAM sections. 
+ 
+    LONG    Align ; Alignment of this section (expressed as number of low bits 
+                  ; to leave as 0). -1 if not defined. 
+ 
+    IF      (Type == ROMX) || (Type == ROM0) ; Sections that can contain data. 
+ 
+        BYTE    Data[Size]      ; Raw data of the section. 
+ 
+        LONG    NumberOfPatches ; Number of patches to apply. 
+ 
+        ; These types of sections may have patches 
+ 
+        REPT    NumberOfPatches 
+ 
+            STRING  SourceFile   ; Name of the source file (for printing error 
+                                 ; messages). 
+ 
+            LONG    Line         ; The line of the source file. 
+ 
+            LONG    Offset       ; Offset into the section where patch should 
+                                 ; be applied (in bytes). 
+ 
+            BYTE    Type         ; 0 = BYTE patch. 
+                                 ; 1 = little endian WORD patch. 
+                                 ; 2 = little endian LONG patch. 
+                                 ; 3 = JR offset value BYTE patch. 
+ 
+            LONG    RPNSize      ; Size of the buffer with the RPN. 
+                                 ; expression. 
+ 
+            BYTE    RPN[RPNSize] ; RPN expression. Definition below. 
+ 
+        ENDR 
+ 
+    ENDC 
+ 
+ENDR
+</pre>
+</div>
+<h2 class="Ss" title="Ss" id="RPN_DATA"><a class="selflink" href="#RPN_DATA">RPN
+  DATA</a></h2>
+Expressions in the object file are stored as RPN. This is an expression of the
+  form &#x201C;2 5 +&#x201D;. This will first push the value &#x201C;2&#x201D;
+  to the stack. Then &#x201C;5&#x201D;. The &#x201C;+&#x201D; operator pops two
+  arguments from the stack, adds them, and then pushes the result on the stack,
+  effectively replacing the two top arguments with their sum. In the RGB format,
+  RPN expressions are stored as BYTEs with some bytes being special prefixes for
+  integers and symbols.
+<table class="Bl-column" style="margin-left: 6.00ex;">
+  <colgroup>
+    <col style="width: 15.00ex;"/>
+    <col style="min-width: 10.00ex;"/>
+  </colgroup>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><b class="Sy" title="Sy">Value</b></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><b class="Sy" title="Sy">Meaning</b></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$00"><code class="Li" id="$00">$00</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#+_operator"><code class="Li" id="+_operator">+
+      operator</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$01"><code class="Li" id="$01">$01</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#-_operator"><code class="Li" id="-_operator">-
+      operator</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$02"><code class="Li" id="$02">$02</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#*_operator"><code class="Li" id="*_operator">*
+      operator</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$03"><code class="Li" id="$03">$03</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#/_operator"><code class="Li" id="/_operator">/
+      operator</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$04"><code class="Li" id="$04">$04</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#%_operator"><code class="Li" id="%_operator">%
+      operator</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$05"><code class="Li" id="$05">$05</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#unary_-"><code class="Li" id="unary_-">unary
+      -</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$10"><code class="Li" id="$10">$10</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column">|
+      <a class="selflink" href="#operator"><code class="Li" id="operator">operator</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$11"><code class="Li" id="$11">$11</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#&amp;_operator"><code class="Li" id="&amp;_operator">&amp;
+      operator</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$12"><code class="Li" id="$12">$12</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#^_operator"><code class="Li" id="^_operator">^
+      operator</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$13"><code class="Li" id="$13">$13</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#unary_~"><code class="Li" id="unary_~">unary
+      ~</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$21"><code class="Li" id="$21">$21</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#&amp;&amp;_comparison"><code class="Li" id="&amp;&amp;_comparison">&amp;&amp;
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$22"><code class="Li" id="$22">$22</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#||_comparison"><code class="Li" id="||_comparison">||
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$23"><code class="Li" id="$23">$23</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#unary"><code class="Li" id="unary">unary</code></a>!</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$30"><code class="Li" id="$30">$30</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#==_comparison"><code class="Li" id="==_comparison">==
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$31"><code class="Li" id="$31">$31</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#!=_comparison"><code class="Li" id="!=_comparison">!=
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$32"><code class="Li" id="$32">$32</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#&gt;_comparison"><code class="Li" id="&gt;_comparison">&gt;
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$33"><code class="Li" id="$33">$33</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#&lt;_comparison"><code class="Li" id="&lt;_comparison">&lt;
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$34"><code class="Li" id="$34">$34</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#&gt;=_comparison"><code class="Li" id="&gt;=_comparison">&gt;=
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$35"><code class="Li" id="$35">$35</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#&lt;=_comparison"><code class="Li" id="&lt;=_comparison">&lt;=
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$40"><code class="Li" id="$40">$40</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#&lt;&lt;_comparison"><code class="Li" id="&lt;&lt;_comparison">&lt;&lt;
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$41"><code class="Li" id="$41">$41</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#&gt;&gt;_comparison"><code class="Li" id="&gt;&gt;_comparison">&gt;&gt;
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$50"><code class="Li" id="$50">$50</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#BANK(symbol),"><code class="Li" id="BANK(symbol),">BANK(symbol),</code></a>
+      a <var class="Ar" title="Ar">LONG</var> Symbol ID follows.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$51"><code class="Li" id="$51">$51</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#BANK(section_name),"><code class="Li" id="BANK(section_name),">BANK(section_name),</code></a>
+      a null-terminated string follows.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$52"><code class="Li" id="$52">$52</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#Current_BANK()"><code class="Li" id="Current_BANK()">Current
+      BANK()</code></a>.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$60"><code class="Li" id="$60">$60</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#HRAMCheck."><code class="Li" id="HRAMCheck.">HRAMCheck.</code></a>
+      Check if the value is in HRAM, AND it with 0xFF.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$80"><code class="Li" id="$80">$80</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><var class="Ar" title="Ar">LONG</var> integer
+      follows.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$81"><code class="Li" id="$81">$81</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><var class="Ar" title="Ar">LONG</var> Symbol ID
+      follows.</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="selflink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
+  ALSO</a></h1>
+<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(7)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">gbz80(7)</a>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="HISTORY"><a class="selflink" href="#HISTORY">HISTORY</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbds</b> was originally written by Carsten
+  S&#x00F8;rensen as part of the ASMotor package, and was later packaged in
+  RGBDS by Justin Lloyd. It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
+  <a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
+<table class="foot">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="foot-date">January 26, 2018</td>
+    <td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+</body>
+</html>

docs/rgbds.7.html

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+  <style>
+    table.head, table.foot { width: 100%; }
+    td.head-rtitle, td.foot-os { text-align: right; }
+    td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
+    div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
+  </style>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
+  <title>RGBDS(7)</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<table class="head">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="head-ltitle">RGBDS(7)</td>
+    <td class="head-vol">Miscellaneous Information Manual</td>
+    <td class="head-rtitle">RGBDS(7)</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<div class="manual-text">
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="NAME"><a class="selflink" href="#NAME">NAME</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbds</b> &#x2014; <span class="Nd" title="Nd">Rednex
+  Game Boy Development System</span>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
+To get a working ROM image from a single assembly source file:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
+<pre class="Li">
+$ rgbasm -o bar.o foo.asm 
+$ rgblink -o baz.gb bar.o 
+$ rgbfix -v -p 0 baz.gb
+</pre>
+</div>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="selflink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
+  ALSO</a></h1>
+<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbfix(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(5)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">gbz80(7)</a>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="HISTORY"><a class="selflink" href="#HISTORY">HISTORY</a></h1>
+<dl class="Bl-ohang">
+  <dt class="It-ohang"></dt>
+  <dd class="It-ohang">1997, Carsten S&#x00F8;rensen (AKA SurfSmurf) writes
+      ASMotor as a general-purpose assembler/linker system for DOS/Win32.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-ohang"></dt>
+  <dd class="It-ohang">1999, Justin Lloyd (AKA Otaku no Zoku) adapts ASMotor to
+      read and produce GBZ80 assembly/machine code, and releases this version as
+      RGBDS.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-ohang"></dt>
+  <dd class="It-ohang">2009, Vegard Nossum adapts the code to be more UNIX-like
+      and releases this version as rgbds-linux on GitHub.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-ohang"></dt>
+  <dd class="It-ohang">2010, Anthony J. Bentley forks that repository. The fork
+      becomes the reference implementation of rgbds.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-ohang"></dt>
+  <dd class="It-ohang">2017, Bentley's repository is moved to a neutral name. It
+      is now maintained by a number of contributors at
+      <a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-ohang"></dt>
+  <dd class="It-ohang">2018, codebase relicensed under the MIT license.</dd>
+</dl>
+</div>
+<table class="foot">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="foot-date">March 7, 2018</td>
+    <td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+</body>
+</html>

docs/rgbfix.1.html

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+  <style>
+    table.head, table.foot { width: 100%; }
+    td.head-rtitle, td.foot-os { text-align: right; }
+    td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
+    div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
+  </style>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
+  <title>RGBFIX(1)</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<table class="head">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="head-ltitle">RGBFIX(1)</td>
+    <td class="head-vol">General Commands Manual</td>
+    <td class="head-rtitle">RGBFIX(1)</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<div class="manual-text">
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="NAME"><a class="selflink" href="#NAME">NAME</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbfix</b> &#x2014; <span class="Nd" title="Nd">Game
+  Boy checksum fixer</span>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SYNOPSIS"><a class="selflink" href="#SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></h1>
+<table class="Nm">
+  <tr>
+    <td><b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbfix</b></td>
+    <td>[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-CcjsVv</b></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-f</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">fix_spec</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-i</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">game_id</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-k</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">licensee_str</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-l</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">licensee_id</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-m</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">mbc_type</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-n</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">rom_version</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-p</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">pad_value</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-r</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">ram_size</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-t</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">title_str</var></span>]
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">file</var></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="DESCRIPTION"><a class="selflink" href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></h1>
+The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbfix</b> program changes headers of Game Boy ROM
+  images. It also performs other filetype operations, such as truncation. The
+  arguments are as follows:
+<dl class="Bl-tag">
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#C"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="C">-C</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the Game Boy Color&#x2013;only flag:
+      <i class="Ad">0x143</i> = 0xC0. If both this and the
+      <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-c</b> flag are set, this takes precedence.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#c"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="c">-c</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the Game Boy Color&#x2013;compatible flag:
+      <i class="Ad">0x143</i> = 0x80. If both this and the
+      <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-C</b> flag are set,
+      <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-C</b> takes precedence.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#f"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="f">-f</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">fix_spec</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Fix certain header values that the Game Boy checks for
+      correctness. Alternatively, intentionally trash these values by writing
+      their binary inverse instead. <var class="Ar" title="Ar">fix_spec</var> is
+      a string containing any combination of the following characters:
+    <div class="Pp"></div>
+    <dl class="Bl-tag Bl-compact" style="margin-left: 5.40ex;">
+      <dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#l"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="l">l</b></a></dt>
+      <dd class="It-tag">Fix the Nintendo logo
+          (<i class="Ad">0x104</i>&#x2013;<i class="Ad">0x133</i>).</dd>
+      <dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#L"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="L">L</b></a></dt>
+      <dd class="It-tag">Trash the Nintendo logo.</dd>
+      <dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#h"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="h">h</b></a></dt>
+      <dd class="It-tag">Fix the header checksum (<i class="Ad">0x14D</i>).</dd>
+      <dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#H"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="H">H</b></a></dt>
+      <dd class="It-tag">Trash the header checksum.</dd>
+      <dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#g"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="g">g</b></a></dt>
+      <dd class="It-tag">Fix the global checksum
+          (<i class="Ad">0x14E</i>&#x2013;<i class="Ad">0x14F</i>).</dd>
+      <dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#G"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="G">G</b></a></dt>
+      <dd class="It-tag">Trash the global checksum.</dd>
+    </dl>
+  </dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#i"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="i">-i</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">game_id</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the game ID string
+      (<i class="Ad">0x13F</i>&#x2013;<i class="Ad">0x142</i>) to a given string
+      of exactly 4 characters. If both this and the title are set, the game ID
+      will overwrite the overlapping portion of the title.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#j"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="j">-j</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the non-Japanese region flag: <i class="Ad">0x14A</i> =
+      1.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#k"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="k">-k</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">licensee_str</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the new licensee string
+      (<i class="Ad">0x144</i>&#x2013;<i class="Ad">0x145</i>) to a given
+      string, truncated to at most two characters.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#l"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="l">-l</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">licensee_id</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the old licensee code, <i class="Ad">0x14B</i>, to a
+      given value from 0 to 0xFF. This value is deprecated and should be set to
+      0x33 in all new software.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#m"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="m">-m</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">mbc_type</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the MBC type, <i class="Ad">0x147</i>, to a given value
+      from 0 to 0xFF.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#n"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="n">-n</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">rom_version</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the ROM version, <i class="Ad">0x14C</i>, to a given
+      value from 0 to 0xFF.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#p"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="p">-p</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">pad_value</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Pad the image to a valid size with a given pad value from 0
+      to 0xFF. <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbfix</b> will automatically pick a
+      size from 32KiB, 64KiB, 128KiB, ..., 8192KiB and give a warning
+      thereafter. The cartridge size byte (<i class="Ad">0x148</i>) will be
+      changed to reflect this new size.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#r"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="r">-r</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">ram_size</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the RAM size, <i class="Ad">0x149</i>, to a given value
+      from 0 to 0xFF.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#s"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="s">-s</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the SGB flag: <i class="Ad">0x146</i> = 3.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#t"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="t">-t</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">title</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the title string
+      (<i class="Ad">0x134</i>&#x2013;<i class="Ad">0x143</i>) to a given
+      string, truncated to at most 16 characters. It is recommended to use 15
+      characters instead, to avoid clashing with the CGB flag
+      (<b class="Fl" title="Fl">-c</b> or <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-C</b>). If
+      both this and the game ID are set, the game ID will overwrite the
+      overlapping portion of the title.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#V"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="V">-V</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Print the version of the program and exit.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#v"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="v">-v</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Equivalent to <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-f</b>
+      <b class="Cm" title="Cm">lhg</b>.</dd>
+</dl>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
+Most values in the ROM header are only cosmetic. The bare minimum requirements
+  for a workable image are checksums, the Nintendo logo, and (if needed) the
+  CGB/SGB flags. It is a good idea to pad the image to a valid size as well
+  (&#x201C;valid&#x201D; meaning a multiple of 32KiB).
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The following will make a plain, no-color Game Boy game without checking for a
+  valid size:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="D1">$ rgbfix -v foo.gb</div>
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The following will make a SGB-enabled, color-enabled game with a title of
+  &#x201C;foobar&#x201D;, and pad it to a multiple of 32KiB. (The Game Boy
+  itself does not use the title, but some emulators or ROM managers might.)
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="D1">$ rgbfix -vcs -l 0x33 -p 0 -t foobar baz.gb</div>
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The following will duplicate the header (sans global checksum) of the game
+  &#x201C;Survival Kids&#x201D;:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="D1">$ rgbfix -cjsv -k A4 -l 0x33 -m 0x1B -p 0xFF -r 3 -t
+  SURVIVALKIDAVKE SurvivalKids.gbc</div>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="selflink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
+  ALSO</a></h1>
+<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(7)</a>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="HISTORY"><a class="selflink" href="#HISTORY">HISTORY</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbfix</b> was originally released by Carsten
+  S&#x00F8;rensen as a standalone program called gbfix, and was later packaged
+  in RGBDS by Justin Lloyd. It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
+  <a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
+<table class="foot">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="foot-date">March 11, 2018</td>
+    <td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+</body>
+</html>

docs/rgbgfx.1.html

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+  <style>
+    table.head, table.foot { width: 100%; }
+    td.head-rtitle, td.foot-os { text-align: right; }
+    td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
+    div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
+  </style>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
+  <title>RGBGFX(1)</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<table class="head">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="head-ltitle">RGBGFX(1)</td>
+    <td class="head-vol">General Commands Manual</td>
+    <td class="head-rtitle">RGBGFX(1)</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<div class="manual-text">
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="NAME"><a class="selflink" href="#NAME">NAME</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbgfx</b> &#x2014; <span class="Nd" title="Nd">Game
+  Boy graphics converter</span>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SYNOPSIS"><a class="selflink" href="#SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></h1>
+<table class="Nm">
+  <tr>
+    <td><b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbgfx</b></td>
+    <td>[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-DfFhPTVv</b></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-o</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">outfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-d</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">depth</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-p</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">palfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-t</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">mapfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-x</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">tiles</var></span>]
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">file</var></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="DESCRIPTION"><a class="selflink" href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></h1>
+The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbgfx</b> program converts PNG images into the
+  Nintendo Game Boy's planar tile format.
+<div style="height: 1.00em;">&#x00A0;</div>
+The resulting colors and their palette indices are determined differently
+  depending on the input PNG file:
+<ul class="Bl-dash">
+  <li class="It-dash">If the file has an embedded palette, that palette's color
+      and order are used.</li>
+  <li class="It-dash">If not, and the image only contains shades of gray, rgbgfx
+      maps them to the indices appropriate for each shade. Any undetermined
+      indices are set to respective default shades of gray. For example: if the
+      bit depth is 2 and the image contains light gray and black, they become
+      the second and fourth colors - and the first and third colors get set to
+      default white and dark gray. If the image has multiple shades that map to
+      the same index, the palette is instead determined as if the image had
+      color.</li>
+  <li class="It-dash">If the image has color (or the grayscale method failed),
+      the colors are sorted from lightest to darkest.</li>
+</ul>
+<div style="height: 1.00em;">&#x00A0;</div>
+The input image may not contain more colors than the selected bit depth allows.
+  Transparent pixels are set to palette index 0.
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="ARGUMENTS"><a class="selflink" href="#ARGUMENTS">ARGUMENTS</a></h1>
+<dl class="Bl-tag">
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#D"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="D">-D</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Debug features are enabled.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#f"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="f">-f</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Fix the input PNG file to be a correctly indexed
+    image.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#F"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="F">-F</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Same as <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-f</b>, but additionally,
+      the supplied command line parameters are saved within the PNG and will be
+      loaded and automatically used next time.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#d"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="d">-d</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">depth</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">The bit depth of the output image (either 1 or 2). By
+      default, the bit depth is 2 (two bits per pixel).</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#h"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="h">-h</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Lay out tiles horizontally rather than vertically.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#o"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="o">-o</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">outfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">The name of the output file.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#p"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="p">-p</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">palfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Output the image's palette in standard GBC palette format -
+      bytes (8 bytes for two bits per pixel, 4 bytes for one bit per pixel)
+      containing the RGB15 values in little-endian byte order. If the palette
+      contains too few colors, the remaining entries are set to black.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#P"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="P">-P</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Same as <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-p</b>, but the palette
+      file output name is made by taking the input PNG file's filename, removing
+      the file extension, and appending <i class="Pa" title="Pa">.pal</i>.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#t"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="t">-t</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">mapfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">If any tiles are the same, don't place the repeat tiles in
+      the output file, and make a tilemap file.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#T"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="T">-T</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Same as <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-t</b>, but the tilemap
+      file output name is made by taking the input filename, removing the file
+      extension, and appending <i class="Pa" title="Pa">.tilemap</i>.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#u"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="u">-u</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Truncate repeated tiles. Useful with tilemaps.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#V"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="V">-V</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Print the version of the program and exit.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#v"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="v">-v</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Verbose. Print errors when the command line parameters and
+      the parameters in the PNG file don't match.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#x"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="x">-x</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">tiles</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Trim the end of the output file by this many tiles.</dd>
+</dl>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
+The following will take a PNG file with a bit depth of 1, 2, or 8, and output
+  planar 2bpp data:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="D1">$ rgbgfx -o out.2bpp in.png</div>
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The following creates a planar 2bpp file with only unique tiles, and its tilemap
+  <i class="Pa" title="Pa">out.tilemap</i>:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="D1">$ rgbgfx -T -u -o out.2bpp in.png</div>
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The following will do nothing:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="D1">$ rgbgfx in.png</div>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="selflink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
+  ALSO</a></h1>
+<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(7)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbfix(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">gbz80(7)</a>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="HISTORY"><a class="selflink" href="#HISTORY">HISTORY</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbgfx</b> was created by
+  <span class="An" title="An">stag019</span> to be included in RGBDS. It is now
+  maintained by a number of contributors at
+  <a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
+<table class="foot">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="foot-date">January 26, 2018</td>
+    <td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+</body>
+</html>

docs/rgblink.1.html

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+  <style>
+    table.head, table.foot { width: 100%; }
+    td.head-rtitle, td.foot-os { text-align: right; }
+    td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
+    div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
+  </style>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
+  <title>RGBLINK(1)</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<table class="head">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="head-ltitle">RGBLINK(1)</td>
+    <td class="head-vol">General Commands Manual</td>
+    <td class="head-rtitle">RGBLINK(1)</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<div class="manual-text">
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="NAME"><a class="selflink" href="#NAME">NAME</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgblink</b> &#x2014; <span class="Nd" title="Nd">Game
+  Boy linker</span>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SYNOPSIS"><a class="selflink" href="#SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></h1>
+<table class="Nm">
+  <tr>
+    <td><b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgblink</b></td>
+    <td>[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-dtVw</b></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-m</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">mapfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-n</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">symfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-O</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">overlayfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-o</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">outfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-p</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">pad_value</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-s</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">symbol</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-l</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">linkerscript</var></span>]
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">file ...</var></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="DESCRIPTION"><a class="selflink" href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></h1>
+The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgblink</b> program links objects created by
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a> into a single Game Boy ROM file.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+By default, ROM0 sections created by the assembler are placed in the 16KiB bank
+  0, and ROMX sections are placed in any bank except bank 0. If your ROM will
+  only be 32KiB, you can use the <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-t</b> option to
+  override this.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+Similarly, WRAM0 sections are placed in the first 4KiB of WRAM bank 0 and WRAMX
+  sections are placed in any bank except bank 0. If your ROM doesn't use banked
+  WRAM you can use option <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-w</b> option to override
+  this.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+Also, if your ROM is designed for DMG, you can make sure that you don't use any
+  prohibited section by using the option <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-d</b>, which
+  implies <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-w</b> but also prohibits the use of VRAM
+  bank 1.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The arguments are as follows:
+<dl class="Bl-tag">
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#m"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="m">-m</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">mapfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Write a mapfile to the given filename.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#n"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="n">-n</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">symfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Write a symbol file to the given filename.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#O"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="O">-O</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">overlayfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">The ROM image to overlay sections over. When an overlay ROM
+      is provided, all sections must be fixed. This may be used to patch an
+      existing binary.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#o"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="o">-o</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">outfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Write ROM image to the given filename.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#p"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="p">-p</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">pad_value</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">When padding an image, pad with this value. The default is
+      0x00.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#s"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="s">-s</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">symbol</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">???</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#w"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="w">-w</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Expand the WRAM0 section size from 4KiB to the full 8KiB
+      assigned to WRAM and prohibit the use of WRAMX sections.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#d"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="d">-d</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Enable DMG mode. Prohibit the use of sections that doesn't
+      exist on a DMG, such as WRAMX and VRAM bank 1. This option automatically
+      enables <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-w</b>.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#t"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="t">-t</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Expand the ROM0 section size from 16KiB to the full 32KiB
+      assigned to ROM and prohibit the use of ROMX sections. Useful for ROMs
+      that fit in 32 KiB.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#l"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="l">-l</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">linkerscript</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Specify a linkerscript file that tells the linker how
+      sections must be placed in the ROM. This file has priority over the
+      attributes assigned in the source code, but they have to be consistent.
+      See <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(5)</a> for more information about its
+      format.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#V"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="V">-V</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Print the version of the program and exit.</dd>
+</dl>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
+All you need for a basic ROM is an object file, which can be made into a ROM
+  image like so:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="D1">$ rgblink -o bar.gb foo.o</div>
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The resulting bar.gb will not have correct checksums (unless you put them in the
+  assembly source). You should use <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbfix(1)</a> to fix
+  these so that the program will actually run in a Game Boy:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="D1">$ rgbfix -v bar.gb</div>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="selflink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
+  ALSO</a></h1>
+<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(5)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbfix(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(5)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(7)</a>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="HISTORY"><a class="selflink" href="#HISTORY">HISTORY</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgblink</b> was originally written by Carsten
+  S&#x00F8;rensen as part of the ASMotor package, and was later packaged in
+  RGBDS by Justin Lloyd. It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
+  <a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
+<table class="foot">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="foot-date">January 26, 2018</td>
+    <td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+</body>
+</html>

docs/rgblink.5.html

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+  <style>
+    table.head, table.foot { width: 100%; }
+    td.head-rtitle, td.foot-os { text-align: right; }
+    td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
+    div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
+  </style>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
+  <title>RGBLINK(5)</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<table class="head">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="head-ltitle">RGBLINK(5)</td>
+    <td class="head-vol">File Formats Manual</td>
+    <td class="head-rtitle">RGBLINK(5)</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<div class="manual-text">
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="NAME"><a class="selflink" href="#NAME">NAME</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgblink</b> &#x2014;
+  <span class="Nd" title="Nd">linkerscript file format</span>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="DESCRIPTION"><a class="selflink" href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></h1>
+The linkerscript is an external file that allows the user to specify the order
+  of sections without the need for doing so before assembling each object file.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The placement of sections specified in the linkerscript is done before the
+  sections whose placement is defined in the source code.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+A linkerscript consists on a series of banks followed by a list of sections and,
+  optionally, commands. They can be lowercase or uppercase, it is ignored. Any
+  line can contain a comment starting with
+  &#x2018;<code class="Li">;</code>&#x2019; that ends at the end of the line:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
+<pre class="Li">
+ROMX $F ; This is a comment 
+  &quot;Functions to read array&quot; 
+  ALIGN 8 
+  &quot;Array aligned to 256 bytes&quot; 
+ 
+WRAMX 2 
+  &quot;Some variables&quot;
+</pre>
+</div>
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+Numbers can be in decimal or hexadecimal format (the prefix is
+  &#x2018;<code class="Li">$</code>&#x2019;). It is an error if any section name
+  or command are found before setting a bank.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+Files can be included by using the <var class="Ar" title="Ar">INCLUDE</var>
+  keyword followed by a string with the path of the file that has to be
+  included.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The possible bank types are: <b class="Sy" title="Sy">ROM0</b>,
+  <b class="Sy" title="Sy">ROMX</b>, <b class="Sy" title="Sy">VRAM</b>,
+  <b class="Sy" title="Sy">WRAM0</b>, <b class="Sy" title="Sy">WRAMX</b>,
+  <b class="Sy" title="Sy">OAM</b> and <b class="Sy" title="Sy">HRAM</b>. Types
+  <b class="Sy" title="Sy">ROMX</b>, <b class="Sy" title="Sy">VRAM</b>,
+  <b class="Sy" title="Sy">WRAMX</b> and <b class="Sy" title="Sy">SRAM</b> are
+  banked, which means that it is needed to specify a bank after the type.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+When a new bank statement is found, sections found after it will be placed right
+  from the beginning of that bank. If the linkerscript switches to a different
+  bank and then it comes back to the previous one it will continue from the last
+  address that was used.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The only two commands are <var class="Ar" title="Ar">ORG</var> and
+  <var class="Ar" title="Ar">ALIGN</var>:
+<ul class="Bl-bullet">
+  <li class="It-bullet"><var class="Ar" title="Ar">ORG</var> sets the address in
+      which new sections will be placed. It can not be lower than the current
+      address.</li>
+  <li class="It-bullet"><var class="Ar" title="Ar">ALIGN</var> will increase the
+      address until it is aligned to the specified boundary (it tries to set to
+      0 the number of bits specified after the command:
+      <b class="Sy" title="Sy">ALIGN 8</b> will align to $100).</li>
+</ul>
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+Note: The bank, alignment, address and type of sections can be specified both in
+  the source code and in the linkerscript. For a section to be able to be placed
+  with the linkerscript the bank must be left unassigned in the source code or
+  be the same as the one specified in the linkerscript. The address and
+  alignment musn't be set.
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="selflink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
+  ALSO</a></h1>
+<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbfix(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(5)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(7)</a>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="HISTORY"><a class="selflink" href="#HISTORY">HISTORY</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgblink</b> was originally written by Carsten
+  S&#x00F8;rensen as part of the ASMotor package, and was later packaged in
+  RGBDS by Justin Lloyd. It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
+  <a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
+<table class="foot">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="foot-date">January 27, 2018</td>
+    <td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+</body>
+</html>

include/asm/asm.h

@@ -1,35 +1,45 @@
-/*	asm.h
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- *	Contains some assembler-wide defines and externs
- *
- *	Copyright 1997 Carsten Sorensen
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
  *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Contains some assembler-wide defines and externs
  */
 
 #ifndef RGBDS_ASM_ASM_H
 #define RGBDS_ASM_ASM_H
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
-#include "types.h"
+#include "asm/localasm.h"
 #include "asm/symbol.h"
 
-#include "asm/localasm.h"
+#define MAXUNIONS	128
+#define MAXMACROARGS	256
+#define MAXINCPATHS	128
 
-extern SLONG nLineNo;
-extern ULONG nTotalLines;
-extern ULONG nPC;
-extern ULONG nPass;
-extern ULONG nIFDepth;
+extern int32_t nLineNo;
+extern uint32_t nTotalLines;
+extern uint32_t nPC;
+extern uint32_t nPass;
+extern uint32_t nIFDepth;
+extern bool skipElif;
+extern uint32_t nUnionDepth;
+extern uint32_t unionStart[MAXUNIONS];
+extern uint32_t unionSize[MAXUNIONS];
 extern char tzCurrentFileName[_MAX_PATH + 1];
 extern struct Section *pCurrentSection;
 extern struct sSymbol *tHashedSymbols[HASHSIZE];
 extern struct sSymbol *pPCSymbol;
 extern bool oDontExpandStrings;
 
-#define MAXMACROARGS	256
-#define MAXINCPATHS		128
+size_t symvaluetostring(char *dest, size_t maxLength, char *sym);
 
-#endif	/* //       ASM_H */
+#endif /* RGBDS_ASM_ASM_H */

include/asm/charmap.h

@@ -1,18 +1,27 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_ASM_CHARMAP_H
 #define RGBDS_ASM_CHARMAP_H
 
+#include <stdint.h>
+
 #define MAXCHARMAPS	512
 #define CHARMAPLENGTH	16
 
 struct Charmap {
-	int count;
+	int32_t count;
 	char input[MAXCHARMAPS][CHARMAPLENGTH + 1];
 	char output[MAXCHARMAPS];
 };
 
-int readUTF8Char(char *destination, char *source);
-void charmap_Sort();
-int charmap_Add(char *input, UBYTE output);
-int charmap_Convert(char **input);
+int32_t readUTF8Char(char *destination, char *source);
+int32_t charmap_Add(char *input, uint8_t output);
+int32_t charmap_Convert(char **input);
 
-#endif
+#endif /* RGBDS_ASM_CHARMAP_H */

include/asm/fstack.h

@@ -1,46 +1,48 @@
-/*	fstack.h
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- *	Contains some assembler-wide defines and externs
- *
- *	Copyright 1997 Carsten Sorensen
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
  *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Contains some assembler-wide defines and externs
  */
 
 #ifndef RGBDS_ASM_FSTACK_H
 #define RGBDS_ASM_FSTACK_H
 
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 #include "asm/asm.h"
-#include "types.h"
 #include "asm/lexer.h"
 
+#include "types.h"
+
 struct sContext {
 	YY_BUFFER_STATE FlexHandle;
 	struct sSymbol *pMacro;
 	struct sContext *pNext;
 	char tzFileName[_MAX_PATH + 1];
 	char *tzMacroArgs[MAXMACROARGS + 1];
-	SLONG nLine;
-	ULONG nStatus;
+	int32_t nLine;
+	uint32_t nStatus;
 	FILE *pFile;
 	char *pREPTBlock;
-	ULONG nREPTBlockCount;
-	ULONG nREPTBlockSize;
+	uint32_t nREPTBlockCount;
+	uint32_t nREPTBlockSize;
 };
 
-void
-fstk_RunInclude(char *);
-extern void fstk_RunMacroArg(SLONG s);
-void
-fstk_Init(char *);
-extern void fstk_Dump(void);
-extern void fstk_AddIncludePath(char *s);
-extern ULONG fstk_RunMacro(char *s);
-extern void fstk_RunRept(ULONG count);
-FILE *
-fstk_FindFile(char *);
+void fstk_RunInclude(char *tzFileName);
+void fstk_RunMacroArg(int32_t s);
+void fstk_Init(char *s);
+void fstk_Dump(void);
+void fstk_AddIncludePath(char *s);
+uint32_t fstk_RunMacro(char *s);
+void fstk_RunRept(uint32_t count);
+FILE *fstk_FindFile(char *fname);
+int32_t fstk_GetLine(void);
 
-extern int yywrap(void);
-
-#endif
+#endif /* RGBDS_ASM_FSTACK_H */

include/asm/lexer.h

@@ -1,65 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_ASM_LEXER_H
 #define RGBDS_ASM_LEXER_H
 
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 
-#include "types.h"
-
-#define LEXHASHSIZE (1 << 11)
-#define MAXSTRLEN 255
+#define LEXHASHSIZE	(1 << 11)
+#define MAXSTRLEN	255
 
 struct sLexInitString {
 	char *tzName;
-	ULONG nToken;
+	uint32_t nToken;
 };
 
 struct sLexFloat {
-	ULONG(*Callback) (char *s, ULONG size);
-	ULONG nToken;
+	uint32_t (*Callback)(char *s, uint32_t size);
+	uint32_t nToken;
 };
 
 struct yy_buffer_state {
-	char *pBufferRealStart; // actual starting address
-	char *pBufferStart; // address where the data is initially written
-	                    // after the "safety margin"
+	/* Actual starting address */
+	char *pBufferRealStart;
+	/* Address where the data is initially written after a safety margin */
+	char *pBufferStart;
 	char *pBuffer;
-	ULONG nBufferSize;
-	ULONG oAtLineStart;
+	uint32_t nBufferSize;
+	uint32_t oAtLineStart;
 };
 
 enum eLexerState {
 	LEX_STATE_NORMAL,
 	LEX_STATE_MACROARGS
 };
-#define INITIAL			0
-#define macroarg		3
+
+#define INITIAL		0
+#define macroarg	3
 
 typedef struct yy_buffer_state *YY_BUFFER_STATE;
 
-extern void yy_set_state(enum eLexerState i);
-extern YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer(FILE * f);
-extern YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_bytes(char *mem, ULONG size);
-extern void yy_delete_buffer(YY_BUFFER_STATE);
-extern void yy_switch_to_buffer(YY_BUFFER_STATE);
-extern ULONG lex_FloatAlloc(struct sLexFloat * tok);
-extern void lex_FloatAddRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end);
-extern void lex_FloatDeleteRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end);
-extern void lex_FloatAddFirstRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end);
-extern void lex_FloatDeleteFirstRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end);
-extern void lex_FloatAddSecondRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end);
-extern void lex_FloatDeleteSecondRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end);
-extern void lex_Init(void);
-extern void lex_AddStrings(struct sLexInitString * lex);
-extern void lex_SetBuffer(char *buffer, ULONG len);
-extern ULONG yylex(void);
-extern void yyunput(char c);
-extern void yyunputstr(char *s);
-extern void yyskipbytes(ULONG count);
-extern void yyunputbytes(ULONG count);
+void setup_lexer(void);
+
+void yy_set_state(enum eLexerState i);
+YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer(FILE *f);
+YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_bytes(char *mem, uint32_t size);
+void yy_delete_buffer(YY_BUFFER_STATE buf);
+void yy_switch_to_buffer(YY_BUFFER_STATE buf);
+uint32_t lex_FloatAlloc(const struct sLexFloat *tok);
+void lex_FloatAddRange(uint32_t id, uint16_t start, uint16_t end);
+void lex_FloatDeleteRange(uint32_t id, uint16_t start, uint16_t end);
+void lex_FloatAddFirstRange(uint32_t id, uint16_t start, uint16_t end);
+void lex_FloatDeleteFirstRange(uint32_t id, uint16_t start, uint16_t end);
+void lex_FloatAddSecondRange(uint32_t id, uint16_t start, uint16_t end);
+void lex_FloatDeleteSecondRange(uint32_t id, uint16_t start, uint16_t end);
+void lex_Init(void);
+void lex_AddStrings(const struct sLexInitString *lex);
+void lex_SetBuffer(char *buffer, uint32_t len);
+int yywrap(void);
+uint32_t yylex(void);
+void yyunput(char c);
+void yyunputstr(char *s);
+void yyskipbytes(uint32_t count);
+void yyunputbytes(uint32_t count);
 
 extern YY_BUFFER_STATE pCurrentBuffer;
 
-extern void upperstring(char *s);
-extern void lowerstring(char *s);
+void upperstring(char *s);
+void lowerstring(char *s);
 
-#endif
+#endif /* RGBDS_ASM_LEXER_H */

include/asm/localasm.h

@@ -1,92 +1,97 @@
-/* GB Z80 instruction groups
-
- n3 = 3-bit
- n  = 8-bit
- nn = 16-bit
-
-* ADC  A,n		:	0xCE
-* ADC  A,r		:	0x88|r
-* ADD  A,n		:	0xC6
-* ADD  A,r		:	0x80|r
-* ADD  HL,ss		:	0x09|(ss<<4)
-* ADD  SP,n		:	0xE8
-* AND  A,n		:	0xE6
-* AND  A,r		:	0xA0|r
-* BIT  n3,r		:	0xCB 0x40|(n3<<3)|r
-* CALL cc,nn 		:	0xC4|(cc<<3)
-* CALL nn		:	0xCD
-* CCF			:	0x3F
-* CP   A,n		:	0xFE
-* CP   A,r		:	0xB8|r
-* CPL			:	0x2F
-* DAA			:	0x27
-* DEC  r 		:	0x05|(r<<3)
-* DEC  ss		:	0x0B|(ss<<4)
-* DI			:	0xF3
-* EI			:	0xFB
-* HALT			:	0x76
-* INC  r 		:	0x04|(r<<3)
-* INC  ss		:	0x03|(ss<<4)
-* JP   HL		:	0xE9
-* JP   cc,nn 		:	0xC2|(cc<<3)
-* JP   nn 		:	0xC3|(cc<<3)
-* JR   n		:	0x18
-* JR   cc,n 		:	0x20|(cc<<3)
-* LD   (nn),SP		:	0x08
-* LD   ($FF00+C),A	:	0xE2
-* LD   ($FF00+n),A	:	0xE0
-* LD   (nn),A		:	0xEA
-* LD   (rr),A		:	0x02|(rr<<4) // HL+ and HL- included
-* LD   A,($FF00+C)	:	0xF2
-* LD   A,($FF00+n)	:	0xF0
-* LD   A,(nn)		:	0xFA
-* LD   A,(rr)		:	0x0A|(rr<<4) // HL+ and HL- included
-* LD   HL,SP+n		:	0xF8
-* LD   SP,HL		:	0xF9
-* LD   r,n		:	0x06|(r<<3)
-* LD   r,r' 		:	0x40|(r<<3)|r' // NOTE: LD (HL),(HL) not allowed
-* LD   ss,nn		:	0x01|(ss<<4)
-* NOP			:	0x00
-* OR   A,n		:	0xF6
-* OR   A,r		:	0xB0|r
-* POP  tt		:	0xC1|(tt<<4)
-* PUSH tt		:	0xC5|(tt<<4)
-* RES  n3,r		:	0xCB 0x80|(n3<<3)|r
-* RET			:	0xC9
-* RET  cc		:	0xC0|(cc<<3)
-* RETI			:	0xD9
-* RL   r		:	0xCB 0x10|r
-* RLA			:	0x17
-* RLC  r		:	0xCB 0x00|r
-* RLCA			:	0x07
-* RR   r		:	0xCB 0x18|r
-* RRA			:	0x1F
-* RRC  r		:	0xCB 0x08|r
-* RRCA			:	0x0F
-* RST  n		:	0xC7|n
-* SBC  A,n		:	0xDE
-* SBC  A,r		:	0x98|r
-* SCF			:	0x37
-* SET  n3,r		:	0xCB 0xC0|(n8<<3)|r
-* SLA  r		:	0xCB 0x20|r
-* SRA  r		:	0xCB 0x28|r
-* SRL  r		:	0xCB 0x38|r
-* STOP			:	0x10 0x00
-* SUB  A,n		:	0xD6
-* SUB  A,r		:	0x90|r
-* SWAP r		:	0xCB 0x30|r
-* XOR  A,n		:	0xEE
-* XOR  A,r		:	0xA8|r
-
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
-#define	NAME_DB			"db"
-#define	NAME_DW			"dw"
-#define	NAME_RB			"rb"
-#define	NAME_RW			"rw"
+#ifndef RGBDS_ASM_LOCALASM_H
+#define RGBDS_ASM_LOCALASM_H
+
+/*
+ * GB Z80 instruction groups
+ *
+ * n3 = 3-bit
+ * n  = 8-bit
+ * nn = 16-bit
+ *
+ * ADC  A,n         :   0xCE
+ * ADC  A,r         :   0x88|r
+ * ADD  A,n         :   0xC6
+ * ADD  A,r         :   0x80|r
+ * ADD  HL,ss       :   0x09|(ss<<4)
+ * ADD  SP,n        :   0xE8
+ * AND  A,n         :   0xE6
+ * AND  A,r         :   0xA0|r
+ * BIT  n3,r        :   0xCB 0x40|(n3<<3)|r
+ * CALL cc,nn       :   0xC4|(cc<<3)
+ * CALL nn          :   0xCD
+ * CCF              :   0x3F
+ * CP   A,n         :   0xFE
+ * CP   A,r         :   0xB8|r
+ * CPL              :   0x2F
+ * DAA              :   0x27
+ * DEC  r           :   0x05|(r<<3)
+ * DEC  ss          :   0x0B|(ss<<4)
+ * DI               :   0xF3
+ * EI               :   0xFB
+ * HALT             :   0x76
+ * INC  r           :   0x04|(r<<3)
+ * INC  ss          :   0x03|(ss<<4)
+ * JP   HL          :   0xE9
+ * JP   cc,nn       :   0xC2|(cc<<3)
+ * JP   nn          :   0xC3|(cc<<3)
+ * JR   n           :   0x18
+ * JR   cc,n        :   0x20|(cc<<3)
+ * LD   (nn),SP     :   0x08
+ * LD   ($FF00+C),A :   0xE2
+ * LD   ($FF00+n),A :   0xE0
+ * LD   (nn),A      :   0xEA
+ * LD   (rr),A      :   0x02|(rr<<4) // HL+ and HL- included
+ * LD   A,($FF00+C) :   0xF2
+ * LD   A,($FF00+n) :   0xF0
+ * LD   A,(nn)      :   0xFA
+ * LD   A,(rr)      :   0x0A|(rr<<4) // HL+ and HL- included
+ * LD   HL,SP+n     :   0xF8
+ * LD   SP,HL       :   0xF9
+ * LD   r,n         :   0x06|(r<<3)
+ * LD   r,r'        :   0x40|(r<<3)|r' // NOTE: LD (HL),(HL) not allowed
+ * LD   ss,nn       :   0x01|(ss<<4)
+ * NOP              :   0x00
+ * OR   A,n         :   0xF6
+ * OR   A,r         :   0xB0|r
+ * POP  tt          :   0xC1|(tt<<4)
+ * PUSH tt          :   0xC5|(tt<<4)
+ * RES  n3,r        :   0xCB 0x80|(n3<<3)|r
+ * RET              :   0xC9
+ * RET  cc          :   0xC0|(cc<<3)
+ * RETI             :   0xD9
+ * RL   r           :   0xCB 0x10|r
+ * RLA              :   0x17
+ * RLC  r           :   0xCB 0x00|r
+ * RLCA             :   0x07
+ * RR   r           :   0xCB 0x18|r
+ * RRA              :   0x1F
+ * RRC  r           :   0xCB 0x08|r
+ * RRCA             :   0x0F
+ * RST  n           :   0xC7|n
+ * SBC  A,n         :   0xDE
+ * SBC  A,r         :   0x98|r
+ * SCF              :   0x37
+ * SET  n3,r        :   0xCB 0xC0|(n8<<3)|r
+ * SLA  r           :   0xCB 0x20|r
+ * SRA  r           :   0xCB 0x28|r
+ * SRL  r           :   0xCB 0x38|r
+ * STOP             :   0x10 0x00
+ * SUB  A,n         :   0xD6
+ * SUB  A,r         :   0x90|r
+ * SWAP r           :   0xCB 0x30|r
+ * XOR  A,n         :   0xEE
+ * XOR  A,r         :   0xA8|r
+ */
 
 /* "r" defs */
-
 enum {
 	REG_B = 0,
 	REG_C,
@@ -97,36 +102,30 @@ enum {
 	REG_HL_IND,
 	REG_A
 };
-/* "rr" defs */
 
+/* "rr" defs */
 enum {
 	REG_BC_IND = 0,
 	REG_DE_IND,
 	REG_HL_INDINC,
 	REG_HL_INDDEC,
 };
-/* "ss" defs */
 
+/* "ss" defs (SP) and "tt" defs (AF) */
 enum {
 	REG_BC = 0,
-	REG_DE,
-	REG_HL,
-	REG_SP
+	REG_DE = 1,
+	REG_HL = 2,
+	REG_SP = 3,
+	REG_AF = 3
 };
-/* "tt" defs */
-
-/*
-#define REG_BC		0
-#define REG_DE		1
-#define REG_HL		2
- */
-#define REG_AF		3
 
 /* "cc" defs */
-
 enum {
 	CC_NZ = 0,
 	CC_Z,
 	CC_NC,
 	CC_C
 };
+
+#endif /* RGBDS_ASM_LOCALASM_H */

include/asm/main.h

@@ -1,30 +1,43 @@
-#ifndef	RGBDS_MAIN_H
-#define	RGBDS_MAIN_H
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#ifndef RGBDS_MAIN_H
+#define RGBDS_MAIN_H
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
-#include "extern/stdnoreturn.h"
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "helpers.h"
 
 struct sOptions {
-	char gbgfx[4];
 	char binary[2];
-	SLONG fillchar;
-	bool verbose;
-	bool haltnop;
+	char gbgfx[4];
 	bool exportall;
-	bool warnings; /* true to enable warnings, false to disable them. */
-	    //-1 == random
+	int32_t fillchar;
+	bool haltnop;
+	bool optimizeloads;
+	bool verbose;
+	bool warnings; /* True to enable warnings, false to disable them. */
 };
 
 extern char *tzNewMacro;
-extern ULONG ulNewMacroSize;
-extern SLONG nGBGfxID;
-extern SLONG nBinaryID;
+extern uint32_t ulNewMacroSize;
+extern int32_t nGBGfxID;
+extern int32_t nBinaryID;
 
 extern struct sOptions DefaultOptions;
 extern struct sOptions CurrentOptions;
-extern void opt_Push(void);
-extern void opt_Pop(void);
-extern void opt_Parse(char *s);
+
+extern FILE *dependfile;
+
+void opt_Push(void);
+void opt_Pop(void);
+void opt_Parse(char *s);
 
 /*
  * Used for errors that compromise the whole assembly process by affecting the
@@ -33,7 +46,8 @@ extern void opt_Parse(char *s);
  * It is also used when the assembler goes into an invalid state (for example,
  * when it fails to allocate memory).
  */
-noreturn void fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...);
+noreturn_ void fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...);
+
 /*
  * Used for errors that make it impossible to assemble correctly, but don't
  * affect the following code. The code will fail to assemble but the user will
@@ -41,17 +55,18 @@ noreturn void fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...);
  * once.
  */
 void yyerror(const char *fmt, ...);
+
 /*
  * Used to warn the user about problems that don't prevent the generation of
  * valid code.
  */
 void warning(const char *fmt, ...);
 
-#define	YY_FATAL_ERROR fatalerror
+#define YY_FATAL_ERROR fatalerror
 
-#ifdef	YYLMAX
-#undef	YYLMAX
+#ifdef YYLMAX
+#undef YYLMAX
 #endif
 #define YYLMAX 65536
 
-#endif
+#endif /* RGBDS_MAIN_H */

include/asm/mylink.h

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef RGBDS_ASM_LINK_H
-#define RGBDS_ASM_LINK_H
-
-enum {
-	RPN_ADD = 0,
-	RPN_SUB,
-	RPN_MUL,
-	RPN_DIV,
-	RPN_MOD,
-	RPN_UNSUB,
-
-	RPN_OR,
-	RPN_AND,
-	RPN_XOR,
-	RPN_UNNOT,
-
-	RPN_LOGAND,
-	RPN_LOGOR,
-	RPN_LOGUNNOT,
-
-	RPN_LOGEQ,
-	RPN_LOGNE,
-	RPN_LOGGT,
-	RPN_LOGLT,
-	RPN_LOGGE,
-	RPN_LOGLE,
-
-	RPN_SHL,
-	RPN_SHR,
-
-	RPN_BANK,
-
-	RPN_HRAM,
-
-	RPN_CONST = 0x80,
-	RPN_SYM = 0x81
-};
-
-enum {
-	SECT_WRAM0 = 0,
-	SECT_VRAM,
-	SECT_ROMX,
-	SECT_ROM0,
-	SECT_HRAM,
-	SECT_WRAMX,
-	SECT_SRAM,
-	SECT_OAM
-};
-
-enum {
-	SYM_LOCAL = 0,
-	SYM_IMPORT,
-	SYM_EXPORT
-};
-
-enum {
-	PATCH_BYTE = 0,
-	PATCH_WORD_L,
-	PATCH_LONG_L
-};
-#endif

include/asm/mymath.h

@@ -1,21 +1,29 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_ASM_MATH_H
 #define RGBDS_ASM_MATH_H
 
-#include "types.h"
+#include <stdint.h>
 
 void math_DefinePI(void);
-void math_Print(SLONG i);
-SLONG math_Sin(SLONG i);
-SLONG math_Cos(SLONG i);
-SLONG math_Tan(SLONG i);
-SLONG math_ASin(SLONG i);
-SLONG math_ACos(SLONG i);
-SLONG math_ATan(SLONG i);
-SLONG math_ATan2(SLONG i, SLONG j);
-SLONG math_Mul(SLONG i, SLONG j);
-SLONG math_Div(SLONG i, SLONG j);
-SLONG math_Round(SLONG i);
-SLONG math_Ceil(SLONG i);
-SLONG math_Floor(SLONG i);
+void math_Print(int32_t i);
+int32_t math_Sin(int32_t i);
+int32_t math_Cos(int32_t i);
+int32_t math_Tan(int32_t i);
+int32_t math_ASin(int32_t i);
+int32_t math_ACos(int32_t i);
+int32_t math_ATan(int32_t i);
+int32_t math_ATan2(int32_t i, int32_t j);
+int32_t math_Mul(int32_t i, int32_t j);
+int32_t math_Div(int32_t i, int32_t j);
+int32_t math_Round(int32_t i);
+int32_t math_Ceil(int32_t i);
+int32_t math_Floor(int32_t i);
 
-#endif
+#endif /* RGBDS_ASM_MATH_H */

include/asm/output.h

@@ -1,40 +1,53 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_ASM_OUTPUT_H
 #define RGBDS_ASM_OUTPUT_H
 
+#include <stdint.h>
+
 #include "asm/rpn.h"
-#include "types.h"
 
 struct Section {
 	char *pzName;
-	UBYTE nType;
-	ULONG nPC;
-	ULONG nOrg;
-	ULONG nBank;
-	ULONG nAlign;
+	uint8_t nType;
+	uint32_t nPC;
+	uint32_t nOrg;
+	uint32_t nBank;
+	uint32_t nAlign;
 	struct Section *pNext;
 	struct Patch *pPatches;
 	struct Charmap *charmap;
-	UBYTE *tData;
+	uint8_t *tData;
 };
 
+extern char *tzObjectname;
+
 void out_PrepPass2(void);
 void out_SetFileName(char *s);
-void out_NewSection(char *pzName, ULONG secttype);
-void out_NewAbsSection(char *pzName, ULONG secttype, SLONG org, SLONG bank);
-void out_NewAlignedSection(char *pzName, ULONG secttype, SLONG alignment, SLONG bank);
-void out_AbsByte(int b);
-void out_AbsByteGroup(char *s, int length);
-void out_RelByte(struct Expression * expr);
-void out_RelWord(struct Expression * expr);
-void out_PCRelByte(struct Expression * expr);
+void out_NewSection(char *pzName, uint32_t secttype);
+void out_NewAbsSection(char *pzName, uint32_t secttype, int32_t org,
+		       int32_t bank);
+void out_NewAlignedSection(char *pzName, uint32_t secttype, int32_t alignment,
+			   int32_t bank);
+void out_AbsByte(int32_t b);
+void out_AbsByteGroup(char *s, int32_t length);
+void out_RelByte(struct Expression *expr);
+void out_RelWord(struct Expression *expr);
+void out_PCRelByte(struct Expression *expr);
 void out_WriteObject(void);
-void out_Skip(int skip);
+void out_Skip(int32_t skip);
 void out_BinaryFile(char *s);
-void out_BinaryFileSlice(char *s, SLONG start_pos, SLONG length);
+void out_BinaryFileSlice(char *s, int32_t start_pos, int32_t length);
 void out_String(char *s);
-void out_AbsLong(SLONG b);
-void out_RelLong(struct Expression * expr);
+void out_AbsLong(int32_t b);
+void out_RelLong(struct Expression *expr);
 void out_PushSection(void);
 void out_PopSection(void);
 
-#endif
+#endif /* RGBDS_ASM_OUTPUT_H */

include/asm/rpn.h

@@ -1,81 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_ASM_RPN_H
 #define RGBDS_ASM_RPN_H
 
+#include <stdint.h>
+
 struct Expression {
-	SLONG nVal;
-	UBYTE tRPN[256];
-	ULONG nRPNLength;
-	ULONG nRPNOut;
-	ULONG isReloc;
-	ULONG isPCRel;
+	int32_t  nVal;
+	uint8_t  tRPN[256];
+	uint32_t nRPNLength;
+	uint32_t nRPNOut;
+	uint32_t isReloc;
+	uint32_t isPCRel;
 };
 
-ULONG rpn_isReloc(struct Expression * expr);
-ULONG rpn_isPCRelative(struct Expression * expr);
-void rpn_Symbol(struct Expression * expr, char *tzSym);
-void rpn_Number(struct Expression * expr, ULONG i);
-void rpn_LOGNOT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1);
-void
-rpn_LOGOR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_LOGAND(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_LOGEQU(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_LOGGT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_LOGLT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_LOGGE(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_LOGLE(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_LOGNE(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_ADD(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_SUB(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_XOR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_OR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_AND(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_SHL(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_SHR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_MUL(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_DIV(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void
-rpn_MOD(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2);
-void rpn_HIGH(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src);
-void rpn_LOW(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src);
-void rpn_UNNEG(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src);
-void rpn_UNNOT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src);
-UWORD rpn_PopByte(struct Expression * expr);
-void rpn_Bank(struct Expression * expr, char *tzSym);
-void rpn_Reset(struct Expression * expr);
-void rpn_CheckHRAM(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1);
+uint32_t rpn_isReloc(const struct Expression *expr);
+uint32_t rpn_isPCRelative(const struct Expression *expr);
+void rpn_Symbol(struct Expression *expr, char *tzSym);
+void rpn_Number(struct Expression *expr, uint32_t i);
+void rpn_LOGNOT(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src);
+void rpn_LOGOR(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	       const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_LOGAND(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+		const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_LOGEQU(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+		const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_LOGGT(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	       const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_LOGLT(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	       const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_LOGGE(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	       const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_LOGLE(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	       const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_LOGNE(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	       const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_ADD(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_SUB(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_XOR(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_OR(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	    const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_AND(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_SHL(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_SHR(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_MUL(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_DIV(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_MOD(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2);
+void rpn_HIGH(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src);
+void rpn_LOW(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src);
+void rpn_UNNEG(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src);
+void rpn_UNNOT(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src);
+uint16_t rpn_PopByte(struct Expression *expr);
+void rpn_BankSymbol(struct Expression *expr, char *tzSym);
+void rpn_BankSection(struct Expression *expr, char *tzSectionName);
+void rpn_BankSelf(struct Expression *expr);
+void rpn_Reset(struct Expression *expr);
+void rpn_CheckHRAM(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src);
 
-#endif
+#endif /* RGBDS_ASM_RPN_H */

include/asm/symbol.h

@@ -1,42 +1,58 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_SYMBOL_H
 #define RGBDS_SYMBOL_H
 
+#include <stdint.h>
+
 #include "types.h"
 
-#define HASHSIZE (1 << 16)
-#define MAXSYMLEN 256
+#define HASHSIZE	(1 << 16)
+#define MAXSYMLEN	256
 
 struct sSymbol {
 	char tzName[MAXSYMLEN + 1];
-	SLONG nValue;
-	ULONG nType;
+	int32_t nValue;
+	uint32_t nType;
 	struct sSymbol *pScope;
 	struct sSymbol *pNext;
 	struct Section *pSection;
-	ULONG ulMacroSize;
+	uint32_t ulMacroSize;
 	char *pMacro;
-	     SLONG(*Callback) (struct sSymbol *);
+	int32_t (*Callback)(struct sSymbol *);
+	char tzFileName[_MAX_PATH + 1]; /* File where the symbol was defined. */
+	uint32_t nFileLine; /* Line where the symbol was defined. */
 };
-#define SYMF_RELOC		0x001	/* symbol will be reloc'ed during
-					 * linking, it's absolute value is
-					 * unknown */
-#define SYMF_EQU		0x002	/* symbol is defined using EQU, will
-					 * not be changed during linking */
-#define SYMF_SET		0x004	/* symbol is (re)defined using SET,
-					 * will not be changed during linking */
-#define SYMF_EXPORT		0x008	/* symbol should be exported */
-#define SYMF_IMPORT		0x010	/* symbol is imported, it's value is
-					 * unknown */
-#define SYMF_LOCAL		0x020	/* symbol is a local symbol */
-#define SYMF_DEFINED	0x040	/* symbol has been defined, not only
-				 * referenced */
-#define SYMF_MACRO		0x080	/* symbol is a macro */
-#define SYMF_STRING		0x100	/* symbol is a stringsymbol */
-#define SYMF_CONST		0x200	/* symbol has a constant value, will
-					 * not be changed during linking */
 
-ULONG calchash(char *s);
-void sym_SetExportAll(BBOOL set);
+/* Symbol will be relocated during linking, it's absolute value is unknown */
+#define SYMF_RELOC	0x001
+/* Symbol is defined using EQU, will not be changed during linking */
+#define SYMF_EQU	0x002
+/* Symbol is (re)defined using SET, will not be changed during linking */
+#define SYMF_SET	0x004
+/* Symbol should be exported */
+#define SYMF_EXPORT	0x008
+/* Symbol is imported, it's value is unknown */
+#define SYMF_IMPORT	0x010
+/* Symbol is a local symbol */
+#define SYMF_LOCAL	0x020
+/* Symbol has been defined, not only referenced */
+#define SYMF_DEFINED	0x040
+/* Symbol is a macro */
+#define SYMF_MACRO	0x080
+/* Symbol is a stringsymbol */
+#define SYMF_STRING	0x100
+/* Symbol has a constant value, will not be changed during linking */
+#define SYMF_CONST	0x200
+
+uint32_t calchash(char *s);
+void sym_SetExportAll(uint8_t set);
 void sym_PrepPass1(void);
 void sym_PrepPass2(void);
 void sym_AddLocalReloc(char *tzSym);
@@ -50,26 +66,30 @@ void sym_SaveCurrentMacroArgs(char *save[]);
 void sym_RestoreCurrentMacroArgs(char *save[]);
 void sym_UseNewMacroArgs(void);
 void sym_FreeCurrentMacroArgs(void);
-void sym_AddEqu(char *tzSym, SLONG value);
-void sym_AddSet(char *tzSym, SLONG value);
+void sym_AddEqu(char *tzSym, int32_t value);
+void sym_AddSet(char *tzSym, int32_t value);
 void sym_Init(void);
-ULONG sym_GetConstantValue(char *s);
-ULONG sym_isConstant(char *s);
+uint32_t sym_GetConstantValue(char *s);
+uint32_t sym_isConstant(char *s);
 struct sSymbol *sym_FindSymbol(char *tzName);
 void sym_Global(char *tzSym);
-char *sym_FindMacroArg(SLONG i);
+char *sym_FindMacroArg(int32_t i);
 char *sym_GetStringValue(char *tzSym);
 void sym_UseCurrentMacroArgs(void);
-void sym_SetMacroArgID(ULONG nMacroCount);
-ULONG sym_isString(char *tzSym);
+void sym_SetMacroArgID(uint32_t nMacroCount);
+uint32_t sym_isString(char *tzSym);
 void sym_AddMacro(char *tzSym);
 void sym_ShiftCurrentMacroArgs(void);
 void sym_AddString(char *tzSym, char *tzValue);
-ULONG sym_GetValue(char *s);
-ULONG sym_GetDefinedValue(char *s);
-ULONG sym_isDefined(char *tzName);
+uint32_t sym_GetValue(char *s);
+uint32_t sym_GetDefinedValue(char *s);
+uint32_t sym_isDefined(char *tzName);
 void sym_Purge(char *tzName);
-ULONG sym_isConstDefined(char *tzName);
-int sym_IsRelocDiffDefined(char *tzSym1, char *tzSym2);
+uint32_t sym_isConstDefined(char *tzName);
+int32_t sym_IsRelocDiffDefined(char *tzSym1, char *tzSym2);
 
-#endif
+/* Functions to save and restore the current symbol scope. */
+struct sSymbol *sym_GetCurrentSymbolScope(void);
+void sym_SetCurrentSymbolScope(struct sSymbol *pNewScope);
+
+#endif /* RGBDS_SYMBOL_H */

include/common.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#ifndef RGBDS_COMMON_H
+#define RGBDS_COMMON_H
+
+#define RGBDS_OBJECT_VERSION_STRING "RGB6"
+
+enum eBankCount {
+	BANK_COUNT_ROM0  = 1,
+	BANK_COUNT_ROMX  = 511,
+	BANK_COUNT_WRAM0 = 1,
+	BANK_COUNT_WRAMX = 7,
+	BANK_COUNT_VRAM  = 2,
+	BANK_COUNT_OAM   = 1,
+	BANK_COUNT_HRAM  = 1,
+	BANK_COUNT_SRAM  = 16
+};
+
+enum eBankGBCount {
+	BANK_MIN_ROM0  = 0,
+	BANK_MAX_ROM0  = BANK_COUNT_ROM0  + BANK_MIN_ROM0  - 1,
+	BANK_MIN_ROMX  = 1,
+	BANK_MAX_ROMX  = BANK_COUNT_ROMX  + BANK_MIN_ROMX  - 1,
+	BANK_MIN_WRAM0 = 0,
+	BANK_MAX_WRAM0 = BANK_COUNT_WRAM0 + BANK_MIN_WRAM0 - 1,
+	BANK_MIN_WRAMX = 1,
+	BANK_MAX_WRAMX = BANK_COUNT_WRAMX + BANK_MIN_WRAMX - 1,
+	BANK_MIN_VRAM  = 0,
+	BANK_MAX_VRAM  = BANK_COUNT_VRAM  + BANK_MIN_VRAM  - 1,
+	BANK_MIN_OAM   = 0,
+	BANK_MAX_OAM   = BANK_COUNT_OAM   + BANK_MIN_OAM   - 1,
+	BANK_MIN_HRAM  = 0,
+	BANK_MAX_HRAM  = BANK_COUNT_HRAM  + BANK_MIN_HRAM  - 1,
+	BANK_MIN_SRAM  = 0,
+	BANK_MAX_SRAM  = BANK_COUNT_SRAM  + BANK_MIN_SRAM  - 1
+};
+
+#endif /* RGBDS_COMMON_H */

include/extern/err.h

@@ -1,12 +1,23 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef EXTERN_ERR_H
 #define EXTERN_ERR_H
 
 #ifdef ERR_IN_LIBC
+
 #include <err.h>
-#else
+
+#else /* ERR_IN_LIBC */
 
 #include <stdarg.h>
-#include "extern/stdnoreturn.h"
+
+#include "helpers.h"
 
 #define warn rgbds_warn
 #define vwarn rgbds_vwarn
@@ -18,16 +29,16 @@
 #define errx rgbds_errx
 #define verrx rgbds_verrx
 
-void warn(const char *, ...);
-void vwarn(const char *, va_list);
-void warnx(const char *, ...);
-void vwarnx(const char *, va_list);
+void warn(const char *fmt, ...);
+void vwarn(const char *fmt, va_list ap);
+void warnx(const char *fmt, ...);
+void vwarnx(const char *fmt, va_list ap);
 
-noreturn void err(int, const char *, ...);
-noreturn void verr(int, const char *, va_list);
-noreturn void errx(int, const char *, ...);
-noreturn void verrx(int, const char *, va_list);
+noreturn_ void err(int status, const char *fmt, ...);
+noreturn_ void verr(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
+noreturn_ void errx(int status, const char *fmt, ...);
+noreturn_ void verrx(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
 
-#endif
+#endif /* ERR_IN_LIBC */
 
-#endif
+#endif /* EXTERN_ERR_H */

include/extern/reallocarray.h

@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef EXTERN_REALLOCARRAY_H
-#define EXTERN_REALLOCARRAY_H
-
-#ifdef REALLOCARRAY_IN_LIBC
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-
-#define reallocarray rgbds_reallocarray
-
-void *reallocarray(void *, size_t, size_t);
-
-#endif
-
-#endif

include/extern/stdnoreturn.h

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L
-    /* C11 or newer */
-    #define noreturn _Noreturn
-#elif __cplusplus >= 201103L
-    /* C++11 or newer */
-    #define noreturn [[noreturn]]
-#elif __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 5))
-    /* GCC 2.5 or newer */
-    #define noreturn __attribute__ ((noreturn))
-#elif _MSC_VER >= 1310
-    /* MS Visual Studio 2003/.NET Framework 1.1 or newer */
-    #define noreturn _declspec( noreturn)
-#else
-    /* unsupported, but no need to throw a fit */
-    #define noreturn
-#endif

include/extern/strl.h

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef STRL_H
-#define STRL_H
-
-#ifdef STRL_IN_LIBC
-#include <string.h>
-#else
-#define strlcpy rgbds_strlcpy
-#define strlcat rgbds_strlcat
-size_t strlcpy(char *, const char *, size_t);
-size_t strlcat(char *, const char *, size_t);
-#endif
-
-#endif

include/extern/utf8decoder.h

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#ifndef EXTERN_UTF8DECODER_H
+#define EXTERN_UTF8DECODER_H
+
+uint32_t decode(uint32_t *state, uint32_t *codep, uint32_t byte);
+
+#endif /* EXTERN_UTF8DECODER_H */

include/gfx/gb.h

@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 /*
- * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2018, stag019 and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 #ifndef RGBDS_GFX_GB_H
@@ -20,11 +12,15 @@
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include "gfx/main.h"
 
-void png_to_gb(struct PNGImage png, struct GBImage *gb);
-void output_file(struct Options opts, struct GBImage gb);
-int get_tile_index(uint8_t *tile, uint8_t **tiles, int num_tiles, int tile_size);
-void create_tilemap(struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb, struct Tilemap *tilemap);
-void output_tilemap_file(struct Options opts, struct Tilemap tilemap);
-void output_palette_file(struct Options opts, struct PNGImage png);
+void raw_to_gb(const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image, struct GBImage *gb);
+void output_file(const struct Options *opts, const struct GBImage *gb);
+int get_tile_index(uint8_t *tile, uint8_t **tiles, int num_tiles,
+		   int tile_size);
+void create_tilemap(const struct Options *opts, struct GBImage *gb,
+		    struct Tilemap *tilemap);
+void output_tilemap_file(const struct Options *opts,
+			 const struct Tilemap *tilemap);
+void output_palette_file(const struct Options *opts,
+			 const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image);
 
 #endif

include/gfx/main.h

@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 /*
- * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2018, stag019 and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 #ifndef RGBDS_GFX_MAIN_H
@@ -39,6 +31,21 @@ struct Options {
 	char *infile;
 };
 
+struct RGBColor {
+	uint8_t red;
+	uint8_t green;
+	uint8_t blue;
+};
+
+struct ImageOptions {
+	bool horizontal;
+	int trim;
+	char *mapfile;
+	bool mapout;
+	char *palfile;
+	bool palout;
+};
+
 struct PNGImage {
 	png_struct *png;
 	png_info *info;
@@ -47,12 +54,14 @@ struct PNGImage {
 	int height;
 	png_byte depth;
 	png_byte type;
-	bool horizontal;
-	int trim;
-	char *mapfile;
-	bool mapout;
-	char *palfile;
-	bool palout;
+};
+
+struct RawIndexedImage {
+	uint8_t **data;
+	struct RGBColor *palette;
+	int num_colors;
+	int width;
+	int height;
 };
 
 struct GBImage {
@@ -72,4 +81,4 @@ int depth, colors;
 #include "gfx/makepng.h"
 #include "gfx/gb.h"
 
-#endif
+#endif /* RGBDS_GFX_MAIN_H */

include/gfx/makepng.h

@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 /*
- * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2018, stag019 and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 #ifndef RGBDS_GFX_PNG_H
@@ -19,10 +11,11 @@
 
 #include "gfx/main.h"
 
-void input_png_file(struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *img);
-void get_text(struct PNGImage *png);
-void set_text(struct PNGImage *png);
-void output_png_file(struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *png);
-void free_png_data(struct PNGImage *png);
+struct RawIndexedImage *input_png_file(const struct Options *opts,
+				       struct ImageOptions *png_options);
+void output_png_file(const struct Options *opts,
+		     const struct ImageOptions *png_options,
+		     const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image);
+void destroy_raw_image(struct RawIndexedImage **raw_image_ptr_ptr);
 
-#endif
+#endif /* RGBDS_GFX_PNG_H */

include/helpers.h

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2014-2018, RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#ifndef HELPERS_H
+#define HELPERS_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+	/* GCC or compatible */
+	#define noreturn_	__attribute__ ((noreturn))
+	#define unused_		__attribute__ ((unused))
+#else
+	/* Unsupported, but no need to throw a fit */
+	#define noreturn_
+	#define unused_
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HELPERS_H */

include/link/assign.h

@@ -1,50 +1,53 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_ASSIGN_H
 #define RGBDS_LINK_ASSIGN_H
 
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "common.h"
 #include "mylink.h"
-#include "types.h"
-
-enum eBankCount {
-	BANK_COUNT_ROM0 = 1,
-	BANK_COUNT_ROMX = 511,
-	BANK_COUNT_WRAM0 = 1,
-	BANK_COUNT_WRAMX = 7,
-	BANK_COUNT_VRAM = 2,
-	BANK_COUNT_OAM  = 1,
-	BANK_COUNT_HRAM = 1,
-	BANK_COUNT_SRAM = 16
-};
 
+/* Bank numbers as seen by the linker */
 enum eBankDefine {
-	BANK_ROM0  = 0,
-	BANK_ROMX  = BANK_ROM0  + BANK_COUNT_ROM0,
-	BANK_WRAM0 = BANK_ROMX  + BANK_COUNT_ROMX,
-	BANK_WRAMX = BANK_WRAM0 + BANK_COUNT_WRAM0,
-	BANK_VRAM  = BANK_WRAMX + BANK_COUNT_WRAMX,
-	BANK_OAM   = BANK_VRAM  + BANK_COUNT_VRAM,
-	BANK_HRAM  = BANK_OAM   + BANK_COUNT_OAM,
-	BANK_SRAM  = BANK_HRAM  + BANK_COUNT_HRAM
+	BANK_INDEX_ROM0  = 0,
+	BANK_INDEX_ROMX  = BANK_INDEX_ROM0  + BANK_COUNT_ROM0,
+	BANK_INDEX_WRAM0 = BANK_INDEX_ROMX  + BANK_COUNT_ROMX,
+	BANK_INDEX_WRAMX = BANK_INDEX_WRAM0 + BANK_COUNT_WRAM0,
+	BANK_INDEX_VRAM  = BANK_INDEX_WRAMX + BANK_COUNT_WRAMX,
+	BANK_INDEX_OAM   = BANK_INDEX_VRAM  + BANK_COUNT_VRAM,
+	BANK_INDEX_HRAM  = BANK_INDEX_OAM   + BANK_COUNT_OAM,
+	BANK_INDEX_SRAM  = BANK_INDEX_HRAM  + BANK_COUNT_HRAM,
+	BANK_INDEX_MAX   = BANK_INDEX_SRAM  + BANK_COUNT_SRAM
 };
 
-#define MAXBANKS	(BANK_COUNT_ROM0 + BANK_COUNT_ROMX + BANK_COUNT_WRAM0 + BANK_COUNT_WRAMX \
-					+ BANK_COUNT_VRAM + BANK_COUNT_OAM + BANK_COUNT_HRAM + BANK_COUNT_SRAM)
+extern int32_t MaxBankUsed;
+extern int32_t MaxAvail[BANK_INDEX_MAX];
 
-extern SLONG area_Avail(SLONG bank);
-extern void AssignSections(void);
-extern void CreateSymbolTable(void);
-extern SLONG MaxBankUsed;
-extern SLONG MaxAvail[MAXBANKS];
+int32_t area_Avail(int32_t bank);
+void AssignSections(void);
+void CreateSymbolTable(void);
+struct sSection *GetSectionByName(const char *name);
+int32_t IsSectionNameInUse(const char *name);
+void SetLinkerscriptName(char *tzLinkerscriptFile);
+int32_t IsSectionSameTypeBankAndFloating(const char *name,
+					 enum eSectionType type, int32_t bank);
+uint32_t AssignSectionAddressAndBankByName(const char *name, uint32_t address,
+					   int32_t bank);
 
-int
-IsSectionNameInUse(const char *name);
+int BankIndexIsROM0(int32_t bank);
+int BankIndexIsROMX(int32_t bank);
+int BankIndexIsWRAM0(int32_t bank);
+int BankIndexIsWRAMX(int32_t bank);
+int BankIndexIsVRAM(int32_t bank);
+int BankIndexIsOAM(int32_t bank);
+int BankIndexIsHRAM(int32_t bank);
+int BankIndexIsSRAM(int32_t bank);
 
-void
-SetLinkerscriptName(char *tzLinkerscriptFile);
-
-int
-IsSectionSameTypeBankAndFloating(const char *name, enum eSectionType type, int bank);
-
-unsigned int
-AssignSectionAddressAndBankByName(const char *name, unsigned int address, int bank);
-
-#endif
+#endif /* RGBDS_LINK_ASSIGN_H */

include/link/library.h

@@ -1,6 +1,14 @@
-#ifndef	RGBDS_LINK_LIBRARY_H
-#define	RGBDS_LINK_LIBRARY_H
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
 
-extern void AddNeededModules(void);
+#ifndef RGBDS_LINK_LIBRARY_H
+#define RGBDS_LINK_LIBRARY_H
 
-#endif
+void AddNeededModules(void);
+
+#endif /* RGBDS_LINK_LIBRARY_H */

include/link/main.h

@@ -1,9 +1,17 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_MAIN_H
 #define RGBDS_LINK_MAIN_H
 
-#include "types.h"
+#include <stdint.h>
 
-extern SLONG fillchar;
+extern int32_t fillchar;
 extern char *smartlinkstartsymbol;
 
-#endif
+#endif /* RGBDS_LINK_MAIN_H */

include/link/mapfile.h

@@ -1,11 +1,21 @@
-#ifndef	RGBDS_LINK_MAPFILE_H
-#define	RGBDS_LINK_MAPFILE_H
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
 
-extern void SetMapfileName(char *name);
-extern void SetSymfileName(char *name);
-extern void CloseMapfile(void);
-extern void MapfileWriteSection(struct sSection * pSect);
-extern void MapfileInitBank(SLONG bank);
-extern void MapfileCloseBank(SLONG slack);
+#ifndef RGBDS_LINK_MAPFILE_H
+#define RGBDS_LINK_MAPFILE_H
 
-#endif
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+void SetMapfileName(char *name);
+void SetSymfileName(char *name);
+void CloseMapfile(void);
+void MapfileWriteSection(const struct sSection *pSect);
+void MapfileInitBank(int32_t bank);
+void MapfileCloseBank(int32_t slack);
+
+#endif /* RGBDS_LINK_MAPFILE_H */

include/link/mylink.h

@@ -1,114 +1,68 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_LINK_H
 #define RGBDS_LINK_LINK_H
 
-#ifndef _MAX_PATH
-#define _MAX_PATH	512
-#endif
+#include <stdint.h>
 
-#include "types.h"
+#include "linkdefs.h"
+
+extern int32_t options;
 
-extern SLONG options;
 #define OPT_TINY		0x01
 #define OPT_SMART_C_LINK	0x02
 #define OPT_OVERLAY		0x04
 #define OPT_CONTWRAM		0x08
 #define OPT_DMG_MODE		0x10
 
-enum eRpnData {
-	RPN_ADD = 0,
-	RPN_SUB,
-	RPN_MUL,
-	RPN_DIV,
-	RPN_MOD,
-	RPN_UNSUB,
-
-	RPN_OR,
-	RPN_AND,
-	RPN_XOR,
-	RPN_UNNOT,
-
-	RPN_LOGAND,
-	RPN_LOGOR,
-	RPN_LOGUNNOT,
-
-	RPN_LOGEQ,
-	RPN_LOGNE,
-	RPN_LOGGT,
-	RPN_LOGLT,
-	RPN_LOGGE,
-	RPN_LOGLE,
-
-	RPN_SHL,
-	RPN_SHR,
-
-	RPN_BANK,
-
-	RPN_HRAM,
-
-	RPN_CONST = 0x80,
-	RPN_SYM = 0x81
-};
-
-enum eSectionType {
-	SECT_WRAM0,
-	SECT_VRAM,
-	SECT_ROMX,
-	SECT_ROM0,
-	SECT_HRAM,
-	SECT_WRAMX,
-	SECT_SRAM,
-	SECT_OAM
-};
-
 struct sSection {
-	SLONG nBank;
-	SLONG nOrg;
-	SLONG nAlign;
-	BBOOL oAssigned;
+	int32_t nBank;
+	int32_t nOrg;
+	int32_t nAlign;
+	uint8_t oAssigned;
 
 	char *pzName;
-	SLONG nByteSize;
+	int32_t nByteSize;
 	enum eSectionType Type;
-	UBYTE *pData;
-	SLONG nNumberOfSymbols;
+	uint8_t *pData;
+	int32_t nNumberOfSymbols;
 	struct sSymbol **tSymbols;
 	struct sPatch *pPatches;
 	struct sSection *pNext;
 };
 
-enum eSymbolType {
-	SYM_LOCAL,
-	SYM_IMPORT,
-	SYM_EXPORT
-};
-
 struct sSymbol {
 	char *pzName;
 	enum eSymbolType Type;
-	/* the following 3 items only valid when Type!=SYM_IMPORT */
-	SLONG nSectionID;	/* internal to object.c */
-	struct sSection *pSection;
-	SLONG nOffset;
-};
 
-enum ePatchType {
-	PATCH_BYTE = 0,
-	PATCH_WORD_L,
-	PATCH_LONG_L
+	/* The following 3 items only valid when Type!=SYM_IMPORT */
+	int32_t nSectionID; /* Internal to object.c */
+	struct sSection *pSection;
+	int32_t nOffset;
+
+	char *pzObjFileName; /* Object file where the symbol is located. */
+	char *pzFileName; /* Source file where the symbol was defined. */
+	uint32_t nFileLine; /* Line where the symbol was defined. */
 };
 
 struct sPatch {
 	char *pzFilename;
-	SLONG nLineNo;
-	SLONG nOffset;
+	int32_t nLineNo;
+	int32_t nOffset;
 	enum ePatchType Type;
-	SLONG nRPNSize;
-	UBYTE *pRPN;
+	int32_t nRPNSize;
+	uint8_t *pRPN;
 	struct sPatch *pNext;
-	BBOOL oRelocPatch;
+	uint8_t oRelocPatch;
 };
 
 extern struct sSection *pSections;
 extern struct sSection *pLibSections;
 
-#endif
+#endif /* RGBDS_LINK_LINK_H */

include/link/object.h

@@ -1,6 +1,14 @@
-#ifndef	RGBDS_LINK_OBJECT_H
-#define	RGBDS_LINK_OBJECT_H
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
 
-extern void obj_Readfile(char *tzObjectfile);
+#ifndef RGBDS_LINK_OBJECT_H
+#define RGBDS_LINK_OBJECT_H
 
-#endif
+void obj_Readfile(char *tzObjectfile);
+
+#endif /* RGBDS_LINK_OBJECT_H */

include/link/output.h

@@ -1,8 +1,16 @@
-#ifndef	RGBDS_LINK_OUTPUT_H
-#define	RGBDS_LINK_OUTPUT_H
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#ifndef RGBDS_LINK_OUTPUT_H
+#define RGBDS_LINK_OUTPUT_H
 
 void out_Setname(char *tzOutputfile);
 void out_SetOverlayname(char *tzOverlayfile);
 void Output(void);
 
-#endif
+#endif /* RGBDS_LINK_OUTPUT_H */

include/link/patch.h

@@ -1,9 +1,17 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_PATCH_H
 #define RGBDS_LINK_PATCH_H
 
-#include "types.h"
+#include <stdint.h>
 
 void Patch(void);
-extern SLONG nPC;
+extern int32_t nPC;
 
-#endif
+#endif /* RGBDS_LINK_PATCH_H */

include/link/script.h

@@ -1,37 +1,30 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_SCRIPT_H
 #define RGBDS_LINK_SCRIPT_H
 
-#include "extern/stdnoreturn.h"
+#include <stdint.h>
 
-noreturn void script_fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...);
+#include "helpers.h"
+
+noreturn_ void script_fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...);
 
 void script_Parse(const char *path);
 
 void script_IncludeFile(const char *path);
-int script_IncludeDepthGet(void);
+int32_t script_IncludeDepthGet(void);
 void script_IncludePop(void);
 
 void script_InitSections(void);
-void script_SetCurrentSectionType(const char *type, unsigned int bank);
-void script_SetAddress(unsigned int addr);
-void script_SetAlignment(unsigned int alignment);
+void script_SetCurrentSectionType(const char *type, uint32_t bank);
+void script_SetAddress(uint32_t addr);
+void script_SetAlignment(uint32_t alignment);
 void script_OutputSection(const char *section_name);
 
-#endif
-
+#endif /* RGBDS_LINK_SCRIPT_H */

include/link/symbol.h

@@ -1,11 +1,21 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_SYMBOL_H
 #define RGBDS_LINK_SYMBOL_H
 
-#include "types.h"
+#include <stdint.h>
 
 void sym_Init(void);
-void sym_CreateSymbol(char *tzName, SLONG nValue, SLONG nBank);
-SLONG sym_GetValue(char *tzName);
-SLONG sym_GetBank(char *tzName);
+void sym_CreateSymbol(char *tzName, int32_t nValue, int32_t nBank,
+		      char *tzObjFileName, char *tzFileName,
+		      uint32_t nFileLine);
+int32_t sym_GetValue(char *tzName);
+int32_t sym_GetBank(char *tzName);
 
-#endif
+#endif /* RGBDS_LINK_SYMBOL_H */

include/linkdefs.h

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#ifndef RGBDS_LINKDEFS_H
+#define RGBDS_LINKDEFS_H
+
+enum eRpnData {
+	RPN_ADD		= 0x00,
+	RPN_SUB		= 0x01,
+	RPN_MUL		= 0x02,
+	RPN_DIV		= 0x03,
+	RPN_MOD		= 0x04,
+	RPN_UNSUB	= 0x05,
+
+	RPN_OR		= 0x10,
+	RPN_AND		= 0x11,
+	RPN_XOR		= 0x12,
+	RPN_UNNOT	= 0x13,
+
+	RPN_LOGAND	= 0x21,
+	RPN_LOGOR	= 0x22,
+	RPN_LOGUNNOT	= 0x23,
+
+	RPN_LOGEQ	= 0x30,
+	RPN_LOGNE	= 0x31,
+	RPN_LOGGT	= 0x32,
+	RPN_LOGLT	= 0x33,
+	RPN_LOGGE	= 0x34,
+	RPN_LOGLE	= 0x35,
+
+	RPN_SHL		= 0x40,
+	RPN_SHR		= 0x41,
+
+	RPN_BANK_SYM	= 0x50,
+	RPN_BANK_SECT	= 0x51,
+	RPN_BANK_SELF	= 0x52,
+
+	RPN_HRAM	= 0x60,
+
+	RPN_CONST	= 0x80,
+	RPN_SYM		= 0x81
+};
+
+enum eSectionType {
+	SECT_WRAM0	= 0x00,
+	SECT_VRAM	= 0x01,
+	SECT_ROMX	= 0x02,
+	SECT_ROM0	= 0x03,
+	SECT_HRAM	= 0x04,
+	SECT_WRAMX	= 0x05,
+	SECT_SRAM	= 0x06,
+	SECT_OAM	= 0x07
+};
+
+enum eSymbolType {
+	SYM_LOCAL	= 0x00,
+	SYM_IMPORT	= 0x01,
+	SYM_EXPORT	= 0x02
+};
+
+enum ePatchType {
+	PATCH_BYTE	= 0x00,
+	PATCH_WORD_L	= 0x01,
+	PATCH_LONG_L	= 0x02,
+	PATCH_BYTE_JR	= 0x03
+};
+
+#endif /* RGBDS_LINKDEFS_H */

include/types.h

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_TYPES_H
 #define RGBDS_TYPES_H
 
 #ifndef _MAX_PATH
-#define	_MAX_PATH	512
+#define _MAX_PATH 512
 #endif
 
-typedef unsigned char UBYTE;
-typedef signed char SBYTE;
-typedef unsigned short UWORD;
-typedef signed short SWORD;
-typedef unsigned long ULONG;
-typedef signed long SLONG;
-typedef signed char BBOOL;
-
-#endif
+#endif /* RGBDS_TYPES_H */

include/version.h

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#ifndef EXTERN_VERSION_H
+#define EXTERN_VERSION_H
+
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR (0)
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR (3)
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH (7)
+
+const char *get_package_version_string(void);
+
+#endif /* EXTERN_VERSION_H */

src/asm/charmap.c

@@ -1,73 +1,12 @@
 /*
- * UTF-8 decoder copyright © 2008–2009 Björn Höhrmann <bjoern@hoehrmann.de>
- * http://bjoern.hoehrmann.de/utf-8/decoder/dfa/
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
- * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
- * deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
- * rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
- * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
- * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2018, stag019 and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
- * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
- * IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 #include <stdint.h>
-
-static const uint8_t utf8d[] = {
-  0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, // 00..1f
-  0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, // 20..3f
-  0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, // 40..5f
-  0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, // 60..7f
-  1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, // 80..9f
-  7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7, // a0..bf
-  8,8,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, // c0..df
-  0xa,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x3,0x4,0x3,0x3, // e0..ef
-  0xb,0x6,0x6,0x6,0x5,0x8,0x8,0x8,0x8,0x8,0x8,0x8,0x8,0x8,0x8,0x8, // f0..ff
-  0x0,0x1,0x2,0x3,0x5,0x8,0x7,0x1,0x1,0x1,0x4,0x6,0x1,0x1,0x1,0x1, // s0..s0
-  1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,1,1,1,1,1,0,1,0,1,1,1,1,1,1, // s1..s2
-  1,2,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, // s3..s4
-  1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,1, // s5..s6
-  1,3,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, // s7..s8
-};
-
-uint32_t
-decode(uint32_t* state, uint32_t* codep, uint32_t byte) {
-  uint32_t type = utf8d[byte];
-
-  *codep = (*state != 0) ?
-    (byte & 0x3fu) | (*codep << 6) :
-    (0xff >> type) & (byte);
-
-  *state = utf8d[256 + *state*16 + type];
-  return *state;
-}
-
-/*
- * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -77,21 +16,19 @@ decode(uint32_t* state, uint32_t* codep, uint32_t byte) {
 #include "asm/main.h"
 #include "asm/output.h"
 
+#include "extern/utf8decoder.h"
+
 struct Charmap globalCharmap = {0};
 
-extern struct Section *pCurrentSection;
-
-int
-readUTF8Char(char *dest, char *src)
+int32_t readUTF8Char(char *dest, char *src)
 {
 	uint32_t state;
 	uint32_t codep;
-	int i;
+	int32_t i;
 
 	for (i = 0, state = 0;; i++) {
-		if (decode(&state, &codep, (uint8_t)src[i]) == 1) {
+		if (decode(&state, &codep, (uint8_t)src[i]) == 1)
 			fatalerror("invalid UTF-8 character");
-		}
 
 		dest[i] = src[i];
 
@@ -104,13 +41,12 @@ readUTF8Char(char *dest, char *src)
 	}
 }
 
-int
-charmap_Add(char *input, UBYTE output)
+int32_t charmap_Add(char *input, uint8_t output)
 {
-	int i;
+	int32_t i;
 	size_t input_length;
-	char temp1i[CHARMAPLENGTH + 1], temp2i[CHARMAPLENGTH + 1], temp1o = 0,
-	    temp2o = 0;
+	char temp1i[CHARMAPLENGTH + 1], temp2i[CHARMAPLENGTH + 1];
+	char temp1o = 0, temp2o = 0;
 
 	struct Charmap *charmap;
 
@@ -118,23 +54,21 @@ charmap_Add(char *input, UBYTE output)
 		if (pCurrentSection->charmap) {
 			charmap = pCurrentSection->charmap;
 		} else {
-			if ((charmap = calloc(1, sizeof(struct Charmap))) ==
-			    NULL) {
+			charmap = calloc(1, sizeof(struct Charmap));
+			if (charmap == NULL)
 				fatalerror("Not enough memory for charmap");
-			}
+
 			pCurrentSection->charmap = charmap;
 		}
 	} else {
 		charmap = &globalCharmap;
 	}
 
-	if (nPass == 2) {
+	if (nPass == 2)
 		return charmap->count;
-	}
 
-	if (charmap->count > MAXCHARMAPS || strlen(input) > CHARMAPLENGTH) {
+	if (charmap->count > MAXCHARMAPS || strlen(input) > CHARMAPLENGTH)
 		return -1;
-	}
 
 	input_length = strlen(input);
 	if (input_length > 1) {
@@ -142,7 +76,7 @@ charmap_Add(char *input, UBYTE output)
 		while (i < charmap->count + 1) {
 			if (input_length > strlen(charmap->input[i])) {
 				memcpy(temp1i, charmap->input[i],
-				    CHARMAPLENGTH + 1);
+				       CHARMAPLENGTH + 1);
 				memcpy(charmap->input[i], input, input_length);
 				temp1o = charmap->output[i];
 				charmap->output[i] = output;
@@ -161,7 +95,7 @@ charmap_Add(char *input, UBYTE output)
 			i++;
 		}
 		memcpy(charmap->input[charmap->count + 1], temp1i,
-		    CHARMAPLENGTH + 1);
+		       CHARMAPLENGTH + 1);
 		charmap->output[charmap->count + 1] = temp1o;
 	} else {
 		memcpy(charmap->input[charmap->count], input, input_length);
@@ -170,24 +104,22 @@ charmap_Add(char *input, UBYTE output)
 	return ++charmap->count;
 }
 
-int
-charmap_Convert(char **input)
+int32_t charmap_Convert(char **input)
 {
 	struct Charmap *charmap;
 
 	char outchar[CHARMAPLENGTH + 1];
 	char *buffer;
-	int i, j, length;
+	int32_t i, j, length;
 
-	if (pCurrentSection && pCurrentSection->charmap) {
+	if (pCurrentSection && pCurrentSection->charmap)
 		charmap = pCurrentSection->charmap;
-	} else {
+	else
 		charmap = &globalCharmap;
-	}
 
-	if ((buffer = malloc(strlen(*input))) == NULL) {
+	buffer = malloc(strlen(*input));
+	if (buffer == NULL)
 		fatalerror("Not enough memory for buffer");
-	}
 
 	length = 0;
 	while (**input) {
@@ -201,15 +133,15 @@ charmap_Convert(char **input)
 			}
 			j = 0;
 		}
-		if (!j) {
+
+		if (!j)
 			j = readUTF8Char(outchar, *input);
-		}
+
 		if (!outchar[0]) {
 			buffer[length++] = 0;
 		} else {
-			for (i = 0; outchar[i]; i++) {
+			for (i = 0; outchar[i]; i++)
 				buffer[length++] = outchar[i];
-			}
 		}
 		*input += j;
 	}

src/asm/fstack.c

@@ -1,57 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 /*
  * FileStack routines
  */
 
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
-#include "asm/symbol.h"
 #include "asm/fstack.h"
-#include "types.h"
-#include "asm/main.h"
 #include "asm/lexer.h"
+#include "asm/main.h"
+#include "asm/output.h"
+#include "asm/symbol.h"
+
 #include "extern/err.h"
-#include "extern/strl.h"
 
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-#define PATH_MAX 256
-#endif
+#include "types.h"
 
-struct sContext *pFileStack;
-struct sSymbol *pCurrentMacro;
-YY_BUFFER_STATE CurrentFlexHandle;
-FILE *pCurrentFile;
-ULONG nCurrentStatus;
+static struct sContext *pFileStack;
+static struct sSymbol *pCurrentMacro;
+static YY_BUFFER_STATE CurrentFlexHandle;
+static FILE *pCurrentFile;
+static uint32_t nCurrentStatus;
 char tzCurrentFileName[_MAX_PATH + 1];
-char IncludePaths[MAXINCPATHS][_MAX_PATH + 1];
-SLONG NextIncPath = 0;
-ULONG nMacroCount;
+static char IncludePaths[MAXINCPATHS][_MAX_PATH + 1];
+static int32_t NextIncPath;
+static uint32_t nMacroCount;
 
-char *pCurrentREPTBlock;
-ULONG nCurrentREPTBlockSize;
-ULONG nCurrentREPTBlockCount;
+static char *pCurrentREPTBlock;
+static uint32_t nCurrentREPTBlockSize;
+static uint32_t nCurrentREPTBlockCount;
 
-ULONG ulMacroReturnValue;
-
-extern char *tzObjectname;
-extern FILE *dependfile;
+uint32_t ulMacroReturnValue;
 
 /*
  * defines for nCurrentStatus
  */
-#define STAT_isInclude 		0
-#define STAT_isMacro	 		1
+#define STAT_isInclude		0 /* 'Normal' state as well */
+#define STAT_isMacro		1
 #define STAT_isMacroArg		2
 #define STAT_isREPTBlock	3
 
 /*
  * Context push and pop
  */
-void
-pushcontext(void)
+static void pushcontext(void)
 {
 	struct sContext **ppFileStack;
 
@@ -59,36 +62,39 @@ pushcontext(void)
 	while (*ppFileStack)
 		ppFileStack = &((*ppFileStack)->pNext);
 
-	if ((*ppFileStack = malloc(sizeof(struct sContext))) != NULL) {
-		(*ppFileStack)->FlexHandle = CurrentFlexHandle;
-		(*ppFileStack)->pNext = NULL;
-		strcpy((char *) (*ppFileStack)->tzFileName,
-		    (char *) tzCurrentFileName);
-		(*ppFileStack)->nLine = nLineNo;
-		switch ((*ppFileStack)->nStatus = nCurrentStatus) {
-		case STAT_isMacroArg:
-		case STAT_isMacro:
-			sym_SaveCurrentMacroArgs((*ppFileStack)->tzMacroArgs);
-			(*ppFileStack)->pMacro = pCurrentMacro;
-			break;
-		case STAT_isInclude:
-			(*ppFileStack)->pFile = pCurrentFile;
-			break;
-		case STAT_isREPTBlock:
-			sym_SaveCurrentMacroArgs((*ppFileStack)->tzMacroArgs);
-			(*ppFileStack)->pREPTBlock = pCurrentREPTBlock;
-			(*ppFileStack)->nREPTBlockSize = nCurrentREPTBlockSize;
-			(*ppFileStack)->nREPTBlockCount =
-			    nCurrentREPTBlockCount;
-			break;
-		}
-		nLineNo = 0;
-	} else
+	*ppFileStack = malloc(sizeof(struct sContext));
+
+	if (*ppFileStack == NULL)
 		fatalerror("No memory for context");
+
+	(*ppFileStack)->FlexHandle = CurrentFlexHandle;
+	(*ppFileStack)->pNext = NULL;
+	strcpy((char *)(*ppFileStack)->tzFileName, (char *)tzCurrentFileName);
+	(*ppFileStack)->nLine = nLineNo;
+
+	switch ((*ppFileStack)->nStatus = nCurrentStatus) {
+	case STAT_isMacroArg:
+	case STAT_isMacro:
+		sym_SaveCurrentMacroArgs((*ppFileStack)->tzMacroArgs);
+		(*ppFileStack)->pMacro = pCurrentMacro;
+		break;
+	case STAT_isInclude:
+		(*ppFileStack)->pFile = pCurrentFile;
+		break;
+	case STAT_isREPTBlock:
+		sym_SaveCurrentMacroArgs((*ppFileStack)->tzMacroArgs);
+		(*ppFileStack)->pREPTBlock = pCurrentREPTBlock;
+		(*ppFileStack)->nREPTBlockSize = nCurrentREPTBlockSize;
+		(*ppFileStack)->nREPTBlockCount = nCurrentREPTBlockCount;
+		break;
+	default:
+		fatalerror("%s: Internal error.", __func__);
+	}
+
+	nLineNo = 0;
 }
 
-int
-popcontext(void)
+static int32_t popcontext(void)
 {
 	struct sContext *pLastFile, **ppLastFile;
 
@@ -96,129 +102,179 @@ popcontext(void)
 		if (--nCurrentREPTBlockCount) {
 			yy_delete_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
 			CurrentFlexHandle =
-			    yy_scan_bytes(pCurrentREPTBlock,
-			    nCurrentREPTBlockSize);
+				yy_scan_bytes(pCurrentREPTBlock,
+					      nCurrentREPTBlockSize);
 			yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
 			sym_UseCurrentMacroArgs();
 			sym_SetMacroArgID(nMacroCount++);
 			sym_UseNewMacroArgs();
-			return (0);
+			return 0;
 		}
 	}
-	if ((pLastFile = pFileStack) != NULL) {
+
+	pLastFile = pFileStack;
+	if (pLastFile == NULL)
+		return 1;
+
+	ppLastFile = &pFileStack;
+	while (pLastFile->pNext) {
+		ppLastFile = &(pLastFile->pNext);
+		pLastFile = *ppLastFile;
+	}
+
+	yy_delete_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
+	nLineNo = pLastFile->nLine;
+
+	if (nCurrentStatus == STAT_isInclude)
+		fclose(pCurrentFile);
+
+	if (nCurrentStatus == STAT_isMacro) {
+		sym_FreeCurrentMacroArgs();
+		nLineNo += 1;
+	}
+
+	if (nCurrentStatus == STAT_isREPTBlock)
+		nLineNo += 1;
+
+	CurrentFlexHandle = pLastFile->FlexHandle;
+	strcpy((char *)tzCurrentFileName, (char *)pLastFile->tzFileName);
+
+	switch (nCurrentStatus = pLastFile->nStatus) {
+	case STAT_isMacroArg:
+	case STAT_isMacro:
+		sym_RestoreCurrentMacroArgs(pLastFile->tzMacroArgs);
+		pCurrentMacro = pLastFile->pMacro;
+		break;
+	case STAT_isInclude:
+		pCurrentFile = pLastFile->pFile;
+		break;
+	case STAT_isREPTBlock:
+		sym_RestoreCurrentMacroArgs(pLastFile->tzMacroArgs);
+		pCurrentREPTBlock = pLastFile->pREPTBlock;
+		nCurrentREPTBlockSize = pLastFile->nREPTBlockSize;
+		nCurrentREPTBlockCount = pLastFile->nREPTBlockCount;
+		break;
+	default:
+		fatalerror("%s: Internal error.", __func__);
+	}
+
+	free(*ppLastFile);
+	*ppLastFile = NULL;
+	yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+int32_t fstk_GetLine(void)
+{
+	struct sContext *pLastFile, **ppLastFile;
+
+	switch (nCurrentStatus) {
+	case STAT_isInclude:
+		/* This is the normal mode, also used when including a file. */
+		return nLineNo;
+	case STAT_isMacro:
+		break; /* Peek top file of the stack */
+	case STAT_isMacroArg:
+		return nLineNo; /* ??? */
+	case STAT_isREPTBlock:
+		break; /* Peek top file of the stack */
+	default:
+		fatalerror("%s: Internal error.", __func__);
+	}
+
+	pLastFile = pFileStack;
+
+	if (pLastFile != NULL) {
 		ppLastFile = &pFileStack;
 		while (pLastFile->pNext) {
 			ppLastFile = &(pLastFile->pNext);
 			pLastFile = *ppLastFile;
 		}
+		return pLastFile->nLine;
+	}
 
-		yy_delete_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
-		nLineNo = pLastFile->nLine;
-		if (nCurrentStatus == STAT_isInclude)
-			fclose(pCurrentFile);
-		if (nCurrentStatus == STAT_isMacro) {
-			sym_FreeCurrentMacroArgs();
-			nLineNo += 1;
-		}
-		if (nCurrentStatus == STAT_isREPTBlock)
-			nLineNo += 1;
-
-		CurrentFlexHandle = pLastFile->FlexHandle;
-		strcpy((char *) tzCurrentFileName,
-		    (char *) pLastFile->tzFileName);
-		switch (nCurrentStatus = pLastFile->nStatus) {
-		case STAT_isMacroArg:
-		case STAT_isMacro:
-			sym_RestoreCurrentMacroArgs(pLastFile->tzMacroArgs);
-			pCurrentMacro = pLastFile->pMacro;
-			break;
-		case STAT_isInclude:
-			pCurrentFile = pLastFile->pFile;
-			break;
-		case STAT_isREPTBlock:
-			sym_RestoreCurrentMacroArgs(pLastFile->tzMacroArgs);
-			pCurrentREPTBlock = pLastFile->pREPTBlock;
-			nCurrentREPTBlockSize = pLastFile->nREPTBlockSize;
-			nCurrentREPTBlockCount = pLastFile->nREPTBlockCount;
-			break;
-		}
-
-		free(*ppLastFile);
-		*ppLastFile = NULL;
-		yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
-		return (0);
-	} else
-		return (1);
+	/*
+	 * This is only reached if the lexer is in REPT or MACRO mode but there
+	 * are no saved contexts with the origin of said REPT or MACRO.
+	 */
+	fatalerror("%s: Internal error.", __func__);
 }
 
-int
-yywrap(void)
+int yywrap(void)
 {
-	return (popcontext());
+	return popcontext();
 }
 
 /*
  * Dump the context stack to stderr
  */
-void
-fstk_Dump(void)
+void fstk_Dump(void)
 {
-	struct sContext *pLastFile;
+	const struct sContext *pLastFile;
 
 	pLastFile = pFileStack;
 
 	while (pLastFile) {
-		fprintf(stderr, "%s(%ld) -> ", pLastFile->tzFileName,
-		    pLastFile->nLine);
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s(%d) -> ", pLastFile->tzFileName,
+			pLastFile->nLine);
 		pLastFile = pLastFile->pNext;
 	}
 
-	fprintf(stderr, "%s(%ld)", tzCurrentFileName, nLineNo);
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s(%d)", tzCurrentFileName, nLineNo);
 }
 
 /*
  * Extra includepath stuff
  */
-void
-fstk_AddIncludePath(char *s)
+void fstk_AddIncludePath(char *s)
 {
-	if (NextIncPath == MAXINCPATHS) {
+	if (NextIncPath == MAXINCPATHS)
 		fatalerror("Too many include directories passed from command line");
-		return;
-	}
 
-	if (strlcpy(IncludePaths[NextIncPath++], s, _MAX_PATH) >= _MAX_PATH) {
-		fatalerror("Include path too long '%s'",s);
-		return;
-	}
+	if (snprintf(IncludePaths[NextIncPath++], _MAX_PATH, "%s", s) >= _MAX_PATH)
+		fatalerror("Include path too long '%s'", s);
 }
 
-FILE *
-fstk_FindFile(char *fname)
+FILE *fstk_FindFile(char *fname)
 {
-	char path[PATH_MAX];
-	int i;
+	char path[_MAX_PATH];
+	int32_t i;
 	FILE *f;
 
-	if ((f = fopen(fname, "rb")) != NULL || errno != ENOENT) {
-		if (dependfile) {
+	if (fname == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	f = fopen(fname, "rb");
+
+	if (f != NULL || errno != ENOENT) {
+		if (dependfile)
 			fprintf(dependfile, "%s: %s\n", tzObjectname, fname);
-		}
+
 		return f;
 	}
 
 	for (i = 0; i < NextIncPath; ++i) {
-		if (strlcpy(path, IncludePaths[i], sizeof path) >=
-		    sizeof path) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		if (strlcat(path, fname, sizeof path) >= sizeof path) {
-			continue;
-		}
+		/*
+		 * The function snprintf() does not write more than `size` bytes
+		 * (including the terminating null byte ('\0')).  If the output
+		 * was truncated due to this limit, the return value is the
+		 * number of characters (excluding the terminating null byte)
+		 * which would have been written to the final string if enough
+		 * space had been available. Thus, a return value of `size` or
+		 * more means that the output was truncated.
+		 */
+		int fullpathlen = snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "%s%s",
+					   IncludePaths[i], fname);
 
-		if ((f = fopen(path, "rb")) != NULL || errno != ENOENT) {
+		if (fullpathlen >= (int)sizeof(path))
+			continue;
+
+		f = fopen(path, "rb");
+
+		if (f != NULL || errno != ENOENT) {
 			if (dependfile) {
-				fprintf(dependfile, "%s: %s\n", tzObjectname, path);
+				fprintf(dependfile, "%s: %s\n", tzObjectname,
+					path);
 			}
 			return f;
 		}
@@ -231,17 +287,12 @@ fstk_FindFile(char *fname)
 /*
  * Set up an include file for parsing
  */
-void
-fstk_RunInclude(char *tzFileName)
+void fstk_RunInclude(char *tzFileName)
 {
-	FILE *f;
+	FILE *f = fstk_FindFile(tzFileName);
 
-	f = fstk_FindFile(tzFileName);
-
-	if (f == NULL) {
-		err(1, "Unable to open included file '%s'",
-		    tzFileName);
-	}
+	if (f == NULL)
+		err(1, "Unable to open included file '%s'", tzFileName);
 
 	pushcontext();
 	nLineNo = 1;
@@ -251,7 +302,7 @@ fstk_RunInclude(char *tzFileName)
 	CurrentFlexHandle = yy_create_buffer(pCurrentFile);
 	yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
 
-	//Dirty hack to give the INCLUDE directive a linefeed
+	/* Dirty hack to give the INCLUDE directive a linefeed */
 
 	yyunput('\n');
 	nLineNo -= 1;
@@ -260,35 +311,35 @@ fstk_RunInclude(char *tzFileName)
 /*
  * Set up a macro for parsing
  */
-ULONG
-fstk_RunMacro(char *s)
+uint32_t fstk_RunMacro(char *s)
 {
-	struct sSymbol *sym;
+	struct sSymbol *sym = sym_FindMacro(s);
 
-	if ((sym = sym_FindMacro(s)) != NULL) {
-		pushcontext();
-		sym_SetMacroArgID(nMacroCount++);
-		nLineNo = -1;
-		sym_UseNewMacroArgs();
-		nCurrentStatus = STAT_isMacro;
-		strcpy(tzCurrentFileName, s);
-		if (sym->pMacro == NULL)
-			return 0;
-		pCurrentMacro = sym;
-		CurrentFlexHandle =
-		    yy_scan_bytes(pCurrentMacro->pMacro,
-		    strlen(pCurrentMacro->pMacro));
-		yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
-		return (1);
-	} else
-		return (0);
+	if (sym == NULL)
+		return 0;
+
+	pushcontext();
+	sym_SetMacroArgID(nMacroCount++);
+	nLineNo = -1;
+	sym_UseNewMacroArgs();
+	nCurrentStatus = STAT_isMacro;
+	strcpy(tzCurrentFileName, s);
+
+	if (sym->pMacro == NULL)
+		return 0;
+
+	pCurrentMacro = sym;
+	CurrentFlexHandle = yy_scan_bytes(pCurrentMacro->pMacro,
+					  strlen(pCurrentMacro->pMacro));
+	yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
+
+	return 1;
 }
 
 /*
  * Set up a macroargument for parsing
  */
-void
-fstk_RunMacroArg(SLONG s)
+void fstk_RunMacroArg(int32_t s)
 {
 	char *sym;
 
@@ -297,40 +348,41 @@ fstk_RunMacroArg(SLONG s)
 	else
 		s -= '0';
 
-	if ((sym = sym_FindMacroArg(s)) != NULL) {
-		pushcontext();
-		nCurrentStatus = STAT_isMacroArg;
-		sprintf(tzCurrentFileName, "%c", (UBYTE) s);
-		CurrentFlexHandle = yy_scan_bytes(sym, strlen(sym));
-		yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
-	} else
+	sym = sym_FindMacroArg(s);
+
+	if (sym == NULL)
 		fatalerror("No such macroargument");
+
+	pushcontext();
+	nCurrentStatus = STAT_isMacroArg;
+	snprintf(tzCurrentFileName, _MAX_PATH + 1, "%c", (uint8_t)s);
+	CurrentFlexHandle = yy_scan_bytes(sym, strlen(sym));
+	yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
 }
 
 /*
  * Set up a stringequate for parsing
  */
-void
-fstk_RunString(char *s)
+void fstk_RunString(char *s)
 {
-	struct sSymbol *pSym;
+	const struct sSymbol *pSym = sym_FindSymbol(s);
 
-	if ((pSym = sym_FindSymbol(s)) != NULL) {
+	if (pSym != NULL) {
 		pushcontext();
 		nCurrentStatus = STAT_isMacroArg;
 		strcpy(tzCurrentFileName, s);
 		CurrentFlexHandle =
-		    yy_scan_bytes(pSym->pMacro, strlen(pSym->pMacro));
+			yy_scan_bytes(pSym->pMacro, strlen(pSym->pMacro));
 		yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
-	} else
+	} else {
 		yyerror("No such string symbol '%s'", s);
+	}
 }
 
 /*
  * Set up a repeat block for parsing
  */
-void
-fstk_RunRept(ULONG count)
+void fstk_RunRept(uint32_t count)
 {
 	if (count) {
 		pushcontext();
@@ -342,7 +394,7 @@ fstk_RunRept(ULONG count)
 		nCurrentREPTBlockSize = ulNewMacroSize;
 		pCurrentREPTBlock = tzNewMacro;
 		CurrentFlexHandle =
-		    yy_scan_bytes(pCurrentREPTBlock, nCurrentREPTBlockSize);
+			yy_scan_bytes(pCurrentREPTBlock, nCurrentREPTBlockSize);
 		yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
 	}
 }
@@ -350,25 +402,23 @@ fstk_RunRept(ULONG count)
 /*
  * Initialize the filestack routines
  */
-void
-fstk_Init(char *s)
+void fstk_Init(char *s)
 {
 	char tzFileName[_MAX_PATH + 1];
-
 	char tzSymFileName[_MAX_PATH + 1 + 2];
+
 	snprintf(tzSymFileName, sizeof(tzSymFileName), "\"%s\"", s);
 	sym_AddString("__FILE__", tzSymFileName);
 
 	strcpy(tzFileName, s);
 	pFileStack = NULL;
 	pCurrentFile = fopen(tzFileName, "rb");
-	if (pCurrentFile == NULL) {
+	if (pCurrentFile == NULL)
 		err(1, "Unable to open file '%s'", tzFileName);
-	}
 
 	nMacroCount = 0;
 	nCurrentStatus = STAT_isInclude;
-	strcpy(tzCurrentFileName, tzFileName);
+	snprintf(tzCurrentFileName, _MAX_PATH + 1, "%s", tzFileName);
 	CurrentFlexHandle = yy_create_buffer(pCurrentFile);
 	yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
 	nLineNo = 1;

src/asm/globlex.c

@@ -1,52 +1,58 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
 #include "asm/asm.h"
-#include "asm/symbol.h"
+#include "asm/lexer.h"
+#include "asm/main.h"
 #include "asm/rpn.h"
 #include "asm/symbol.h"
-#include "asm/main.h"
-#include "asm/lexer.h"
+#include "asm/symbol.h"
+
+#include "helpers.h"
 
 #include "asmy.h"
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <math.h>
-#include <string.h>
+bool oDontExpandStrings;
+int32_t nGBGfxID = -1;
+int32_t nBinaryID = -1;
 
-bool oDontExpandStrings = false;
-SLONG nGBGfxID = -1;
-SLONG nBinaryID = -1;
-
-SLONG
-gbgfx2bin(char ch)
+static int32_t gbgfx2bin(char ch)
 {
-	SLONG i;
+	int32_t i;
 
 	for (i = 0; i <= 3; i += 1) {
-		if (CurrentOptions.gbgfx[i] == ch) {
-			return (i);
-		}
+		if (CurrentOptions.gbgfx[i] == ch)
+			return i;
 	}
 
-	return (0);
+	return 0;
 }
 
-SLONG
-binary2bin(char ch)
+static int32_t binary2bin(char ch)
 {
-	SLONG i;
+	int32_t i;
 
 	for (i = 0; i <= 1; i += 1) {
-		if (CurrentOptions.binary[i] == ch) {
-			return (i);
-		}
+		if (CurrentOptions.binary[i] == ch)
+			return i;
 	}
 
-	return (0);
+	return 0;
 }
 
-SLONG
-char2bin(char ch)
+static int32_t char2bin(char ch)
 {
 	if (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'f')
 		return (ch - 'a' + 10);
@@ -57,16 +63,15 @@ char2bin(char ch)
 	if (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9')
 		return (ch - '0');
 
-	return (0);
+	return 0;
 }
 
-typedef SLONG(*x2bin) (char ch);
+typedef int32_t(*x2bin) (char ch);
 
-SLONG
-ascii2bin(char *s)
+static int32_t ascii2bin(char *s)
 {
-	SLONG radix = 10;
-	SLONG result = 0;
+	int32_t radix = 10;
+	int32_t result = 0;
 	x2bin convertfunc = char2bin;
 
 	switch (*s) {
@@ -90,10 +95,13 @@ ascii2bin(char *s)
 		s += 1;
 		convertfunc = binary2bin;
 		break;
+	default:
+		/* Handle below */
+		break;
 	}
 
 	if (radix == 4) {
-		SLONG c;
+		int32_t c;
 
 		while (*s != '\0') {
 			c = convertfunc(*s++);
@@ -104,37 +112,31 @@ ascii2bin(char *s)
 			result = result * radix + convertfunc(*s++);
 	}
 
-	return (result);
+	return result;
 }
 
-ULONG
-ParseFixedPoint(char *s, ULONG size)
+uint32_t ParseFixedPoint(char *s, uint32_t size)
 {
-	//char dest[256];
-	ULONG i = 0, dot = 0;
+	uint32_t i = 0, dot = 0;
 
 	while (size && dot != 2) {
 		if (s[i] == '.')
 			dot += 1;
 
 		if (dot < 2) {
-			//dest[i] = s[i];
 			size -= 1;
 			i += 1;
 		}
 	}
 
-	//dest[i] = 0;
-
 	yyunputbytes(size);
 
-	yylval.nConstValue = (SLONG) (atof(s) * 65536);
+	yylval.nConstValue = (int32_t)(atof(s) * 65536);
 
-	return (1);
+	return 1;
 }
 
-ULONG
-ParseNumber(char *s, ULONG size)
+uint32_t ParseNumber(char *s, uint32_t size)
 {
 	char dest[256];
 
@@ -142,14 +144,13 @@ ParseNumber(char *s, ULONG size)
 	dest[size] = 0;
 	yylval.nConstValue = ascii2bin(dest);
 
-	return (1);
+	return 1;
 }
 
-ULONG
-ParseSymbol(char *src, ULONG size)
+uint32_t ParseSymbol(char *src, uint32_t size)
 {
 	char dest[MAXSYMLEN + 1];
-	int copied = 0, size_backup = size;
+	int32_t copied = 0, size_backup = size;
 
 	while (size && copied < MAXSYMLEN) {
 		if (*src == '\\') {
@@ -158,13 +159,13 @@ ParseSymbol(char *src, ULONG size)
 			src += 1;
 			size -= 1;
 
-			if (*src == '@')
+			if (*src == '@') {
 				marg = sym_FindMacroArg(-1);
-			else if (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9')
+			} else if (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9') {
 				marg = sym_FindMacroArg(*src - '0');
-			else {
+			} else {
 				fatalerror("Malformed ID");
-				return (0);
+				return 0;
 			}
 
 			src += 1;
@@ -192,47 +193,48 @@ ParseSymbol(char *src, ULONG size)
 		yyunputstr(s = sym_GetStringValue(dest));
 
 		while (*s) {
-			if (*s++ == '\n') {
+			if (*s++ == '\n')
 				nLineNo -= 1;
-			}
 		}
-		return (0);
-	} else {
-		strcpy(yylval.tzString, dest);
-		return (1);
+		return 0;
 	}
+
+	strcpy(yylval.tzString, dest);
+	return 1;
 }
 
-ULONG
-PutMacroArg(char *src, ULONG size)
+uint32_t PutMacroArg(char *src, uint32_t size)
 {
 	char *s;
 
 	yyskipbytes(size);
 	if ((size == 2 && src[1] >= '1' && src[1] <= '9')) {
-		if ((s = sym_FindMacroArg(src[1] - '0')) != NULL) {
+		s = sym_FindMacroArg(src[1] - '0');
+
+		if (s != NULL)
 			yyunputstr(s);
-		} else {
+		else
 			yyerror("Macro argument not defined");
-		}
 	} else {
 		yyerror("Invalid macro argument");
 	}
-	return (0);
+	return 0;
 }
 
-ULONG
-PutUniqueArg(char *src, ULONG size)
+uint32_t PutUniqueArg(unused_ char *src, uint32_t size)
 {
 	char *s;
 
 	yyskipbytes(size);
-	if ((s = sym_FindMacroArg(-1)) != NULL) {
+
+	s = sym_FindMacroArg(-1);
+
+	if (s != NULL)
 		yyunputstr(s);
-	} else {
+	else
 		yyerror("Macro unique label string not defined");
-	}
-	return (0);
+
+	return 0;
 }
 
 enum {
@@ -240,9 +242,85 @@ enum {
 	T_LEX_MACROUNIQUE
 };
 
-extern struct sLexInitString localstrings[];
+const struct sLexInitString lexer_strings[] = {
+	{"adc", T_Z80_ADC},
+	{"add", T_Z80_ADD},
+	{"and", T_Z80_AND},
+	{"bit", T_Z80_BIT},
+	{"call", T_Z80_CALL},
+	{"ccf", T_Z80_CCF},
+	{"cpl", T_Z80_CPL},
+	{"cp", T_Z80_CP},
+	{"daa", T_Z80_DAA},
+	{"dec", T_Z80_DEC},
+	{"di", T_Z80_DI},
+	{"ei", T_Z80_EI},
+	{"halt", T_Z80_HALT},
+	{"inc", T_Z80_INC},
+	{"jp", T_Z80_JP},
+	{"jr", T_Z80_JR},
+	{"ld", T_Z80_LD},
+	{"ldi", T_Z80_LDI},
+	{"ldd", T_Z80_LDD},
+	{"ldio", T_Z80_LDIO},
+	{"ldh", T_Z80_LDIO},
+	{"nop", T_Z80_NOP},
+	{"or", T_Z80_OR},
+	{"pop", T_Z80_POP},
+	{"push", T_Z80_PUSH},
+	{"res", T_Z80_RES},
+	{"reti", T_Z80_RETI},
+	{"ret", T_Z80_RET},
+	{"rlca", T_Z80_RLCA},
+	{"rlc", T_Z80_RLC},
+	{"rla", T_Z80_RLA},
+	{"rl", T_Z80_RL},
+	{"rrc", T_Z80_RRC},
+	{"rrca", T_Z80_RRCA},
+	{"rra", T_Z80_RRA},
+	{"rr", T_Z80_RR},
+	{"rst", T_Z80_RST},
+	{"sbc", T_Z80_SBC},
+	{"scf", T_Z80_SCF},
+	{"set", T_POP_SET},
+	{"sla", T_Z80_SLA},
+	{"sra", T_Z80_SRA},
+	{"srl", T_Z80_SRL},
+	{"stop", T_Z80_STOP},
+	{"sub", T_Z80_SUB},
+	{"swap", T_Z80_SWAP},
+	{"xor", T_Z80_XOR},
+
+	{"nz", T_CC_NZ},
+	{"z", T_CC_Z},
+	{"nc", T_CC_NC},
+	/* Handled in list of registers */
+	/* { "c", T_TOKEN_C }, */
+
+	{"[bc]", T_MODE_BC_IND},
+	{"[de]", T_MODE_DE_IND},
+	{"[hl]", T_MODE_HL_IND},
+	{"[hl+]", T_MODE_HL_INDINC},
+	{"[hl-]", T_MODE_HL_INDDEC},
+	{"[hli]", T_MODE_HL_INDINC},
+	{"[hld]", T_MODE_HL_INDDEC},
+	{"[sp]", T_MODE_SP_IND},
+	{"af", T_MODE_AF},
+	{"bc", T_MODE_BC},
+	{"de", T_MODE_DE},
+	{"hl", T_MODE_HL},
+	{"sp", T_MODE_SP},
+	{"[c]", T_MODE_C_IND},
+	{"[$ff00+c]", T_MODE_C_IND},
+
+	{"a", T_TOKEN_A},
+	{"b", T_TOKEN_B},
+	{"c", T_TOKEN_C},
+	{"d", T_TOKEN_D},
+	{"e", T_TOKEN_E},
+	{"h", T_TOKEN_H},
+	{"l", T_TOKEN_L},
 
-struct sLexInitString staticstrings[] = {
 	{"||", T_OP_LOGICOR},
 	{"&&", T_OP_LOGICAND},
 	{"==", T_OP_LOGICEQU},
@@ -295,6 +373,7 @@ struct sLexInitString staticstrings[] = {
 
 	{"include", T_POP_INCLUDE},
 	{"printt", T_POP_PRINTT},
+	{"printi", T_POP_PRINTI},
 	{"printv", T_POP_PRINTV},
 	{"printf", T_POP_PRINTF},
 	{"export", T_POP_EXPORT},
@@ -303,8 +382,9 @@ struct sLexInitString staticstrings[] = {
 	{"xref", T_POP_IMPORT},
 	{"global", T_POP_GLOBAL},
 	{"ds", T_POP_DS},
-	{NAME_DB, T_POP_DB},
-	{NAME_DW, T_POP_DW},
+	{"db", T_POP_DB},
+	{"dw", T_POP_DW},
+	{"dl", T_POP_DL},
 	{"section", T_POP_SECTION},
 	{"purge", T_POP_PURGE},
 
@@ -318,7 +398,6 @@ struct sLexInitString staticstrings[] = {
 	{"warn", T_POP_WARN},
 
 	{"macro", T_POP_MACRO},
-
 	/* Not needed but we have it here just to protect the name */
 	{"endm", T_POP_ENDM},
 	{"shift", T_POP_SHIFT},
@@ -329,8 +408,13 @@ struct sLexInitString staticstrings[] = {
 
 	{"if", T_POP_IF},
 	{"else", T_POP_ELSE},
+	{"elif", T_POP_ELIF},
 	{"endc", T_POP_ENDC},
 
+	{"union", T_POP_UNION},
+	{"nextu", T_POP_NEXTU},
+	{"endu", T_POP_ENDU},
+
 	{"wram0", T_SECT_WRAM0},
 	{"vram", T_SECT_VRAM},
 	{"romx", T_SECT_ROMX},
@@ -346,12 +430,13 @@ struct sLexInitString staticstrings[] = {
 	{"data", T_SECT_DATA},
 	{"bss", T_SECT_BSS},
 
-	{NAME_RB, T_POP_RB},
-	{NAME_RW, T_POP_RW},
+	{"rb", T_POP_RB},
+	{"rw", T_POP_RW},
 	{"equ", T_POP_EQU},
 	{"equs", T_POP_EQUS},
 
-	{"set", T_POP_SET},
+	/*  Handled before in list of CPU instructions */
+	/* {"set", T_POP_SET}, */
 	{"=", T_POP_SET},
 
 	{"pushs", T_POP_PUSHS},
@@ -364,43 +449,41 @@ struct sLexInitString staticstrings[] = {
 	{NULL, 0}
 };
 
-struct sLexFloat tNumberToken = {
+const struct sLexFloat tNumberToken = {
 	ParseNumber,
 	T_NUMBER
 };
 
-struct sLexFloat tFixedPointToken = {
+const struct sLexFloat tFixedPointToken = {
 	ParseFixedPoint,
 	T_NUMBER
 };
 
-struct sLexFloat tIDToken = {
+const struct sLexFloat tIDToken = {
 	ParseSymbol,
 	T_ID
 };
 
-struct sLexFloat tMacroArgToken = {
+const struct sLexFloat tMacroArgToken = {
 	PutMacroArg,
 	T_LEX_MACROARG
 };
 
-struct sLexFloat tMacroUniqueToken = {
+const struct sLexFloat tMacroUniqueToken = {
 	PutUniqueArg,
 	T_LEX_MACROUNIQUE
 };
 
-void
-setuplex(void)
+void setup_lexer(void)
 {
-	ULONG id;
+	uint32_t id;
 
 	lex_Init();
-	lex_AddStrings(staticstrings);
-	lex_AddStrings(localstrings);
+	lex_AddStrings(lexer_strings);
 
 	//Macro arguments
 
-	    id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tMacroArgToken);
+	id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tMacroArgToken);
 	lex_FloatAddFirstRange(id, '\\', '\\');
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, '1', '9');
 	id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tMacroUniqueToken);
@@ -409,43 +492,45 @@ setuplex(void)
 
 	//Decimal constants
 
-	    id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tNumberToken);
+	id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tNumberToken);
 	lex_FloatAddFirstRange(id, '0', '9');
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, '0', '9');
 	lex_FloatAddRange(id, '0', '9');
 
 	//Binary constants
 
-	    nBinaryID = id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tNumberToken);
+	id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tNumberToken);
+	nBinaryID = id;
 	lex_FloatAddFirstRange(id, '%', '%');
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, CurrentOptions.binary[0],
-	    CurrentOptions.binary[0]);
+				CurrentOptions.binary[0]);
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, CurrentOptions.binary[1],
-	    CurrentOptions.binary[1]);
+				CurrentOptions.binary[1]);
 	lex_FloatAddRange(id, CurrentOptions.binary[0],
-	    CurrentOptions.binary[0]);
+			  CurrentOptions.binary[0]);
 	lex_FloatAddRange(id, CurrentOptions.binary[1],
-	    CurrentOptions.binary[1]);
+			  CurrentOptions.binary[1]);
 
 	//Octal constants
 
-	    id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tNumberToken);
+	id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tNumberToken);
 	lex_FloatAddFirstRange(id, '&', '&');
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, '0', '7');
 	lex_FloatAddRange(id, '0', '7');
 
 	//Gameboy gfx constants
 
-	    nGBGfxID = id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tNumberToken);
+	id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tNumberToken);
+	nGBGfxID = id;
 	lex_FloatAddFirstRange(id, '`', '`');
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0],
-	    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0]);
+				CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0]);
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1],
-	    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1]);
+				CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1]);
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2],
-	    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2]);
+				CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2]);
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[3],
-	    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[3]);
+				CurrentOptions.gbgfx[3]);
 	lex_FloatAddRange(id, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0], CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0]);
 	lex_FloatAddRange(id, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1], CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1]);
 	lex_FloatAddRange(id, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2], CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2]);
@@ -453,7 +538,7 @@ setuplex(void)
 
 	//Hex constants
 
-	    id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tNumberToken);
+	id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tNumberToken);
 	lex_FloatAddFirstRange(id, '$', '$');
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, '0', '9');
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, 'A', 'F');
@@ -464,7 +549,7 @@ setuplex(void)
 
 	//ID 's
 
-	    id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tIDToken);
+	id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tIDToken);
 	lex_FloatAddFirstRange(id, 'a', 'z');
 	lex_FloatAddFirstRange(id, 'A', 'Z');
 	lex_FloatAddFirstRange(id, '_', '_');
@@ -475,6 +560,7 @@ setuplex(void)
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, '\\', '\\');
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, '@', '@');
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, '#', '#');
+	lex_FloatAddRange(id, '.', '.');
 	lex_FloatAddRange(id, 'a', 'z');
 	lex_FloatAddRange(id, 'A', 'Z');
 	lex_FloatAddRange(id, '0', '9');
@@ -485,7 +571,7 @@ setuplex(void)
 
 	//Local ID
 
-	    id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tIDToken);
+	id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tIDToken);
 	lex_FloatAddFirstRange(id, '.', '.');
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, 'a', 'z');
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, 'A', 'Z');
@@ -498,19 +584,18 @@ setuplex(void)
 	lex_FloatAddRange(id, '@', '@');
 	lex_FloatAddRange(id, '#', '#');
 
-	//@ID
+	// "@"
 
-	    id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tIDToken);
+	id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tIDToken);
 	lex_FloatAddFirstRange(id, '@', '@');
 
 	//Fixed point constants
 
-	    id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tFixedPointToken);
+	id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tFixedPointToken);
 	lex_FloatAddFirstRange(id, '.', '.');
 	lex_FloatAddFirstRange(id, '0', '9');
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, '.', '.');
 	lex_FloatAddSecondRange(id, '0', '9');
 	lex_FloatAddRange(id, '.', '.');
 	lex_FloatAddRange(id, '0', '9');
-
 }

src/asm/lexer.c

@@ -1,46 +1,53 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <strings.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 
 #include "asm/asm.h"
+#include "asm/fstack.h"
 #include "asm/lexer.h"
-#include "types.h"
 #include "asm/main.h"
 #include "asm/rpn.h"
-#include "asm/fstack.h"
+
 #include "extern/err.h"
 
 #include "asmy.h"
 
 struct sLexString {
 	char *tzName;
-	ULONG nToken;
-	ULONG nNameLength;
+	uint32_t nToken;
+	uint32_t nNameLength;
 	struct sLexString *pNext;
 };
-#define pLexBufferRealStart (pCurrentBuffer->pBufferRealStart)
-#define pLexBuffer		    (pCurrentBuffer->pBuffer)
-#define AtLineStart	        (pCurrentBuffer->oAtLineStart)
 
-#define SAFETYMARGIN	1024
+#define pLexBufferRealStart	(pCurrentBuffer->pBufferRealStart)
+#define pLexBuffer		(pCurrentBuffer->pBuffer)
+#define AtLineStart		(pCurrentBuffer->oAtLineStart)
 
-extern size_t symvaluetostring(char *dest, size_t maxLength, char *sym);
+#define SAFETYMARGIN		1024
 
 struct sLexFloat tLexFloat[32];
 struct sLexString *tLexHash[LEXHASHSIZE];
 YY_BUFFER_STATE pCurrentBuffer;
-ULONG nLexMaxLength; // max length of all keywords and operators
+uint32_t nLexMaxLength; // max length of all keywords and operators
 
-ULONG tFloatingSecondChar[256];
-ULONG tFloatingFirstChar[256];
-ULONG tFloatingChars[256];
-ULONG nFloating;
+uint32_t tFloatingSecondChar[256];
+uint32_t tFloatingFirstChar[256];
+uint32_t tFloatingChars[256];
+uint32_t nFloating;
 enum eLexerState lexerstate = LEX_STATE_NORMAL;
 
-void
-upperstring(char *s)
+void upperstring(char *s)
 {
 	while (*s) {
 		*s = toupper(*s);
@@ -48,8 +55,7 @@ upperstring(char *s)
 	}
 }
 
-void
-lowerstring(char *s)
+void lowerstring(char *s)
 {
 	while (*s) {
 		*s = tolower(*s);
@@ -57,20 +63,17 @@ lowerstring(char *s)
 	}
 }
 
-void
-yyskipbytes(ULONG count)
+void yyskipbytes(uint32_t count)
 {
 	pLexBuffer += count;
 }
 
-void
-yyunputbytes(ULONG count)
+void yyunputbytes(uint32_t count)
 {
 	pLexBuffer -= count;
 }
 
-void
-yyunput(char c)
+void yyunput(char c)
 {
 	if (pLexBuffer <= pLexBufferRealStart)
 		fatalerror("Buffer safety margin exceeded");
@@ -78,10 +81,9 @@ yyunput(char c)
 	*(--pLexBuffer) = c;
 }
 
-void
-yyunputstr(char *s)
+void yyunputstr(char *s)
 {
-	int i, len;
+	int32_t i, len;
 
 	len = strlen(s);
 
@@ -92,114 +94,135 @@ yyunputstr(char *s)
 		*(--pLexBuffer) = s[i];
 }
 
-void
-yy_switch_to_buffer(YY_BUFFER_STATE buf)
+void yy_switch_to_buffer(YY_BUFFER_STATE buf)
 {
 	pCurrentBuffer = buf;
 }
 
-void
-yy_set_state(enum eLexerState i)
+void yy_set_state(enum eLexerState i)
 {
 	lexerstate = i;
 }
 
-void
-yy_delete_buffer(YY_BUFFER_STATE buf)
+void yy_delete_buffer(YY_BUFFER_STATE buf)
 {
 	free(buf->pBufferStart - SAFETYMARGIN);
 	free(buf);
 }
 
-YY_BUFFER_STATE
-yy_scan_bytes(char *mem, ULONG size)
+YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_bytes(char *mem, uint32_t size)
 {
-	YY_BUFFER_STATE pBuffer;
+	YY_BUFFER_STATE pBuffer = malloc(sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state));
 
-	if ((pBuffer = malloc(sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state))) != NULL) {
-		if ((pBuffer->pBufferRealStart =
-		    malloc(size + 1 + SAFETYMARGIN)) != NULL) {
-			pBuffer->pBufferStart = pBuffer->pBufferRealStart + SAFETYMARGIN;
-			pBuffer->pBuffer = pBuffer->pBufferRealStart + SAFETYMARGIN;
-			memcpy(pBuffer->pBuffer, mem, size);
-			pBuffer->nBufferSize = size;
-			pBuffer->oAtLineStart = 1;
-			pBuffer->pBuffer[size] = 0;
-			return (pBuffer);
-		}
-	}
-	fatalerror("Out of memory!");
-	return (NULL);
+	if (pBuffer == NULL)
+		fatalerror("%s: Out of memory!", __func__);
+
+	pBuffer->pBufferRealStart = malloc(size + 1 + SAFETYMARGIN);
+
+	if (pBuffer->pBufferRealStart == NULL)
+		fatalerror("%s: Out of memory for buffer!", __func__);
+
+	pBuffer->pBufferStart = pBuffer->pBufferRealStart + SAFETYMARGIN;
+	pBuffer->pBuffer = pBuffer->pBufferRealStart + SAFETYMARGIN;
+	memcpy(pBuffer->pBuffer, mem, size);
+	pBuffer->nBufferSize = size;
+	pBuffer->oAtLineStart = 1;
+	pBuffer->pBuffer[size] = 0;
+
+	return pBuffer;
 }
 
-YY_BUFFER_STATE
-yy_create_buffer(FILE * f)
+YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer(FILE *f)
 {
-	YY_BUFFER_STATE pBuffer;
+	YY_BUFFER_STATE pBuffer = malloc(sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state));
 
-	if ((pBuffer = malloc(sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state))) != NULL) {
-		ULONG size;
+	if (pBuffer == NULL)
+		fatalerror("%s: Out of memory!", __func__);
 
-		fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END);
-		size = ftell(f);
-		fseek(f, 0, SEEK_SET);
+	uint32_t size;
 
-		if ((pBuffer->pBufferRealStart =
-			malloc(size + 2 + SAFETYMARGIN)) != NULL) {
-			char *mem;
-			ULONG instring = 0;
+	fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END);
+	size = ftell(f);
+	fseek(f, 0, SEEK_SET);
 
-			pBuffer->pBufferStart = pBuffer->pBufferRealStart + SAFETYMARGIN;
-			pBuffer->pBuffer = pBuffer->pBufferRealStart + SAFETYMARGIN;
+	pBuffer->pBufferRealStart = malloc(size + 2 + SAFETYMARGIN);
 
-			size = fread(pBuffer->pBuffer, sizeof(UBYTE), size, f);
+	if (pBuffer->pBufferRealStart == NULL)
+		fatalerror("%s: Out of memory for buffer!", __func__);
 
-			pBuffer->pBuffer[size] = '\n';
-			pBuffer->pBuffer[size + 1] = 0;
-			pBuffer->nBufferSize = size + 1;
+	pBuffer->pBufferStart = pBuffer->pBufferRealStart + SAFETYMARGIN;
+	pBuffer->pBuffer = pBuffer->pBufferRealStart + SAFETYMARGIN;
 
-			mem = pBuffer->pBuffer;
+	size = fread(pBuffer->pBuffer, sizeof(uint8_t), size, f);
 
-			while (*mem) {
-				if (*mem == '\"')
-					instring = 1 - instring;
+	pBuffer->pBuffer[size] = '\n';
+	pBuffer->pBuffer[size + 1] = 0;
+	pBuffer->nBufferSize = size + 1;
 
-				if (mem[0] == '\\' &&
-				    (mem[1] == '\"' || mem[1] == '\\')) {
-					mem += 2;
-				} else if (instring) {
-					mem += 1;
-				} else {
-					if ((mem[0] == 10 && mem[1] == 13)
-					 || (mem[0] == 13 && mem[1] == 10)) {
-						mem[0] = ' ';
-						mem[1] = '\n';
-						mem += 2;
-					} else if (mem[0] == 10 || mem[0] == 13) {
-						mem[0] = '\n';
-						mem += 1;
-					} else if (mem[0] == '\n' && mem[1] == '*') {
-						mem += 1;
-						while (!(*mem == '\n' || *mem == '\0'))
-							*mem++ = ' ';
-					} else if (*mem == ';') {
-						while (!(*mem == '\n' || *mem == '\0'))
-							*mem++ = ' ';
-					} else
-						mem += 1;
-				}
+	/* Convert all line endings to LF and spaces */
+
+	char *mem = pBuffer->pBuffer;
+	uint32_t instring = 0;
+
+	while (*mem) {
+		if (*mem == '\"')
+			instring = 1 - instring;
+
+		if ((mem[0] == '\\') && (mem[1] == '\"' || mem[1] == '\\')) {
+			mem += 2;
+		} else if (instring) {
+			mem += 1;
+		} else {
+			/* LF CR and CR LF */
+			if (((mem[0] == 10) && (mem[1] == 13))
+			 || ((mem[0] == 13) && (mem[1] == 10))) {
+				mem[0] = ' ';
+				mem[1] = '\n';
+				mem += 2;
+			/* LF and CR */
+			} else if ((mem[0] == 10) || (mem[0] == 13)) {
+				mem[0] = '\n';
+				mem += 1;
+			} else {
+				mem += 1;
 			}
-
-			pBuffer->oAtLineStart = 1;
-			return (pBuffer);
 		}
 	}
-	fatalerror("Out of memory!");
-	return (NULL);
+
+	/* Remove comments */
+
+	mem = pBuffer->pBuffer;
+	instring = 0;
+
+	while (*mem) {
+		if (*mem == '\"')
+			instring = 1 - instring;
+
+		if ((mem[0] == '\\') && (mem[1] == '\"' || mem[1] == '\\')) {
+			mem += 2;
+		} else if (instring) {
+			mem += 1;
+		} else {
+			/* Comments that start with ; anywhere in a line */
+			if (*mem == ';') {
+				while (!((*mem == '\n') || (*mem == '\0')))
+					*mem++ = ' ';
+			/* Comments that start with * at the start of a line */
+			} else if ((mem[0] == '\n') && (mem[1] == '*')) {
+				mem += 1;
+				while (!((*mem == '\n') || (*mem == '\0')))
+					*mem++ = ' ';
+			} else {
+				mem += 1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	pBuffer->oAtLineStart = 1;
+	return pBuffer;
 }
 
-ULONG
-lex_FloatAlloc(struct sLexFloat *token)
+uint32_t lex_FloatAlloc(const struct sLexFloat *token)
 {
 	tLexFloat[nFloating] = *token;
 
@@ -210,17 +233,15 @@ lex_FloatAlloc(struct sLexFloat *token)
  * Make sure that only non-zero ASCII characters are used. Also, check if the
  * start is greater than the end of the range.
  */
-void
-lex_CheckCharacterRange(UWORD start, UWORD end)
+void lex_CheckCharacterRange(uint16_t start, uint16_t end)
 {
 	if (start > end || start < 1 || end > 127) {
 		errx(1, "Invalid character range (start: %u, end: %u)",
-		        start, end);
+		     start, end);
 	}
 }
 
-void
-lex_FloatDeleteRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
+void lex_FloatDeleteRange(uint32_t id, uint16_t start, uint16_t end)
 {
 	lex_CheckCharacterRange(start, end);
 
@@ -230,8 +251,7 @@ lex_FloatDeleteRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 	}
 }
 
-void
-lex_FloatAddRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
+void lex_FloatAddRange(uint32_t id, uint16_t start, uint16_t end)
 {
 	lex_CheckCharacterRange(start, end);
 
@@ -241,8 +261,7 @@ lex_FloatAddRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 	}
 }
 
-void
-lex_FloatDeleteFirstRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
+void lex_FloatDeleteFirstRange(uint32_t id, uint16_t start, uint16_t end)
 {
 	lex_CheckCharacterRange(start, end);
 
@@ -252,8 +271,7 @@ lex_FloatDeleteFirstRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 	}
 }
 
-void
-lex_FloatAddFirstRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
+void lex_FloatAddFirstRange(uint32_t id, uint16_t start, uint16_t end)
 {
 	lex_CheckCharacterRange(start, end);
 
@@ -263,8 +281,7 @@ lex_FloatAddFirstRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 	}
 }
 
-void
-lex_FloatDeleteSecondRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
+void lex_FloatDeleteSecondRange(uint32_t id, uint16_t start, uint16_t end)
 {
 	lex_CheckCharacterRange(start, end);
 
@@ -274,8 +291,7 @@ lex_FloatDeleteSecondRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 	}
 }
 
-void
-lex_FloatAddSecondRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
+void lex_FloatAddSecondRange(uint32_t id, uint16_t start, uint16_t end)
 {
 	lex_CheckCharacterRange(start, end);
 
@@ -285,43 +301,37 @@ lex_FloatAddSecondRange(ULONG id, UWORD start, UWORD end)
 	}
 }
 
-struct sLexFloat *
-lexgetfloat(ULONG nFloatMask)
+static struct sLexFloat *lexgetfloat(uint32_t nFloatMask)
 {
-	if (nFloatMask == 0) {
-		fatalerror("Internal error in lexgetfloat");
-	}
+	if (nFloatMask == 0)
+		fatalerror("Internal error in %s", __func__);
 
-	int i = 0;
+	int32_t i = 0;
 
 	while ((nFloatMask & 1) == 0) {
 		nFloatMask >>= 1;
 		i++;
 	}
 
-	return (&tLexFloat[i]);
+	return &tLexFloat[i];
 }
 
-ULONG
-lexcalchash(char *s)
+static uint32_t lexcalchash(char *s)
 {
-	ULONG hash = 0;
+	uint32_t hash = 0;
 
-	while (*s) {
+	while (*s)
 		hash = (hash * 283) ^ toupper(*s++);
-	}
 
-	return (hash % LEXHASHSIZE);
+	return hash % LEXHASHSIZE;
 }
 
-void
-lex_Init(void)
+void lex_Init(void)
 {
-	ULONG i;
+	uint32_t i;
 
-	for (i = 0; i < LEXHASHSIZE; i++) {
+	for (i = 0; i < LEXHASHSIZE; i++)
 		tLexHash[i] = NULL;
-	}
 
 	for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
 		tFloatingFirstChar[i] = 0;
@@ -333,34 +343,33 @@ lex_Init(void)
 	nFloating = 0;
 }
 
-void
-lex_AddStrings(struct sLexInitString * lex)
+void lex_AddStrings(const struct sLexInitString *lex)
 {
 	while (lex->tzName) {
 		struct sLexString **ppHash;
-		ULONG hash;
+		uint32_t hash;
 
 		ppHash = &tLexHash[hash = lexcalchash(lex->tzName)];
 		while (*ppHash)
 			ppHash = &((*ppHash)->pNext);
 
-		if (((*ppHash) = malloc(sizeof(struct sLexString))) != NULL) {
-			if (((*ppHash)->tzName =
-				(char *) strdup(lex->tzName)) != NULL) {
-				(*ppHash)->nNameLength = strlen(lex->tzName);
-				(*ppHash)->nToken = lex->nToken;
-				(*ppHash)->pNext = NULL;
-
-				upperstring((*ppHash)->tzName);
-
-				if ((*ppHash)->nNameLength > nLexMaxLength)
-					nLexMaxLength = (*ppHash)->nNameLength;
-
-			} else
-				fatalerror("Out of memory!");
-		} else
+		*ppHash = malloc(sizeof(struct sLexString));
+		if (*ppHash == NULL)
 			fatalerror("Out of memory!");
 
+		(*ppHash)->tzName = (char *)strdup(lex->tzName);
+		if ((*ppHash)->tzName == NULL)
+			fatalerror("Out of memory!");
+
+		(*ppHash)->nNameLength = strlen(lex->tzName);
+		(*ppHash)->nToken = lex->nToken;
+		(*ppHash)->pNext = NULL;
+
+		upperstring((*ppHash)->tzName);
+
+		if ((*ppHash)->nNameLength > nLexMaxLength)
+			nLexMaxLength = (*ppHash)->nNameLength;
+
 		lex += 1;
 	}
 }
@@ -375,42 +384,42 @@ lex_AddStrings(struct sLexInitString * lex)
  * The token types with the longest match from the current position in the
  * buffer will have their bits set in the float mask.
  */
-void
-yylex_GetFloatMaskAndFloatLen(ULONG *pnFloatMask, ULONG *pnFloatLen)
+void yylex_GetFloatMaskAndFloatLen(uint32_t *pnFloatMask, uint32_t *pnFloatLen)
 {
-	// Note that '\0' should always have a bit mask of 0 in the "floating"
-	// tables, so it doesn't need to be checked for separately.
+	/*
+	 * Note that '\0' should always have a bit mask of 0 in the "floating"
+	 * tables, so it doesn't need to be checked for separately.
+	 */
 
 	char *s = pLexBuffer;
-	ULONG nOldFloatMask = 0;
-	ULONG nFloatMask = tFloatingFirstChar[(int)*s];
+	uint32_t nOldFloatMask = 0;
+	uint32_t nFloatMask = tFloatingFirstChar[(int32_t)*s];
 
 	if (nFloatMask != 0) {
 		s++;
 		nOldFloatMask = nFloatMask;
-		nFloatMask &= tFloatingSecondChar[(int)*s];
+		nFloatMask &= tFloatingSecondChar[(int32_t)*s];
 
 		while (nFloatMask != 0) {
 			s++;
 			nOldFloatMask = nFloatMask;
-			nFloatMask &= tFloatingChars[(int)*s];
+			nFloatMask &= tFloatingChars[(int32_t)*s];
 		}
 	}
 
 	*pnFloatMask = nOldFloatMask;
-	*pnFloatLen = (ULONG)(s - pLexBuffer);
+	*pnFloatLen = (uint32_t)(s - pLexBuffer);
 }
 
 /*
  * Gets the longest keyword/operator from the current position in the buffer.
  */
-struct sLexString *
-yylex_GetLongestFixed()
+struct sLexString *yylex_GetLongestFixed(void)
 {
 	struct sLexString *pLongestFixed = NULL;
 	char *s = pLexBuffer;
-	ULONG hash = 0;
-	ULONG length = 0;
+	uint32_t hash = 0;
+	uint32_t length = 0;
 
 	while (length < nLexMaxLength && *s) {
 		hash = (hash * 283) ^ toupper(*s);
@@ -432,12 +441,11 @@ yylex_GetLongestFixed()
 	return pLongestFixed;
 }
 
-size_t
-CopyMacroArg(char *dest, size_t maxLength, char c)
+size_t CopyMacroArg(char *dest, size_t maxLength, char c)
 {
 	size_t i;
 	char *s;
-	int argNum;
+	int32_t argNum;
 
 	switch (c) {
 	case '1':
@@ -458,35 +466,33 @@ CopyMacroArg(char *dest, size_t maxLength, char c)
 		return 0;
 	}
 
-	if ((s = sym_FindMacroArg(argNum)) == NULL)
+	s = sym_FindMacroArg(argNum);
+
+	if (s == NULL)
 		fatalerror("Macro argument not defined");
 
 	for (i = 0; s[i] != 0; i++) {
-		if (i >= maxLength) {
+		if (i >= maxLength)
 			fatalerror("Macro argument too long to fit buffer");
-		}
+
 		dest[i] = s[i];
 	}
 
 	return i;
 }
 
-static inline void
-yylex_StringWriteChar(char *s, size_t index, char c)
+static inline void yylex_StringWriteChar(char *s, size_t index, char c)
 {
-	if (index >= MAXSTRLEN) {
+	if (index >= MAXSTRLEN)
 		fatalerror("String too long");
-	}
 
 	s[index] = c;
 }
 
-static inline void
-yylex_SymbolWriteChar(char *s, size_t index, char c)
+static inline void yylex_SymbolWriteChar(char *s, size_t index, char c)
 {
-	if (index >= MAXSYMLEN) {
+	if (index >= MAXSYMLEN)
 		fatalerror("Symbol too long");
-	}
 
 	s[index] = c;
 }
@@ -497,14 +503,15 @@ yylex_SymbolWriteChar(char *s, size_t index, char c)
  */
 void yylex_TrimEnd(char *s, size_t index)
 {
-	int i;
+	int32_t i = (int32_t)index - 1;
 
-	for (i = (int)index - 1; i >= 0 && (s[i] == ' ' || s[i] == '\t'); i--)
+	while ((i >= 0) && (s[i] == ' ' || s[i] == '\t')) {
 		s[i] = 0;
+		i--;
+	}
 }
 
-size_t
-yylex_ReadBracketedSymbol(char *dest, size_t index)
+size_t yylex_ReadBracketedSymbol(char *dest, size_t index)
 {
 	char sym[MAXSYMLEN + 1];
 	char ch;
@@ -523,13 +530,15 @@ yylex_ReadBracketedSymbol(char *dest, size_t index)
 				i += length;
 			else
 				fatalerror("Illegal character escape '%c'", ch);
-		} else
+		} else {
 			yylex_SymbolWriteChar(sym, i++, ch);
+		}
 	}
 
 	yylex_SymbolWriteChar(sym, i, 0);
 
-	maxLength = MAXSTRLEN - index; // it's assumed we're writing to a T_STRING
+	/* It's assumed we're writing to a T_STRING */
+	maxLength = MAXSTRLEN - index;
 	length = symvaluetostring(&dest[index], maxLength, sym);
 
 	if (*pLexBuffer == '}')
@@ -540,8 +549,7 @@ yylex_ReadBracketedSymbol(char *dest, size_t index)
 	return length;
 }
 
-void
-yylex_ReadQuotedString()
+static void yylex_ReadQuotedString(void)
 {
 	size_t index = 0;
 	size_t length, maxLength;
@@ -576,19 +584,22 @@ yylex_ReadQuotedString()
 				break;
 			default:
 				maxLength = MAXSTRLEN - index;
-				length = CopyMacroArg(&yylval.tzString[index], maxLength, ch);
+				length = CopyMacroArg(&yylval.tzString[index],
+						      maxLength, ch);
 
 				if (length != 0)
 					index += length;
 				else
-					fatalerror("Illegal character escape '%c'", ch);
+					fatalerror("Illegal character escape '%c'",
+						   ch);
 
 				ch = 0;
 				break;
 			}
 		} else if (ch == '{') {
 			// Get bracketed symbol within string.
-			index += yylex_ReadBracketedSymbol(yylval.tzString, index);
+			index += yylex_ReadBracketedSymbol(yylval.tzString,
+							   index);
 			ch = 0;
 		}
 
@@ -604,12 +615,11 @@ yylex_ReadQuotedString()
 		fatalerror("Unterminated string");
 }
 
-ULONG
-yylex_NORMAL()
+static uint32_t yylex_NORMAL(void)
 {
 	struct sLexString *pLongestFixed = NULL;
-	ULONG nFloatMask, nFloatLen;
-	ULONG linestart = AtLineStart;
+	uint32_t nFloatMask, nFloatLen;
+	uint32_t linestart = AtLineStart;
 
 	AtLineStart = 0;
 
@@ -628,15 +638,57 @@ scanagain:
 		}
 	}
 
-	// Try to match an identifier, macro argument (e.g. \1),
-	// or numeric literal.
+	/* Check for line continuation character */
+	if (*pLexBuffer == '\\') {
+		/*
+		 * Look for line continuation character after a series of
+		 * spaces. This is also useful for files that use Windows line
+		 * endings: "\r\n" is replaced by " \n" before the lexer has the
+		 * opportunity to see it.
+		 */
+		if (pLexBuffer[1] == ' ') {
+			pLexBuffer += 2;
+			while (1) {
+				if (*pLexBuffer == ' ') {
+					pLexBuffer++;
+				} else if (*pLexBuffer == '\n') {
+					pLexBuffer++;
+					nLineNo += 1;
+					goto scanagain;
+				} else {
+					errx(1, "Expected a new line after the continuation character.");
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Line continuation character */
+		if (pLexBuffer[1] == '\n') {
+			pLexBuffer += 2;
+			nLineNo += 1;
+			goto scanagain;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * If there isn't a newline character or a space, ignore the
+		 * character '\'. It will eventually be handled by other
+		 * functions like PutMacroArg().
+		 */
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Try to match an identifier, macro argument (e.g. \1),
+	 * or numeric literal.
+	 */
 	yylex_GetFloatMaskAndFloatLen(&nFloatMask, &nFloatLen);
 
-	// Try to match a keyword or operator.
+	/* Try to match a keyword or operator. */
 	pLongestFixed = yylex_GetLongestFixed();
 
 	if (nFloatLen == 0 && pLongestFixed == NULL) {
-		// No keyword, identifier, operator, or numerical literal matches.
+		/*
+		 * No keyword, identifier, operator, or numerical literal
+		 * matches.
+		 */
 
 		if (*pLexBuffer == '"') {
 			pLexBuffer++;
@@ -646,52 +698,55 @@ scanagain:
 			pLexBuffer++;
 			yylex_ReadBracketedSymbol(yylval.tzString, 0);
 			return T_STRING;
-		} else {
-			// It's not a keyword, operator, identifier, macro argument,
-			// numeric literal, string, or bracketed symbol, so just return
-			// the ASCII character.
-			if (*pLexBuffer == '\n')
-				AtLineStart = 1;
-
-			return *pLexBuffer++;
 		}
+
+		/*
+		 * It's not a keyword, operator, identifier, macro argument,
+		 * numeric literal, string, or bracketed symbol, so just return
+		 * the ASCII character.
+		 */
+		if (*pLexBuffer == '\n')
+			AtLineStart = 1;
+
+		return *pLexBuffer++;
 	}
 
 	if (pLongestFixed == NULL || nFloatLen > pLongestFixed->nNameLength) {
-		// Longest match was an identifier, macro argument, or numeric literal.
+		/*
+		 * Longest match was an identifier, macro argument, or numeric
+		 * literal.
+		 */
 		struct sLexFloat *token = lexgetfloat(nFloatMask);
 
 		if (token->Callback) {
-			int done = token->Callback(pLexBuffer, nFloatLen);
+			int32_t done = token->Callback(pLexBuffer, nFloatLen);
+
 			if (!done)
 				goto scanagain;
 		}
 
 		pLexBuffer += nFloatLen;
 
-		if (token->nToken == T_ID && linestart) {
+		if (token->nToken == T_ID && linestart)
 			return T_LABEL;
-		} else {
+		else
 			return token->nToken;
-		}
 	}
 
-	// Longest match was a keyword or operator.
+	/* Longest match was a keyword or operator. */
 	pLexBuffer += pLongestFixed->nNameLength;
 	return pLongestFixed->nToken;
 }
 
-ULONG
-yylex_MACROARGS()
+static uint32_t yylex_MACROARGS(void)
 {
 	size_t index = 0;
 	size_t length, maxLength;
 
-	while (*pLexBuffer == ' ' || *pLexBuffer == '\t') {
+	while ((*pLexBuffer == ' ') || (*pLexBuffer == '\t'))
 		pLexBuffer++;
-	}
 
-	while (*pLexBuffer != ',' && (*pLexBuffer != '\n')) {
+	while ((*pLexBuffer != ',') && (*pLexBuffer != '\n')) {
 		char ch = *pLexBuffer++;
 
 		if (ch == '\\') {
@@ -707,6 +762,9 @@ yylex_MACROARGS()
 			case '\\':
 				ch = '\\';
 				break;
+			case '"':
+				ch = '\"';
+				break;
 			case ',':
 				ch = ',';
 				break;
@@ -716,20 +774,49 @@ yylex_MACROARGS()
 			case '}':
 				ch = '}';
 				break;
+			case ' ':
+				/*
+				 * Look for line continuation character after a
+				 * series of spaces. This is also useful for
+				 * files that use Windows line endings: "\r\n"
+				 * is replaced by " \n" before the lexer has the
+				 * opportunity to see it.
+				 */
+				while (1) {
+					if (*pLexBuffer == ' ') {
+						pLexBuffer++;
+					} else if (*pLexBuffer == '\n') {
+						pLexBuffer++;
+						nLineNo += 1;
+						ch = 0;
+						break;
+					} else {
+						errx(1, "Expected a new line after the continuation character.");
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+			case '\n':
+				/* Line continuation character */
+				nLineNo += 1;
+				ch = 0;
+				break;
 			default:
 				maxLength = MAXSTRLEN - index;
-				length = CopyMacroArg(&yylval.tzString[index], maxLength, ch);
+				length = CopyMacroArg(&yylval.tzString[index],
+						      maxLength, ch);
 
 				if (length != 0)
 					index += length;
 				else
-					fatalerror("Illegal character escape '%c'", ch);
+					fatalerror("Illegal character escape '%c'",
+						   ch);
 
 				ch = 0;
 				break;
 			}
 		} else if (ch == '{') {
-			index += yylex_ReadBracketedSymbol(yylval.tzString, index);
+			index += yylex_ReadBracketedSymbol(yylval.tzString,
+							   index);
 			ch = 0;
 		}
 		if (ch)
@@ -739,7 +826,7 @@ yylex_MACROARGS()
 	if (index) {
 		yylex_StringWriteChar(yylval.tzString, index, 0);
 
-		// trim trailing white space at the end of the line
+		/* trim trailing white space at the end of the line */
 		if (*pLexBuffer == '\n')
 			yylex_TrimEnd(yylval.tzString, index);
 
@@ -753,20 +840,17 @@ yylex_MACROARGS()
 		return ',';
 	}
 
-	fatalerror("Internal error in yylex_MACROARGS");
-	return 0;
+	fatalerror("Internal error in %s", __func__);
 }
 
-ULONG
-yylex(void)
+uint32_t yylex(void)
 {
 	switch (lexerstate) {
 	case LEX_STATE_NORMAL:
 		return yylex_NORMAL();
 	case LEX_STATE_MACROARGS:
 		return yylex_MACROARGS();
+	default:
+		fatalerror("%s: Internal error.", __func__);
 	}
-
-	fatalerror("Internal error in yylex");
-	return 0;
 }

src/asm/locallex.c

@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-#include "asm/symbol.h"
-#include "asm/lexer.h"
-#include "asm/rpn.h"
-
-#include "asmy.h"
-
-struct sLexInitString localstrings[] = {
-	{"adc", T_Z80_ADC},
-	{"add", T_Z80_ADD},
-	{"and", T_Z80_AND},
-	{"bit", T_Z80_BIT},
-	{"call", T_Z80_CALL},
-	{"ccf", T_Z80_CCF},
-	{"cpl", T_Z80_CPL},
-	{"cp", T_Z80_CP},
-	{"daa", T_Z80_DAA},
-	{"dec", T_Z80_DEC},
-	{"di", T_Z80_DI},
-	{"ei", T_Z80_EI},
-	{"halt", T_Z80_HALT},
-	{"inc", T_Z80_INC},
-	{"jp", T_Z80_JP},
-	{"jr", T_Z80_JR},
-	{"ld", T_Z80_LD},
-	{"ldi", T_Z80_LDI},
-	{"ldd", T_Z80_LDD},
-	{"ldio", T_Z80_LDIO},
-	{"ldh", T_Z80_LDIO},
-	{"nop", T_Z80_NOP},
-	{"or", T_Z80_OR},
-	{"pop", T_Z80_POP},
-	{"push", T_Z80_PUSH},
-	{"res", T_Z80_RES},
-	{"reti", T_Z80_RETI},
-	{"ret", T_Z80_RET},
-	{"rlca", T_Z80_RLCA},
-	{"rlc", T_Z80_RLC},
-	{"rla", T_Z80_RLA},
-	{"rl", T_Z80_RL},
-	{"rrc", T_Z80_RRC},
-	{"rrca", T_Z80_RRCA},
-	{"rra", T_Z80_RRA},
-	{"rr", T_Z80_RR},
-	{"rst", T_Z80_RST},
-	{"sbc", T_Z80_SBC},
-	{"scf", T_Z80_SCF},
-
-	/* Handled by globallex.c */
-	/* { "set", T_POP_SET }, */
-
-	{"sla", T_Z80_SLA},
-	{"sra", T_Z80_SRA},
-	{"srl", T_Z80_SRL},
-	{"stop", T_Z80_STOP},
-	{"sub", T_Z80_SUB},
-	{"swap", T_Z80_SWAP},
-	{"xor", T_Z80_XOR},
-
-	{"nz", T_CC_NZ},
-	{"z", T_CC_Z},
-	{"nc", T_CC_NC},
-	/* { "c", T_TOKEN_C }, */
-
-	{"[bc]", T_MODE_BC_IND},
-	{"[de]", T_MODE_DE_IND},
-	{"[hl]", T_MODE_HL_IND},
-	{"[hl+]", T_MODE_HL_INDINC},
-	{"[hl-]", T_MODE_HL_INDDEC},
-	{"[hli]", T_MODE_HL_INDINC},
-	{"[hld]", T_MODE_HL_INDDEC},
-	{"[sp]", T_MODE_SP_IND},
-	{"af", T_MODE_AF},
-	{"bc", T_MODE_BC},
-	{"de", T_MODE_DE},
-	{"hl", T_MODE_HL},
-	{"sp", T_MODE_SP},
-	{"[c]", T_MODE_C_IND},
-	{"[$ff00+c]", T_MODE_C_IND},
-
-	{"a", T_TOKEN_A},
-	{"b", T_TOKEN_B},
-	{"c", T_TOKEN_C},
-	{"d", T_TOKEN_D},
-	{"e", T_TOKEN_E},
-	{"h", T_TOKEN_H},
-	{"l", T_TOKEN_L},
-
-	{NULL, 0}
-};

src/asm/main.c

@@ -1,6 +1,16 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#include <float.h>
 #include <math.h>
 #include <stdarg.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <time.h>
@@ -8,26 +18,32 @@
 
 #include "asm/symbol.h"
 #include "asm/fstack.h"
+#include "asm/lexer.h"
 #include "asm/output.h"
 #include "asm/main.h"
+
 #include "extern/err.h"
-#include "extern/reallocarray.h"
 
-int yyparse(void);
-void setuplex(void);
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "version.h"
 
-int cldefines_index;
-int cldefines_size;
+extern int yyparse(void);
+
+size_t cldefines_index;
+size_t cldefines_numindices;
+size_t cldefines_bufsize;
+const size_t cldefine_entrysize = 2 * sizeof(void *);
 char **cldefines;
 
 clock_t nStartClock, nEndClock;
-SLONG nLineNo;
-ULONG nTotalLines, nPass, nPC, nIFDepth, nErrors;
+int32_t nLineNo;
+uint32_t nTotalLines, nPass, nPC, nIFDepth, nUnionDepth, nErrors;
+bool skipElif;
+uint32_t unionStart[128], unionSize[128];
 
-extern int yydebug;
+/* extern int yydebug; */
 
 FILE *dependfile;
-extern char *tzObjectname;
 
 /*
  * Option stack
@@ -41,73 +57,71 @@ struct sOptionStackEntry {
 	struct sOptionStackEntry *pNext;
 };
 
-struct sOptionStackEntry *pOptionStack = NULL;
+struct sOptionStackEntry *pOptionStack;
 
-void
-opt_SetCurrentOptions(struct sOptions * pOpt)
+void opt_SetCurrentOptions(struct sOptions *pOpt)
 {
 	if (nGBGfxID != -1) {
 		lex_FloatDeleteRange(nGBGfxID, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0],
-		    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0]);
+				     CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0]);
 		lex_FloatDeleteRange(nGBGfxID, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1],
-		    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1]);
+				     CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1]);
 		lex_FloatDeleteRange(nGBGfxID, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2],
-		    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2]);
+				     CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2]);
 		lex_FloatDeleteRange(nGBGfxID, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[3],
-		    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[3]);
+				     CurrentOptions.gbgfx[3]);
 		lex_FloatDeleteSecondRange(nGBGfxID, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0],
-		    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0]);
+					   CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0]);
 		lex_FloatDeleteSecondRange(nGBGfxID, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1],
-		    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1]);
+					   CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1]);
 		lex_FloatDeleteSecondRange(nGBGfxID, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2],
-		    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2]);
+					   CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2]);
 		lex_FloatDeleteSecondRange(nGBGfxID, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[3],
-		    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[3]);
+					   CurrentOptions.gbgfx[3]);
 	}
 	if (nBinaryID != -1) {
 		lex_FloatDeleteRange(nBinaryID, CurrentOptions.binary[0],
-		    CurrentOptions.binary[0]);
+				     CurrentOptions.binary[0]);
 		lex_FloatDeleteRange(nBinaryID, CurrentOptions.binary[1],
-		    CurrentOptions.binary[1]);
+				     CurrentOptions.binary[1]);
 		lex_FloatDeleteSecondRange(nBinaryID, CurrentOptions.binary[0],
-		    CurrentOptions.binary[0]);
+					   CurrentOptions.binary[0]);
 		lex_FloatDeleteSecondRange(nBinaryID, CurrentOptions.binary[1],
-		    CurrentOptions.binary[1]);
+					   CurrentOptions.binary[1]);
 	}
 	CurrentOptions = *pOpt;
 
 	if (nGBGfxID != -1) {
 		lex_FloatAddRange(nGBGfxID, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0],
-		    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0]);
+				  CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0]);
 		lex_FloatAddRange(nGBGfxID, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1],
-		    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1]);
+				  CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1]);
 		lex_FloatAddRange(nGBGfxID, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2],
-		    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2]);
+				  CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2]);
 		lex_FloatAddRange(nGBGfxID, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[3],
-		    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[3]);
+				  CurrentOptions.gbgfx[3]);
 		lex_FloatAddSecondRange(nGBGfxID, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0],
-		    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0]);
+					CurrentOptions.gbgfx[0]);
 		lex_FloatAddSecondRange(nGBGfxID, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1],
-		    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1]);
+					CurrentOptions.gbgfx[1]);
 		lex_FloatAddSecondRange(nGBGfxID, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2],
-		    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2]);
+					CurrentOptions.gbgfx[2]);
 		lex_FloatAddSecondRange(nGBGfxID, CurrentOptions.gbgfx[3],
-		    CurrentOptions.gbgfx[3]);
+					CurrentOptions.gbgfx[3]);
 	}
 	if (nBinaryID != -1) {
 		lex_FloatAddRange(nBinaryID, CurrentOptions.binary[0],
-		    CurrentOptions.binary[0]);
+				  CurrentOptions.binary[0]);
 		lex_FloatAddRange(nBinaryID, CurrentOptions.binary[1],
-		    CurrentOptions.binary[1]);
+				  CurrentOptions.binary[1]);
 		lex_FloatAddSecondRange(nBinaryID, CurrentOptions.binary[0],
-		    CurrentOptions.binary[0]);
+					CurrentOptions.binary[0]);
 		lex_FloatAddSecondRange(nBinaryID, CurrentOptions.binary[1],
-		    CurrentOptions.binary[1]);
+					CurrentOptions.binary[1]);
 	}
 }
 
-void
-opt_Parse(char *s)
+void opt_Parse(char *s)
 {
 	struct sOptions newopt;
 
@@ -121,8 +135,7 @@ opt_Parse(char *s)
 			newopt.gbgfx[2] = s[3];
 			newopt.gbgfx[3] = s[4];
 		} else {
-			errx(1, "Must specify exactly 4 characters for "
-			    "option 'g'");
+			errx(1, "Must specify exactly 4 characters for option 'g'");
 		}
 		break;
 	case 'b':
@@ -130,21 +143,21 @@ opt_Parse(char *s)
 			newopt.binary[0] = s[1];
 			newopt.binary[1] = s[2];
 		} else {
-			errx(1, "Must specify exactly 2 characters for option "
-			    "'b'");
+			errx(1, "Must specify exactly 2 characters for option 'b'");
 		}
 		break;
 	case 'z':
 		if (strlen(&s[1]) <= 2) {
-			int result;
+			int32_t result;
+			unsigned int fillchar;
 
-			result = sscanf(&s[1], "%lx", &newopt.fillchar);
-			if (!((result == EOF) || (result == 1))) {
+			result = sscanf(&s[1], "%x", &fillchar);
+			if (!((result == EOF) || (result == 1)))
 				errx(1, "Invalid argument for option 'z'");
-			}
+
+			newopt.fillchar = fillchar;
 		} else {
 			errx(1, "Invalid argument for option 'z'");
-			exit(1);
 		}
 		break;
 	default:
@@ -155,134 +168,131 @@ opt_Parse(char *s)
 	opt_SetCurrentOptions(&newopt);
 }
 
-void
-opt_Push(void)
+void opt_Push(void)
 {
 	struct sOptionStackEntry *pOpt;
 
-	if ((pOpt = malloc(sizeof(struct sOptionStackEntry))) != NULL) {
-		pOpt->Options = CurrentOptions;
-		pOpt->pNext = pOptionStack;
-		pOptionStack = pOpt;
-	} else
+	pOpt = malloc(sizeof(struct sOptionStackEntry));
+
+	if (pOpt == NULL)
 		fatalerror("No memory for option stack");
+
+	pOpt->Options = CurrentOptions;
+	pOpt->pNext = pOptionStack;
+	pOptionStack = pOpt;
 }
 
-void
-opt_Pop(void)
+void opt_Pop(void)
 {
-	if (pOptionStack) {
-		struct sOptionStackEntry *pOpt;
-
-		pOpt = pOptionStack;
-		opt_SetCurrentOptions(&(pOpt->Options));
-		pOptionStack = pOpt->pNext;
-		free(pOpt);
-	} else
+	if (pOptionStack == NULL)
 		fatalerror("No entries in the option stack");
+
+	struct sOptionStackEntry *pOpt;
+
+	pOpt = pOptionStack;
+	opt_SetCurrentOptions(&(pOpt->Options));
+	pOptionStack = pOpt->pNext;
+	free(pOpt);
 }
 
-void
-opt_AddDefine(char *s)
+void opt_AddDefine(char *s)
 {
 	char *value, *equals;
-	if(cldefines_index >= cldefines_size)
-	{
-		cldefines_size *= 2;
-		cldefines = reallocarray(cldefines, cldefines_size,
-		                        2 * sizeof(void *));
-		if(!cldefines)
-		{
+
+	if (cldefines_index >= cldefines_numindices) {
+		/* Check for overflows */
+		if ((cldefines_numindices * 2) < cldefines_numindices)
+			fatalerror("No memory for command line defines");
+
+		if ((cldefines_bufsize * 2) < cldefines_bufsize)
+			fatalerror("No memory for command line defines");
+
+		cldefines_numindices *= 2;
+		cldefines_bufsize *= 2;
+
+		cldefines = realloc(cldefines, cldefines_bufsize);
+		if (!cldefines)
 			fatalerror("No memory for command line defines");
-		}
 	}
 	equals = strchr(s, '=');
-	if(equals)
-	{
+	if (equals) {
 		*equals = '\0';
 		value = equals + 1;
-	}
-	else
-	{
+	} else {
 		value = "1";
 	}
 	cldefines[cldefines_index++] = s;
 	cldefines[cldefines_index++] = value;
 }
 
-void
-opt_ParseDefines()
+static void opt_ParseDefines(void)
 {
-	int i;
+	uint32_t i;
 
-	for(i = 0; i < cldefines_index; i += 2)
-	{
+	for (i = 0; i < cldefines_index; i += 2)
 		sym_AddString(cldefines[i], cldefines[i + 1]);
-	}
 }
 
 /*
  * Error handling
  */
-void
-verror(const char *fmt, va_list args)
+void verror(const char *fmt, va_list args)
 {
 	fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ");
 	fstk_Dump();
-	fprintf(stderr, ":\n\t");
+	fprintf(stderr, ":\n    ");
 	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
 	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
 	nErrors += 1;
 }
 
-void
-yyerror(const char *fmt, ...)
+void yyerror(const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list args;
+
 	va_start(args, fmt);
 	verror(fmt, args);
 	va_end(args);
 }
 
-void
-fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...)
+noreturn_ void fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list args;
+
 	va_start(args, fmt);
 	verror(fmt, args);
 	va_end(args);
+
 	exit(5);
 }
 
-void
-warning(const char *fmt, ...)
+void warning(const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	if (!CurrentOptions.warnings)
 		return;
 
 	va_list args;
+
 	va_start(args, fmt);
 
 	fprintf(stderr, "warning: ");
 	fstk_Dump();
-	fprintf(stderr, ":\n\t");
+	fprintf(stderr, ":\n    ");
 	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
 	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
 
 	va_end(args);
 }
 
-static void
-usage(void)
+static void print_usage(void)
 {
 	printf(
-"Usage: rgbasm [-hvE] [-b chars] [-Dname[=value]] [-g chars] [-i path]\n"
+"usage: rgbasm [-EhLVvw] [-b chars] [-Dname[=value]] [-g chars] [-i path]\n"
 "              [-M dependfile] [-o outfile] [-p pad_value] file.asm\n");
 	exit(1);
 }
 
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
 	int ch;
 	char *ep;
@@ -293,16 +303,15 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 
 	dependfile = NULL;
 
-	cldefines_size = 32;
-	cldefines = reallocarray(cldefines, cldefines_size,
-	                        2 * sizeof(void *));
-	if(!cldefines)
-	{
+	/* Initial number of allocated elements in array */
+	cldefines_numindices = 32;
+	cldefines_bufsize = cldefines_numindices * cldefine_entrysize;
+	cldefines = malloc(cldefines_bufsize);
+	if (!cldefines)
 		fatalerror("No memory for command line defines");
-	}
 
 	if (argc == 1)
-		usage();
+		print_usage();
 
 	/* yydebug=1; */
 
@@ -312,30 +321,33 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	DefaultOptions.gbgfx[3] = '3';
 	DefaultOptions.binary[0] = '0';
 	DefaultOptions.binary[1] = '1';
-	DefaultOptions.fillchar = 0;
-	DefaultOptions.verbose = false;
-	DefaultOptions.haltnop = true;
 	DefaultOptions.exportall = false;
+	DefaultOptions.fillchar = 0;
+	DefaultOptions.optimizeloads = true;
+	DefaultOptions.haltnop = true;
+	DefaultOptions.verbose = false;
 	DefaultOptions.warnings = true;
 
 	opt_SetCurrentOptions(&DefaultOptions);
 
 	newopt = CurrentOptions;
 
-	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "b:D:g:hi:M:o:p:vEw")) != -1) {
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "b:D:Eg:hi:LM:o:p:Vvw")) != -1) {
 		switch (ch) {
 		case 'b':
 			if (strlen(optarg) == 2) {
 				newopt.binary[0] = optarg[1];
 				newopt.binary[1] = optarg[2];
 			} else {
-				errx(1, "Must specify exactly 2 characters for "
-				    "option 'b'");
+				errx(1, "Must specify exactly 2 characters for option 'b'");
 			}
 			break;
 		case 'D':
 			opt_AddDefine(optarg);
 			break;
+		case 'E':
+			newopt.exportall = true;
+			break;
 		case 'g':
 			if (strlen(optarg) == 4) {
 				newopt.gbgfx[0] = optarg[1];
@@ -343,8 +355,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 				newopt.gbgfx[2] = optarg[3];
 				newopt.gbgfx[3] = optarg[4];
 			} else {
-				errx(1, "Must specify exactly 4 characters for "
-				    "option 'g'");
+				errx(1, "Must specify exactly 4 characters for option 'g'");
 			}
 			break;
 		case 'h':
@@ -353,35 +364,40 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		case 'i':
 			fstk_AddIncludePath(optarg);
 			break;
+		case 'L':
+			newopt.optimizeloads = false;
+			break;
 		case 'M':
-			if ((dependfile = fopen(optarg, "w")) == NULL) {
+			dependfile = fopen(optarg, "w");
+			if (dependfile == NULL)
 				err(1, "Could not open dependfile %s", optarg);
-			}
+
 			break;
 		case 'o':
 			out_SetFileName(optarg);
 			break;
 		case 'p':
 			newopt.fillchar = strtoul(optarg, &ep, 0);
-			if (optarg[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0') {
+
+			if (optarg[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0')
 				errx(1, "Invalid argument for option 'p'");
-			}
-			if (newopt.fillchar < 0 || newopt.fillchar > 0xFF) {
-				errx(1, "Argument for option 'p' must be "
-				    "between 0 and 0xFF");
-			}
+
+			if (newopt.fillchar < 0 || newopt.fillchar > 0xFF)
+				errx(1, "Argument for option 'p' must be between 0 and 0xFF");
+
 			break;
+		case 'V':
+			printf("rgbasm %s\n", get_package_version_string());
+			exit(0);
 		case 'v':
 			newopt.verbose = true;
 			break;
-		case 'E':
-			newopt.exportall = true;
-			break;
 		case 'w':
 			newopt.warnings = false;
 			break;
 		default:
-			usage();
+			print_usage();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
 		}
 	}
 	argc -= optind;
@@ -392,15 +408,14 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	DefaultOptions = CurrentOptions;
 
 	if (argc == 0)
-		usage();
+		print_usage();
 
 	tzMainfile = argv[argc - 1];
 
-	setuplex();
+	setup_lexer();
 
-	if (CurrentOptions.verbose) {
+	if (CurrentOptions.verbose)
 		printf("Assembling %s\n", tzMainfile);
-	}
 
 	if (dependfile) {
 		if (!tzObjectname)
@@ -414,6 +429,8 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	nLineNo = 1;
 	nTotalLines = 0;
 	nIFDepth = 0;
+	skipElif = true;
+	nUnionDepth = 0;
 	nPC = 0;
 	nPass = 1;
 	nErrors = 0;
@@ -422,24 +439,28 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	fstk_Init(tzMainfile);
 	opt_ParseDefines();
 
-	if (CurrentOptions.verbose) {
+	if (CurrentOptions.verbose)
 		printf("Pass 1...\n");
-	}
 
 	yy_set_state(LEX_STATE_NORMAL);
 	opt_SetCurrentOptions(&DefaultOptions);
 
-	if (yyparse() != 0 || nErrors != 0) {
+	if (yyparse() != 0 || nErrors != 0)
 		errx(1, "Assembly aborted in pass 1 (%ld errors)!", nErrors);
-	}
 
-	if (nIFDepth != 0) {
+	if (nIFDepth != 0)
 		errx(1, "Unterminated IF construct (%ld levels)!", nIFDepth);
+
+	if (nUnionDepth != 0) {
+		errx(1, "Unterminated UNION construct (%ld levels)!",
+		     nUnionDepth);
 	}
 
 	nTotalLines = 0;
 	nLineNo = 1;
 	nIFDepth = 0;
+	skipElif = true;
+	nUnionDepth = 0;
 	nPC = 0;
 	nPass = 2;
 	nErrors = 0;
@@ -450,27 +471,25 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	opt_SetCurrentOptions(&DefaultOptions);
 	opt_ParseDefines();
 
-	if (CurrentOptions.verbose) {
+	if (CurrentOptions.verbose)
 		printf("Pass 2...\n");
-	}
 
-	if (yyparse() != 0 || nErrors != 0) {
+	if (yyparse() != 0 || nErrors != 0)
 		errx(1, "Assembly aborted in pass 2 (%ld errors)!", nErrors);
-	}
 
 	double timespent;
 
 	nEndClock = clock();
 	timespent = ((double)(nEndClock - nStartClock))
-	    / (double)CLOCKS_PER_SEC;
+		     / (double)CLOCKS_PER_SEC;
 	if (CurrentOptions.verbose) {
-		printf("Success! %ld lines in %d.%02d seconds ", nTotalLines,
-		    (int) timespent, ((int) (timespent * 100.0)) % 100);
-		if (timespent == 0)
+		printf("Success! %u lines in %d.%02d seconds ", nTotalLines,
+		       (int)timespent, ((int)(timespent * 100.0)) % 100);
+		if (timespent < FLT_MIN_EXP)
 			printf("(INFINITY lines/minute)\n");
 		else
 			printf("(%d lines/minute)\n",
-			    (int) (60 / timespent * nTotalLines));
+			       (int)(60 / timespent * nTotalLines));
 	}
 	out_WriteObject();
 	return 0;

src/asm/math.c

@@ -1,148 +1,142 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 /*
  * Fixedpoint math routines
  */
 
 #include <math.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 
-#include "types.h"
 #include "asm/mymath.h"
 #include "asm/symbol.h"
 
-#define fix2double(i)	((double)(i/65536.0))
-#define double2fix(d)	((SLONG)(d*65536.0))
-#ifndef PI
-#define PI					(acos(-1))
+#define fx2double(i)	((double)((i) / 65536.0))
+#define double2fx(d)	((int32_t)((d) * 65536.0))
+
+#ifndef M_PI
+#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846
 #endif
 
 /*
  * Define the _PI symbol
  */
-void
-math_DefinePI(void)
+void math_DefinePI(void)
 {
-	sym_AddEqu("_PI", double2fix(PI));
+	sym_AddEqu("_PI", double2fx(M_PI));
 }
 
 /*
  * Print a fixed point value
  */
-void
-math_Print(SLONG i)
+void math_Print(int32_t i)
 {
 	if (i >= 0)
-		printf("%ld.%05ld", i >> 16,
-		    ((SLONG) (fix2double(i) * 100000 + 0.5)) % 100000);
+		printf("%d.%05d", i >> 16,
+		       ((int32_t)(fx2double(i) * 100000 + 0.5)) % 100000);
 	else
-		printf("-%ld.%05ld", (-i) >> 16,
-		    ((SLONG) (fix2double(-i) * 100000 + 0.5)) % 100000);
+		printf("-%d.%05d", (-i) >> 16,
+		       ((int32_t)(fx2double(-i) * 100000 + 0.5)) % 100000);
 }
 
 /*
  * Calculate sine
  */
-SLONG
-math_Sin(SLONG i)
+int32_t math_Sin(int32_t i)
 {
-	return (double2fix(sin(fix2double(i) * 2 * PI / 65536)));
+	return double2fx(sin(fx2double(i) * 2 * M_PI / 65536));
 }
 
 /*
  * Calculate cosine
  */
-SLONG
-math_Cos(SLONG i)
+int32_t math_Cos(int32_t i)
 {
-	return (double2fix(cos(fix2double(i) * 2 * PI / 65536)));
+	return double2fx(cos(fx2double(i) * 2 * M_PI / 65536));
 }
 
 /*
  * Calculate tangent
  */
-SLONG
-math_Tan(SLONG i)
+int32_t math_Tan(int32_t i)
 {
-	return (double2fix(tan(fix2double(i) * 2 * PI / 65536)));
+	return double2fx(tan(fx2double(i) * 2 * M_PI / 65536));
 }
 
 /*
  * Calculate arcsine
  */
-SLONG
-math_ASin(SLONG i)
+int32_t math_ASin(int32_t i)
 {
-	return (double2fix(asin(fix2double(i)) / 2 / PI * 65536));
+	return double2fx(asin(fx2double(i)) / 2 / M_PI * 65536);
 }
 
 /*
  * Calculate arccosine
  */
-SLONG
-math_ACos(SLONG i)
+int32_t math_ACos(int32_t i)
 {
-	return (double2fix(acos(fix2double(i)) / 2 / PI * 65536));
+	return double2fx(acos(fx2double(i)) / 2 / M_PI * 65536);
 }
 
 /*
  * Calculate arctangent
  */
-SLONG
-math_ATan(SLONG i)
+int32_t math_ATan(int32_t i)
 {
-	return (double2fix(atan(fix2double(i)) / 2 / PI * 65536));
+	return double2fx(atan(fx2double(i)) / 2 / M_PI * 65536);
 }
 
 /*
  * Calculate atan2
  */
-SLONG
-math_ATan2(SLONG i, SLONG j)
+int32_t math_ATan2(int32_t i, int32_t j)
 {
-	return (double2fix
-	    (atan2(fix2double(i), fix2double(j)) / 2 / PI * 65536));
+	return double2fx(atan2(fx2double(i), fx2double(j)) / 2 / M_PI * 65536);
 }
 
 /*
  * Multiplication
  */
-SLONG
-math_Mul(SLONG i, SLONG j)
+int32_t math_Mul(int32_t i, int32_t j)
 {
-	return (double2fix(fix2double(i) * fix2double(j)));
+	return double2fx(fx2double(i) * fx2double(j));
 }
 
 /*
  * Division
  */
-SLONG
-math_Div(SLONG i, SLONG j)
+int32_t math_Div(int32_t i, int32_t j)
 {
-	return (double2fix(fix2double(i) / fix2double(j)));
+	return double2fx(fx2double(i) / fx2double(j));
 }
 
 /*
  * Round
  */
-SLONG
-math_Round(SLONG i)
+int32_t math_Round(int32_t i)
 {
-	return double2fix(round(fix2double(i)));
+	return double2fx(round(fx2double(i)));
 }
 
 /*
  * Ceil
  */
-SLONG
-math_Ceil(SLONG i)
+int32_t math_Ceil(int32_t i)
 {
-	return double2fix(ceil(fix2double(i)));
+	return double2fx(ceil(fx2double(i)));
 }
 
 /*
  * Floor
  */
-SLONG
-math_Floor(SLONG i)
+int32_t math_Floor(int32_t i)
 {
-	return double2fix(floor(fix2double(i)));
+	return double2fx(floor(fx2double(i)));
 }

src/asm/rgbasm.1

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright © 2010 Anthony J. Bentley <anthony@anjbe.name>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2018, Anthony J. Bentley and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd April 17, 2017
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd February 24, 2018
 .Dt RGBASM 1
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -20,7 +13,7 @@
 .Nd Game Boy assembler
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Nm rgbasm
-.Op Fl Ehvw
+.Op Fl EhLVvw
 .Op Fl b Ar chars
 .Op Fl D Ar name Ns Op = Ns Ar value
 .Op Fl g Ar chars
@@ -62,6 +55,12 @@ The
 option disables this behavior.
 .It Fl i Ar path
 Add an include path.
+.It Fl L
+Disable the optimization that turns loads of the form
+.Sy LD [$FF00+n8],A
+into the opcode
+.Sy LDH [$FF00+n8],A
+in order to have full control of the result in the final ROM.
 .It Fl M Ar dependfile
 Print
 .Xr make 1
@@ -72,6 +71,8 @@ Write an object file to the given filename.
 .It Fl p Ar pad_value
 When padding an image, pad with this value.
 The default is 0x00.
+.It Fl V
+Print the version of the program and exit.
 .It Fl v
 Be verbose.
 .It Fl w
@@ -80,7 +81,9 @@ Disable warning output.
 .Sh EXAMPLES
 Assembling a basic source file is simple:
 .Pp
-.D1 $ rgbasm -o bar.o foo.asm
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+$ rgbasm -o bar.o foo.asm
+.Ed
 .Pp
 The resulting object file is not yet a usable ROM image \(em it must first be
 run through

src/asm/rgbasm.5

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd April 17, 2017
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd March 13, 2018
 .Dt RGBASM 5
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -33,16 +26,46 @@ one instruction or pseudo‐op per line:
 .Pp
 Example:
 .Pp
-.Dl John: ld a,87 ;Weee
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+John: ld a,87 ;Weee
+.Ed
 .Pp
 All pseudo‐ops, mnemonics and registers (reserved keywords) are case‐insensitive
 and all labels are case‐sensitive.
+.Pp
+There are two syntaxes for comments. In both cases, a comment ends at the end of
+the line. The most common one is: anything that follows a semicolon
+\[dq]\&;\[dq] (that isn't inside a string) is a comment. There is another
+format: anything that follows a \[dq]*\[dq] that is placed right at the start of
+a line is a comment. The assembler removes all comments from the code before
+doing anything else.
+.Pp
+Sometimes lines can be too long and it may be necessary to split them. The
+syntax to do so is the following one:
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    DB 1, 2, 3, 4 \[rs]
+       5, 6, 7, 8
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This works anywhere in the code except inside of strings. To split strings it is
+needed to use
+.Sy STRCAT
+like this:
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    DB STRCAT("Hello ", \[rs]
+              "world!")
+.Ed
+.Pp
 .Ss Sections
 Before you can start writing code, you must define a section.
 This tells the assembler what kind of information follows and, if it is code,
 where to put it.
 .Pp
-.Dl SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX
+.Ed
 .Pp
 This switches to the section called "CoolStuff" (or creates it if it doesn't
 already exist) and it defines it as a code section.
@@ -111,7 +134,13 @@ and
 .Sy LDH A,[$FF00+n8]
 syntax instead.
 This forces the assembler to emit the correct instruction and the linker to
-check if the value is in the correct range.
+check if the value is in the correct range. This optimization can be disabled
+by passing the
+.Fl L
+flag to
+.Sy rgbasm
+as explained in
+.Xr rgbasm 1 .
 .El
 .Pp
 A section is usually defined as a floating one, but the code can restrict where
@@ -123,22 +152,30 @@ obligation to follow any specific rules.
 The following example defines a section that can be placed anywhere in any ROMX
 bank:
 .Pp
-.Dl SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX
+.Ed
 .Pp
 If it is needed, the following syntax can be used to fix the base address of the
 section:
 .Pp
-.Dl SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX[$4567]
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX[$4567]
+.Ed
 .Pp
 It won't, however, fix the bank number, which is left to the linker.
 If you also want to specify the bank you can do:
 .Pp
-.Dl SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX[$4567],BANK[3]
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX[$4567],BANK[3]
+.Ed
 .Pp
 And if you only want to force the section into a certain bank, and not it's
 position within the bank, that's also possible:
 .Pp
-.Dl SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX,BANK[7]
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX,BANK[7]
+.Ed
 .Pp
 In addition, you can specify byte alignment for a section.
 This ensures that the section starts at a memory address where the given number
@@ -150,9 +187,11 @@ However, if an alignment is specified, the base address must be left unassigned.
 This can be useful when using DMA to copy data or when it is needed to align the
 start of an array to 256 bytes to optimize the code that accesses it.
 .Pp
-.Dl SECTION \[dq]OAM Data\[dq],WRAM0,ALIGN[8] ; align to 256 bytes
-.Pp
-.Dl SECTION \[dq]VRAM Data\[dq],ROMX,BANK[2],ALIGN[4] ; align to 16 bytes
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    SECTION \[dq]OAM Data\[dq],WRAM0,ALIGN[8] ; align to 256 bytes
+
+    SECTION \[dq]VRAM Data\[dq],ROMX,BANK[2],ALIGN[4] ; align to 16 bytes
+.Ed
 .Pp
 HINT: If you think this is a lot of typing for doing a simple
 .Ic ORG
@@ -223,13 +262,17 @@ GlobalLabel
 AnotherGlobal:
 \&.locallabel
 \&.yet_a_local:
+AnotherGlobal.with_another_local:
 ThisWillBeExported:: ;note the two colons
+ThisWillBeExported.too::
 .Ed
 .Pp
 In the line where a label is defined there musn't be any whitespace before it.
 Local labels are only accessible within the scope they are defined.
 A scope starts after a global label and ends at the next global label.
-Declaring a normal label with :: does an EXPORT at the same time.
+Declaring a label (global or local) with :: does an EXPORT at the same time.
+Local labels can be declared as scope.local or simply as as .local.
+If the former notation is used, the scope must be the actual current scope.
 .Pp
 Labels will normally change their value during the link process and are thus not
 constant.
@@ -246,8 +289,10 @@ EQUates are constant symbols.
 They can, for example, be used for things such as bit-definitions of hardware
 registers.
 .Pp
-.Dl EXIT_OK      EQU $00
-.Dl EXIT_FAILURE EQU $01
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+EXIT_OK      EQU $00
+EXIT_FAILURE EQU $01
+.Ed
 .Pp
 Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed.
 EQUates cannot be exported and imported.
@@ -269,9 +314,11 @@ Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed.
 SETs cannot be exported and imported.
 Alternatively you can use = as a synonym for SET.
 .Pp
-.Dl COUNT = 2
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+COUNT = 2
+.Ed
 .Pp
-.It Sy RSSET , RERESET , RB , RW
+.It Sy RSSET , RSRESET , RB , RW
 .Pp
 The RS group of commands is a handy way of defining structures:
 .Pp
@@ -296,13 +343,15 @@ There are four commands in the RS group of commands:
 .Pp
 .Bl -column ".Sy String" ".Sy String"
 .It Sy Command Ta Ta Ta Sy Meaning
-.It Ic RSRESET No Ta Ta Resets the _RS counter to zero.
+.It Ic RSRESET Ta Ta Resets the _RS counter to zero.
 .It Ic RSSET Ar constexpr Ta Sets the
 .Ic _RS No counter to Ar constexpr .
 .It Ic RB Ar constexpr Ta Sets the preceding symbol to
 .Ic _RS No and adds Ar constexpr No to Ic _RS .
 .It Ic RW Ar constexpr Ta Sets the preceding symbol to
 .Ic _RS No and adds Ar constexpr No * 2 to Ic _RS.
+.It Ic RL Ar constexpr Ta Sets the preceding symbol to
+.Ic _RS No and adds Ar constexpr No * 4 to Ic _RS.
 .El
 .Pp
 Note that a colon (:) following the symbol-name is not allowed.
@@ -319,10 +368,10 @@ If you are familiar with C you can think of it as the same as #define.
 .Pp
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 COUNTREG EQUS "[hl+]"
-ld a,COUNTREG
+    ld a,COUNTREG
 
 PLAYER_NAME EQUS \[dq]\[rs]\[dq]John\[rs]\[dq]\[dq]
-db PLAYER_NAME
+    db PLAYER_NAME
 .Ed
 .Pp
 Note that : following the label-name is not allowed, and that strings must be
@@ -330,12 +379,16 @@ quoted to be useful.
 .Pp
 This will be interpreted as:
 .Pp
-.Dl ld a,[hl+]
-.Dl db \[dq]John\[dq]
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    ld a,[hl+]
+    db \[dq]John\[dq]
+.Ed
 .Pp
 String-symbols can also be used to define small one-line macros:
 .Pp
-.Dl PUSHA EQUS \[dq]push af\[rs]npush bc\[rs]npush de\[rs]npush hl\[rs]n\[dq]
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+PUSHA EQUS \[dq]push af\[rs]npush bc\[rs]npush de\[rs]npush hl\[rs]n\[dq]
+.Ed
 .Pp
 Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed.
 String equates can't be exported or imported.
@@ -448,7 +501,9 @@ Now I can call the macro specifying two arguments.
 The first being the address and the second being a bytecount.
 The macro will then reset all bytes in this range.
 .Pp
-.Dl LoopyMacro MyVars,54
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+LoopyMacro MyVars,54
+.Ed
 .Pp
 Arguments are passed as string equates.
 There's no need to enclose them in quotes.
@@ -468,6 +523,19 @@ In reality, up to 256 arguments can be passed to a macro, but you can only use
 the first 9 like this. If you want to use the rest, you need to use the keyword
 .Ic SHIFT .
 .Pp
+Line continuations work as usual inside macros or lists of arguments of macros.
+Strings, however, are a bit trickier. The following example shows how to use
+strings as arguments for a macro:
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+PrintMacro : MACRO
+    PRINTT \[rs]1
+ENDM
+
+    PrintMacro STRCAT(\[rs]\[dq]Hello\[rs]\[dq]\[rs],  \[rs]
+                      \[rs]\[dq] world\[rs]\[rs]n\[rs]\[dq])
+.Ed
+.Pp
 .Ic SHIFT
 is a special command only available in macros.
 Very useful in REPT-blocks.
@@ -543,36 +611,48 @@ The following symbols are defined by the assembler:
 .It Ic EQU Ta Ic __UTC_HOUR__ Ta Ta Current hour, 0-23
 .It Ic EQU Ta Ic __UTC_MINUTE__ Ta Ta Current minute, 0-59
 .It Ic EQU Ta Ic __UTC_SECOND__ Ta Ta Current second, 0-59
+.It Ic EQU Ta Ic __RGBDS_MAJOR__ Ta Ta Major version number of RGBDS.
+.It Ic EQU Ta Ic __RGBDS_MINOR__ Ta Ta Minor version number of RGBDS.
+.It Ic EQU Ta Ic __RGBDS_PATCH__ Ta Ta Patch version number of RGBDS.
 .El
 .Pp
 .Sh DEFINING DATA
 .Ss Defining constant data
 .Ic DB
 defines a list of bytes that will be stored in the final image.
-Ideal for tables and text.
+Ideal for tables and text (which is not zero-terminated).
 .Pp
-.Dl DB 1,2,3,4,\[dq]This is a string\[dq]
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+DB 1,2,3,4,\[dq]This is a string\[dq]
+.Ed
 .Pp
 Alternatively, you can use
 .Ic DW
-to store a list of words.
+to store a list of words (16-bits) or
+.Ic DL
+to store a list of doublewords/longs (32-bits).
 Strings are not allowed as arguments to
-.Ic DW .
+.Ic DW
+and
+.Ic DL .
 .Pp
 You can also use
-.Ic DB
-and
+.Ic DB ,
 .Ic DW
-without arguments.
-This works exactly like
-.Sy DS 1
 and
+.Ic DL
+without arguments, or leaving empty elements at any point in the list.
+This works exactly like
+.Sy DS 1 ,
 .Sy DS 2
+and
+.Sy DS 4
 respectively.
 Consequently,
-.Ic DB
-and
+.Ic DB ,
 .Ic DW
+and
+.Ic DL
 can be used in a
 .Sy WRAM0 No / Sy WRAMX No / Sy HRAM No / Sy VRAM No / Sy SRAM
 section.
@@ -582,12 +662,15 @@ allocates a number of bytes.
 The content is undefined.
 This is the preferred method of allocationg space in a RAM section.
 You can, however, use
-.Ic DB
-and
+.Ic DB ,
 .Ic DW
+and
+.Ic DL
 without any arguments instead.
 .Pp
-.Dl DS str_SIZEOF ;allocate str_SIZEOF bytes
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+DS str_SIZEOF ;allocate str_SIZEOF bytes
+.Ed
 .Pp
 .Ss Including binary files
 You probably have some graphics you'd like to include.
@@ -597,15 +680,54 @@ to include a raw binary file as it is.
 If the file isn't found in the current directory, the include-path list passed
 to the linker on the command line will be searched.
 .Pp
-.Dl INCBIN \[dq]titlepic.bin\[dq]
-.Dl INCBIN \[dq]sprites/hero.bin\[dq]\ ; UNIX
-.Dl INCBIN \[dq]sprites\[rs]\[rs]hero.bin\[dq]\ ; Windows
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+INCBIN \[dq]titlepic.bin\[dq]
+INCBIN \[dq]sprites/hero.bin\[dq]\ ; UNIX
+INCBIN \[dq]sprites\[rs]\[rs]hero.bin\[dq]\ ; Windows
+.Ed
 .Pp
 You can also include only part of a file with
 .Ic INCBIN .
 The example below includes 256 bytes from data.bin starting from byte 78.
 .Pp
-.Dl INCBIN \[dq]data.bin\[dq],78,256
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+INCBIN \[dq]data.bin\[dq],78,256
+.Ed
+.Ss Unions
+Unions allow multiple memory allocations to share the same space in memory,
+like unions in C.
+This allows you to easily reuse memory for different purposes, depending on
+the game's state.
+.Pp
+You create unions using the
+.Ic UNION ,
+.Ic NEXTU
+and
+.Ic ENDU
+keywords.
+.Ic NEXTU
+lets you create a new block of allocations, and you may use it as many times
+within a union as necessary.
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+UNION
+Name: ds 8
+Nickname: ds 8
+NEXTU
+Health: dw
+Something: ds 3
+Lives: db
+NEXTU
+Temporary: ds 19
+ENDU
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This union will use up 19 bytes, as this is the size of the largest block
+(the last one, containing 'Temporary').
+Of course, as 'Name', 'Health', and 'Temporary' all point to the same memory
+locations, writes to any one of these will affect values read from the others.
+.Pp
+Unions may be used in any section, but code and data may not be included.
 .Sh THE MACRO LANGUAGE
 .Pp
 .Ss Printing things during assembly
@@ -615,16 +737,19 @@ some important information.
 .Pp
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 PRINTT \[dq]I'm the greatest programmer in the whole wide world\[rs]n\[dq]
-PRINTV (2+3)/5
-PRINTF MUL(3.14,3987.0)
+PRINTI (2 + 3) / 5
+PRINTV $FF00 + $F0
+PRINTF MUL(3.14, 3987.0)
 .Ed
 .Pp
 .Bl -inset
 .It Ic PRINTT
 prints out a string.
 .It Ic PRINTV
-prints out an integer value or, as in the example, the result of a calculation.
-Unsurprisingly, you can also print out a constant symbols value.
+prints out an integer value in hexadecimal or, as in the example, the result of
+a calculation. Unsurprisingly, you can also print out a constant symbols value.
+.It Ic PRINTI
+prints out a signed integer value.
 .It Ic PRINTF
 prints out a fixed point value.
 .El
@@ -695,30 +820,53 @@ You may nest
 .Ic INCLUDE
 calls infinitely (or until you run out of memory, whichever comes first).
 .Pp
-.Dl INCLUDE \[dq]irq.inc\[dq]
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    INCLUDE \[dq]irq.inc\[dq]
+.Ed
 .Pp
 .Ss Conditional assembling
-The three commands
+The four commands
 .Ic IF ,
-.Ic ELSE
+.Ic ELIF ,
+.Ic ELSE ,
 and
 .Ic ENDC
 are used to conditionally assemble parts of your file.
 This is a powerful feature commonly used in macros.
 .Pp
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
-IF 2+2==4
-PRINTT \[dq]2+2==4\[rs]n\[dq]
+IF NUM < 0
+  PRINTT \[dq]NUM < 0\[rs]n\[dq]
+ELIF NUM == 0
+  PRINTT \[dq]NUM == 0\[rs]n\[dq]
 ELSE
-PRINTT \[dq]2+2!=4\[rs]n\[dq]
+  PRINTT \[dq]NUM > 0\[rs]n\[dq]
 ENDC
 .Ed
 .Pp
 The
+.Ic ELIF
+and
 .Ic ELSE
-block is optional.
-.Ic IF No / Ic ELSE No / Ic ENDC
+blocks are optional.
+.Ic IF No / Ic ELIF No / Ic ELSE No / Ic ENDC
 blocks can be nested.
+.Pp
+Note that if an
+.Ic ELSE
+block is found before an
+.Ic ELIF
+block, the
+.Ic ELIF
+block will be ignored.
+All
+.Ic ELIF
+blocks must go before the
+.Ic ELSE
+block.
+Also, if there is more than one
+.Ic ELSE
+block, all of them but the first one are ignored.
 .Ss Integer and Boolean expressions
 An expression can be composed of many things.
 Expressions are always evaluated using signed 32-bit math.
@@ -750,7 +898,9 @@ The last one, Gameboy graphics, is quite interesting and useful.
 The values are actually pixel values and it converts the
 .Do chunky Dc data to Do planar Dc data as used in the Gameboy.
 .Pp
-.Dl DW \`01012323
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    DW \`01012323
+.Ed
 .Pp
 Admittedly, an expression with just a single number is quite boring.
 To spice things up a bit there are a few operators you can use to perform
@@ -891,14 +1041,48 @@ new string.
 the new string.
 .El
 .Pp
+.Ss Character maps
+.Pp
+When writing text that is meant to be displayed in the Game Boy, the ASCII
+characters used in the source code may not be the same ones used in the tileset
+used in the ROM.
+For example, the tiles used for uppercase letters may be placed starting at tile
+index 128, which makes it difficult to add text strings to the ROM.
+.Pp
+Character maps allow the code to map strings up to 16 characters long to an
+abitrary 8-bit value:
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+CHARMAP "<LF>", 10
+CHARMAP "&iacute", 20
+CHARMAP "A", 128
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Sy Note:
+Character maps affect all strings in the file from the point in which they are
+defined.
+This means that any string that the code may want to print as debug information
+will also be affected by it.
+.Pp
+.Sy Note:
+The output value of a mapping can be 0.
+If this happens, the assembler will treat this as the end of the string and the
+rest of it will be trimmed.
+.Pp
 .Ss Other functions
 There are a few other functions that do various useful things:
 .Pp
 .Bl -column ".Sy String" ".Sy String"
 .It Sy Name Ta Ta Ta Sy Operation
-.It Li BANK(label) Ta Returns the bank number label is in.
-The linker will have to resolve this so it can't be used when the expression has
-to be constant.
+.It Li BANK(\@/str/lbl) Ta Returns a bank number.
+If the argument is the symbol
+.Ic \@,
+this function returns the bank of the current section.
+If the argument is a string, it returns the bank of the section that has that
+name.
+If the argument is a label, it returns the bank number the label is in.
+For labels, as the linker has to resolve this, it can't be used when the
+expression has to be constant.
 .It Li DEF(label) Ta Returns TRUE if label has been defined.
 .It Li HIGH(r16/cnst/lbl) Ta Returns the top 8 bits of the operand if it is a
 label or constant, or the top 8-bit register if it is a 16-bit register.
@@ -950,6 +1134,15 @@ machine.
 .It Sx __ISO_8601_UTC__
 .It Sx __LINE__
 .It Sx __TIME__
+.It Sx __RGBDS_MAJOR__
+.It Sx __RGBDS_MINOR__
+.It Sx __RGBDS_PATCH__
+.It Sx __UTC_YEAR__
+.It Sx __UTC_MONTH__
+.It Sx __UTC_DAY__
+.It Sx __UTC_HOUR__
+.It Sx __UTC_MINUTE__
+.It Sx __UTC_SECOND__
 .It Sx _NARG
 .It Sx _PI
 .It Sx _RS
@@ -958,12 +1151,15 @@ machine.
 .It Sx ATAN
 .It Sx ATAN2
 .It Sx BANK
+.It Sx CHARMAP
 .It Sx COS
 .It Sx DB
 .It Sx DEF
 .It Sx DIV
+.It Sx DL
 .It Sx DS
 .It Sx DW
+.It Sx ELIF
 .It Sx ELSE
 .It Sx ENDC
 .It Sx ENDM
@@ -985,6 +1181,7 @@ machine.
 .It Sx POPO
 .It Sx POPS
 .It Sx PRINTF
+.It Sx PRINTI
 .It Sx PRINTT
 .It Sx PRINTV
 .It Sx PURGE
@@ -992,6 +1189,7 @@ machine.
 .It Sx PUSHS
 .It Sx REPT
 .It Sx RB
+.It Sx RL
 .It Sx ROM0
 .It Sx ROMX
 .It Sx RSRESET

src/asm/rpn.c

@@ -1,20 +1,28 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 /*
  * Controls RPN expressions for objectfiles
  */
 
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
-#include "asm/mylink.h"
-#include "types.h"
-#include "asm/symbol.h"
 #include "asm/asm.h"
 #include "asm/main.h"
 #include "asm/rpn.h"
+#include "asm/symbol.h"
 
-void
-mergetwoexpressions(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+#include "linkdefs.h"
+
+void mergetwoexpressions(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+			 const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	*expr = *src1;
 	memcpy(&(expr->tRPN[expr->nRPNLength]), src2->tRPN, src2->nRPNLength);
@@ -23,13 +31,13 @@ mergetwoexpressions(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
 	expr->isReloc |= src2->isReloc;
 	expr->isPCRel |= src2->isPCRel;
 }
-#define joinexpr() mergetwoexpressions(expr,src1,src2)
+
+#define joinexpr() mergetwoexpressions(expr, src1, src2)
 
 /*
  * Add a byte to the RPN expression
  */
-void
-pushbyte(struct Expression * expr, int b)
+void pushbyte(struct Expression *expr, int b)
 {
 	expr->tRPN[expr->nRPNLength++] = b & 0xFF;
 }
@@ -37,47 +45,45 @@ pushbyte(struct Expression * expr, int b)
 /*
  * Reset the RPN module
  */
-void
-rpn_Reset(struct Expression * expr)
+void rpn_Reset(struct Expression *expr)
 {
-	expr->nRPNLength = expr->nRPNOut = expr->isReloc = expr->isPCRel = 0;
+	expr->nRPNLength = 0;
+	expr->nRPNOut = 0;
+	expr->isReloc = 0;
+	expr->isPCRel = 0;
 }
 
 /*
  * Returns the next rpn byte in expression
  */
-UWORD
-rpn_PopByte(struct Expression * expr)
+uint16_t rpn_PopByte(struct Expression *expr)
 {
-	if (expr->nRPNOut == expr->nRPNLength) {
-		return (0xDEAD);
-	} else
-		return (expr->tRPN[expr->nRPNOut++]);
+	if (expr->nRPNOut == expr->nRPNLength)
+		return 0xDEAD;
+
+	return expr->tRPN[expr->nRPNOut++];
 }
 
 /*
  * Determine if the current expression is relocatable
  */
-ULONG
-rpn_isReloc(struct Expression * expr)
+uint32_t rpn_isReloc(const struct Expression *expr)
 {
-	return (expr->isReloc);
+	return expr->isReloc;
 }
 
 /*
  * Determine if the current expression can be pc-relative
  */
-ULONG
-rpn_isPCRelative(struct Expression * expr)
+uint32_t rpn_isPCRelative(const struct Expression *expr)
 {
-	return (expr->isPCRel);
+	return expr->isPCRel;
 }
 
 /*
  * Add symbols, constants and operators to expression
  */
-void
-rpn_Number(struct Expression * expr, ULONG i)
+void rpn_Number(struct Expression *expr, uint32_t i)
 {
 	rpn_Reset(expr);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_CONST);
@@ -88,11 +94,10 @@ rpn_Number(struct Expression * expr, ULONG i)
 	expr->nVal = i;
 }
 
-void
-rpn_Symbol(struct Expression * expr, char *tzSym)
+void rpn_Symbol(struct Expression *expr, char *tzSym)
 {
 	if (!sym_isConstant(tzSym)) {
-		struct sSymbol *psym;
+		const struct sSymbol *psym;
 
 		rpn_Reset(expr);
 
@@ -106,62 +111,96 @@ rpn_Symbol(struct Expression * expr, char *tzSym)
 		while (*tzSym)
 			pushbyte(expr, *tzSym++);
 		pushbyte(expr, 0);
-	} else
+	} else {
 		rpn_Number(expr, sym_GetConstantValue(tzSym));
+	}
 }
 
-void
-rpn_Bank(struct Expression * expr, char *tzSym)
+void rpn_BankSelf(struct Expression *expr)
 {
+	rpn_Reset(expr);
+
+	/*
+	 * This symbol is not really relocatable, but this makes the assembler
+	 * write this expression as a RPN patch to the object file.
+	 */
+	expr->isReloc = 1;
+
+	pushbyte(expr, RPN_BANK_SELF);
+}
+
+void rpn_BankSymbol(struct Expression *expr, char *tzSym)
+{
+	/* The @ symbol is treated differently. */
+	if (sym_FindSymbol(tzSym) == pPCSymbol) {
+		rpn_BankSelf(expr);
+		return;
+	}
+
 	if (!sym_isConstant(tzSym)) {
 		rpn_Reset(expr);
 
-		/* Check that the symbol exists by evaluating and discarding the value. */
+		/*
+		 * Check that the symbol exists by evaluating and discarding the
+		 * value.
+		 */
 		sym_GetValue(tzSym);
 
 		expr->isReloc = 1;
-		pushbyte(expr, RPN_BANK);
+		pushbyte(expr, RPN_BANK_SYM);
 		while (*tzSym)
 			pushbyte(expr, *tzSym++);
 		pushbyte(expr, 0);
-	} else
+	} else {
 		yyerror("BANK argument must be a relocatable identifier");
+	}
 }
 
-void
-rpn_CheckHRAM(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src)
+void rpn_BankSection(struct Expression *expr, char *tzSectionName)
+{
+	rpn_Reset(expr);
+
+	/*
+	 * This symbol is not really relocatable, but this makes the assembler
+	 * write this expression as a RPN patch to the object file.
+	 */
+	expr->isReloc = 1;
+
+	pushbyte(expr, RPN_BANK_SECT);
+	while (*tzSectionName)
+		pushbyte(expr, *tzSectionName++);
+	pushbyte(expr, 0);
+}
+
+void rpn_CheckHRAM(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src)
 {
 	*expr = *src;
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_HRAM);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_LOGNOT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src)
+void rpn_LOGNOT(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src)
 {
 	*expr = *src;
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGUNNOT);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_LOGOR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_LOGOR(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	       const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal || src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGOR);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_LOGAND(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_LOGAND(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+		const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal && src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGAND);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_HIGH(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src)
+void rpn_HIGH(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src)
 {
 	*expr = *src;
 
@@ -184,8 +223,7 @@ rpn_HIGH(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src)
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_AND);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_LOW(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src)
+void rpn_LOW(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src)
 {
 	*expr = *src;
 
@@ -200,168 +238,164 @@ rpn_LOW(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src)
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_AND);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_LOGEQU(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_LOGEQU(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+		const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal == src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGEQ);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_LOGGT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_LOGGT(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	       const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal > src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGGT);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_LOGLT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_LOGLT(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	       const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal < src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGLT);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_LOGGE(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_LOGGE(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	       const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal >= src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGGE);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_LOGLE(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_LOGLE(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	       const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal <= src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGLE);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_LOGNE(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_LOGNE(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	       const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal != src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_LOGNE);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_ADD(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_ADD(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal + src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_ADD);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_SUB(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_SUB(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal - src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_SUB);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_XOR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_XOR(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal ^ src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_XOR);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_OR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_OR(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	    const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal | src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_OR);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_AND(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_AND(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal & src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_AND);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_SHL(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_SHL(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
+
+	if (src1->nVal < 0)
+		warning("Left shift of negative value: %d", src1->nVal);
+
+	if (src2->nVal < 0)
+		fatalerror("Shift by negative value: %d", src2->nVal);
+	else if (src2->nVal >= 32)
+		fatalerror("Shift by too big value: %d", src2->nVal);
+
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal << src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_SHL);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_SHR(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_SHR(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
+	if (src2->nVal < 0)
+		fatalerror("Shift by negative value: %d", src2->nVal);
+	else if (src2->nVal >= 32)
+		fatalerror("Shift by too big value: %d", src2->nVal);
+
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal >> src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_SHR);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_MUL(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_MUL(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal * src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_MUL);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_DIV(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_DIV(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
-	if (src2->nVal == 0) {
-		fatalerror("division by zero");
-	}
+	if (src2->nVal == 0)
+		fatalerror("Division by zero");
+
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal / src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_DIV);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_MOD(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src1,
-    struct Expression * src2)
+void rpn_MOD(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
+	     const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
-	if (src2->nVal == 0) {
-		fatalerror("division by zero");
-	}
+	if (src2->nVal == 0)
+		fatalerror("Division by zero");
+
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal % src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_MOD);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_UNNEG(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src)
+void rpn_UNNEG(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src)
 {
 	*expr = *src;
 	expr->nVal = -expr->nVal;
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_UNSUB);
 }
 
-void
-rpn_UNNOT(struct Expression * expr, struct Expression * src)
+void rpn_UNNOT(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src)
 {
 	*expr = *src;
-	expr->nVal = expr->nVal ^ 0xFFFFFFFF;
+	expr->nVal = ~expr->nVal;
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_UNNOT);
 }

src/extern/err.c

@@ -1,36 +1,22 @@
 /*
- * Copyright © 2005-2013 Rich Felker, et al.
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
+ * Copyright (c) 2005-2018, Rich Felker and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
- * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
- * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
-#include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
+
 #include "extern/err.h"
 
 void rgbds_vwarn(const char *fmt, va_list ap)
 {
-	fprintf (stderr, "warning");
+	fprintf(stderr, "warning");
 	if (fmt) {
-		fputs (": ", stderr);
+		fputs(": ", stderr);
 		vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
 	}
 	putc('\n', stderr);
@@ -39,32 +25,32 @@ void rgbds_vwarn(const char *fmt, va_list ap)
 
 void rgbds_vwarnx(const char *fmt, va_list ap)
 {
-	fprintf (stderr, "warning");
+	fprintf(stderr, "warning");
 	if (fmt) {
-		fputs (": ", stderr);
+		fputs(": ", stderr);
 		vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
 	}
 	putc('\n', stderr);
 }
 
-noreturn void rgbds_verr(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
+noreturn_ void rgbds_verr(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
 {
-	fprintf (stderr, "error");
+	fprintf(stderr, "error");
 	if (fmt) {
-		fputs (": ", stderr);
+		fputs(": ", stderr);
 		vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
 	}
 	putc('\n', stderr);
 	exit(status);
 }
 
-noreturn void rgbds_verrx(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
+noreturn_ void rgbds_verrx(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
 {
-	fprintf (stderr, "error");
-        if (fmt) {
-                fputs (": ", stderr);
-                vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
-        }
+	fprintf(stderr, "error");
+	if (fmt) {
+		fputs(": ", stderr);
+		vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	}
 	putc('\n', stderr);
 	exit(status);
 }
@@ -72,6 +58,7 @@ noreturn void rgbds_verrx(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
 void rgbds_warn(const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list ap;
+
 	va_start(ap, fmt);
 	vwarn(fmt, ap);
 	va_end(ap);
@@ -80,22 +67,25 @@ void rgbds_warn(const char *fmt, ...)
 void rgbds_warnx(const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list ap;
+
 	va_start(ap, fmt);
 	vwarnx(fmt, ap);
 	va_end(ap);
 }
 
-noreturn void rgbds_err(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
+noreturn_ void rgbds_err(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list ap;
+
 	va_start(ap, fmt);
 	verr(status, fmt, ap);
 	va_end(ap);
 }
 
-noreturn void rgbds_errx(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
+noreturn_ void rgbds_errx(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list ap;
+
 	va_start(ap, fmt);
 	verrx(status, fmt, ap);
 	va_end(ap);

src/extern/reallocarray.c

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/*	$OpenBSD: reallocarray.c,v 1.2 2014/12/08 03:45:00 bcook Exp $	*/
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2008 Otto Moerbeek <otto@drijf.net>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/*
- * This is sqrt(SIZE_MAX+1), as s1*s2 <= SIZE_MAX
- * if both s1 < MUL_NO_OVERFLOW and s2 < MUL_NO_OVERFLOW
- */
-#define MUL_NO_OVERFLOW	((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4))
-
-void *
-rgbds_reallocarray(void *optr, size_t nmemb, size_t size)
-{
-	if ((nmemb >= MUL_NO_OVERFLOW || size >= MUL_NO_OVERFLOW) &&
-	    nmemb > 0 && SIZE_MAX / nmemb < size) {
-		errno = ENOMEM;
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	return realloc(optr, size * nmemb);
-}

src/extern/strlcat.c

@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/*	$OpenBSD: strlcat.c,v 1.14 2015/01/15 03:54:12 millert Exp $	*/
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1998, 2015 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-/*
- * Appends src to string dst of size dsize (unlike strncat, dsize is the
- * full size of dst, not space left).  At most dsize-1 characters
- * will be copied.  Always NUL terminates (unless dsize <= strlen(dst)).
- * Returns strlen(src) + MIN(dsize, strlen(initial dst)).
- * If retval >= dsize, truncation occurred.
- */
-size_t
-rgbds_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t dsize)
-{
-	const char *odst = dst;
-	const char *osrc = src;
-	size_t n = dsize;
-	size_t dlen;
-
-	/* Find the end of dst and adjust bytes left but don't go past end. */
-	while (n-- != 0 && *dst != '\0')
-		dst++;
-	dlen = dst - odst;
-	n = dsize - dlen;
-
-	if (n-- == 0)
-		return(dlen + strlen(src));
-	while (*src != '\0') {
-		if (n != 0) {
-			*dst++ = *src;
-			n--;
-		}
-		src++;
-	}
-	*dst = '\0';
-
-	return(dlen + (src - osrc));	/* count does not include NUL */
-}

src/extern/strlcpy.c

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/*	$OpenBSD: strlcpy.c,v 1.12 2015/01/15 03:54:12 millert Exp $	*/
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1998, 2015 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-/*
- * Copy string src to buffer dst of size dsize.  At most dsize-1
- * chars will be copied.  Always NUL terminates (unless dsize == 0).
- * Returns strlen(src); if retval >= dsize, truncation occurred.
- */
-size_t
-rgbds_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t dsize)
-{
-	const char *osrc = src;
-	size_t nleft = dsize;
-
-	/* Copy as many bytes as will fit. */
-	if (nleft != 0) {
-		while (--nleft != 0) {
-			if ((*dst++ = *src++) == '\0')
-				break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* Not enough room in dst, add NUL and traverse rest of src. */
-	if (nleft == 0) {
-		if (dsize != 0)
-			*dst = '\0';		/* NUL-terminate dst */
-		while (*src++)
-			;
-	}
-
-	return(src - osrc - 1);	/* count does not include NUL */
-}

src/extern/utf8decoder.c

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008-2009, Björn Höhrmann <bjoern@hoehrmann.de>
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+/*
+ * UTF-8 decoder: http://bjoern.hoehrmann.de/utf-8/decoder/dfa/
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+static const uint8_t utf8d[] = {
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 00..0f */
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 10..1f */
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 20..2f */
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 30..3f */
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 40..4f */
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 50..5f */
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 60..6f */
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 70..7f */
+	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 80..8f */
+	9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, /* 90..9f */
+	7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, /* a0..af */
+	7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, /* b0..bf */
+	8, 8, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* c0..cf */
+	2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* d0..df */
+	0xa, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, /* e0..e7 */
+	0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x4, 0x3, 0x3, /* e8..ef */
+	0xb, 0x6, 0x6, 0x6, 0x5, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, /* f0..f7 */
+	0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, /* f8..ff */
+	0x0, 0x1, 0x2, 0x3, 0x5, 0x8, 0x7, 0x1, /* s0..   */
+	0x1, 0x1, 0x4, 0x6, 0x1, 0x1, 0x1, 0x1, /*   ..s0 */
+	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s1 */
+	1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s1 */
+	1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s3 */
+	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s4 */
+	1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s5 */
+	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 3, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s6 */
+	1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 3, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s7 */
+	1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s8 */
+};
+
+uint32_t decode(uint32_t *state, uint32_t *codep, uint32_t byte)
+{
+	uint32_t type = utf8d[byte];
+
+	*codep = (*state != 0) ?
+			(byte & 0x3fu) | (*codep << 6) :
+			(0xff >> type) & (byte);
+
+	*state = utf8d[256 + *state * 16 + type];
+	return *state;
+}

src/fix/main.c

@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 /*
- * Copyright © 2010 Anthony J. Bentley <anthonyjbentley@gmail.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2010-2018, Anthony J. Bentley and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
@@ -23,18 +15,18 @@
 
 #include "extern/err.h"
 
-static void
-usage(void)
+#include "version.h"
+
+static void print_usage(void)
 {
 	printf(
-"usage: rgbfix [-Ccjsv] [-i game_id] [-k licensee_str] [-l licensee_id]\n"
-"              [-m mbc_type] [-n rom_version] [-p pad_value] [-r ram_size]\n"
-"              [-t title_str] file\n");
+"usage: rgbfix [-CcjsVv] [-f fix_spec] [-i game_id] [-k licensee_str]\n"
+"              [-l licensee_id] [-m mbc_type] [-n rom_version] [-p pad_value]\n"
+"              [-r ram_size] [-t title_str] file\n");
 	exit(1);
 }
 
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
 	FILE *rom;
 	int ch;
@@ -45,7 +37,12 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	 */
 
 	/* all flags default to false unless options specify otherwise */
-	bool validate = false;
+	bool fixlogo = false;
+	bool fixheadsum = false;
+	bool fixglobalsum = false;
+	bool trashlogo = false;
+	bool trashheadsum = false;
+	bool trashglobalsum = false;
 	bool settitle = false;
 	bool setid = false;
 	bool colorcompatible = false;
@@ -63,13 +60,13 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	char *id; /* game ID in ASCII */
 	char *newlicensee; /* new licensee ID, two ASCII characters */
 
-	int licensee;  /* old licensee ID */
-	int cartridge; /* cartridge hardware ID */
-	int ramsize;   /* RAM size ID */
-	int version;   /* mask ROM version number */
-	int padvalue;  /* to pad the rom with if it changes size */
+	int licensee = 0;  /* old licensee ID */
+	int cartridge = 0; /* cartridge hardware ID */
+	int ramsize = 0;   /* RAM size ID */
+	int version = 0;   /* mask ROM version number */
+	int padvalue = 0;  /* to pad the rom with if it changes size */
 
-	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "Cci:jk:l:m:n:p:sr:t:v")) != -1) {
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "Ccf:i:jk:l:m:n:p:sr:t:Vv")) != -1) {
 		switch (ch) {
 		case 'C':
 			coloronly = true;
@@ -77,13 +74,20 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		case 'c':
 			colorcompatible = true;
 			break;
+		case 'f':
+			fixlogo = strchr(optarg, 'l');
+			fixheadsum = strchr(optarg, 'h');
+			fixglobalsum = strchr(optarg, 'g');
+			trashlogo = strchr(optarg, 'L');
+			trashheadsum = strchr(optarg, 'H');
+			trashglobalsum = strchr(optarg, 'G');
+			break;
 		case 'i':
 			setid = true;
 
-			if (strlen(optarg) != 4) {
-				errx(1, "Game ID %s must be exactly 4 "
-				    "characters", optarg);
-			}
+			if (strlen(optarg) != 4)
+				errx(1, "Game ID %s must be exactly 4 characters",
+				     optarg);
 
 			id = optarg;
 			break;
@@ -93,10 +97,9 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		case 'k':
 			setnewlicensee = true;
 
-			if (strlen(optarg) != 2) {
-				errx(1, "New licensee code %s is not the "
-				    "correct length of 2 characters", optarg);
-			}
+			if (strlen(optarg) != 2)
+				errx(1, "New licensee code %s is not the correct length of 2 characters",
+				     optarg);
 
 			newlicensee = optarg;
 			break;
@@ -104,61 +107,59 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 			setlicensee = true;
 
 			licensee = strtoul(optarg, &ep, 0);
-			if (optarg[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0') {
+			if (optarg[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0')
 				errx(1, "Invalid argument for option 'l'");
-			}
-			if (licensee < 0 || licensee > 0xFF) {
-				errx(1, "Argument for option 'l' must be "
-				    "between 0 and 255");
-			}
+
+			if (licensee < 0 || licensee > 0xFF)
+				errx(1, "Argument for option 'l' must be between 0 and 255");
+
 			break;
 		case 'm':
 			setcartridge = true;
 
 			cartridge = strtoul(optarg, &ep, 0);
-			if (optarg[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0') {
+			if (optarg[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0')
 				errx(1, "Invalid argument for option 'm'");
-			}
-			if (cartridge < 0 || cartridge > 0xFF) {
-				errx(1, "Argument for option 'm' must be "
-				    "between 0 and 255");
-			}
+
+			if (cartridge < 0 || cartridge > 0xFF)
+				errx(1, "Argument for option 'm' must be between 0 and 255");
+
 			break;
 		case 'n':
 			setversion = true;
 
 			version = strtoul(optarg, &ep, 0);
-			if (optarg[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0') {
+
+			if (optarg[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0')
 				errx(1, "Invalid argument for option 'n'");
-			}
-			if (version < 0 || version > 0xFF) {
-				errx(1, "Argument for option 'n' must be "
-				    "between 0 and 255");
-			}
+
+			if (version < 0 || version > 0xFF)
+				errx(1, "Argument for option 'n' must be between 0 and 255");
+
 			break;
 		case 'p':
 			resize = true;
 
 			padvalue = strtoul(optarg, &ep, 0);
-			if (optarg[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0') {
+
+			if (optarg[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0')
 				errx(1, "Invalid argument for option 'p'");
-			}
-			if (padvalue < 0 || padvalue > 0xFF) {
-				errx(1, "Argument for option 'p' must be "
-				    "between 0 and 255");
-			}
+
+			if (padvalue < 0 || padvalue > 0xFF)
+				errx(1, "Argument for option 'p' must be between 0 and 255");
+
 			break;
 		case 'r':
 			setramsize = true;
 
 			ramsize = strtoul(optarg, &ep, 0);
-			if (optarg[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0') {
+
+			if (optarg[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0')
 				errx(1, "Invalid argument for option 'r'");
-			}
-			if (ramsize < 0 || ramsize > 0xFF) {
-				errx(1, "Argument for option 'r' must be "
-				    "between 0 and 255");
-			}
+
+			if (ramsize < 0 || ramsize > 0xFF)
+				errx(1, "Argument for option 'r' must be between 0 and 255");
+
 			break;
 		case 's':
 			super = true;
@@ -166,22 +167,26 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		case 't':
 			settitle = true;
 
-			if (strlen(optarg) > 16) {
-				errx(1, "Title %s is greater than the "
-				    "maximum of 16 characters", optarg);
-			}
+			if (strlen(optarg) > 16)
+				errx(1, "Title \"%s\" is greater than the maximum of 16 characters",
+				     optarg);
 
 			if (strlen(optarg) == 16)
-				warnx("Title %s is 16 chars, it is best to "
-				    "keep it to 15 or fewer", optarg);
+				warnx("Title \"%s\" is 16 chars, it is best to keep it to 15 or fewer",
+				      optarg);
 
 			title = optarg;
 			break;
+		case 'V':
+			printf("rgbfix %s\n", get_package_version_string());
+			exit(0);
 		case 'v':
-			validate = true;
+			fixlogo = true;
+			fixheadsum = true;
+			fixglobalsum = true;
 			break;
 		default:
-			usage();
+			print_usage();
 			/* NOTREACHED */
 		}
 	}
@@ -190,21 +195,32 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	argv += optind;
 
 	if (argc == 0)
-		usage();
+		print_usage();
 
 	/*
 	 * Open the ROM file
 	 */
 
-	if ((rom = fopen(argv[argc - 1], "rb+")) == NULL) {
+	rom = fopen(argv[argc - 1], "rb+");
+
+	if (rom == NULL)
 		err(1, "Error opening file %s", argv[argc - 1]);
-	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Write changes to ROM
+	 * Read ROM header
+	 *
+	 * Offsets in the buffer are 0x100 less than the equivalent in ROM.
 	 */
 
-	if (validate) {
+	uint8_t header[0x50];
+
+	if (fseek(rom, 0x100, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+		err(1, "Could not locate ROM header");
+	if (fread(header, sizeof(uint8_t), sizeof(header), rom)
+	    != sizeof(header))
+		err(1, "Could not read ROM header");
+
+	if (fixlogo || trashlogo) {
 		/*
 		 * Offset 0x104–0x133: Nintendo Logo
 		 * This is a bitmap image that displays when the Game Boy is
@@ -214,7 +230,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		/*
 		 * See also: global checksums at 0x14D–0x14F, They must
 		 * also be correct for the game to boot, so we fix them
-		 * as well when the -v flag is set.
+		 * as well when requested with the -f flag.
 		 */
 
 		uint8_t ninlogo[48] = {
@@ -226,8 +242,12 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 			0xDD, 0xDC, 0x99, 0x9F, 0xBB, 0xB9, 0x33, 0x3E
 		};
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x104, SEEK_SET);
-		fwrite(ninlogo, 1, 48, rom);
+		if (trashlogo) {
+			for (int i = 0; i < sizeof(ninlogo); i++)
+				ninlogo[i] = ~ninlogo[i];
+		}
+
+		memcpy(header + 0x04, ninlogo, sizeof(ninlogo));
 	}
 
 	if (settitle) {
@@ -248,11 +268,10 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * characters may conflict with the title.
 		 */
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x134, SEEK_SET);
-		fwrite(title, 1, strlen(title) + 1, rom);
+		int n = snprintf((char *)header + 0x34, 16, "%s", title);
 
-		while (ftell(rom) < 0x143)
-			fputc(0, rom);
+		for (int i = 16; i > n; i--)
+			header[0x34 + i] = '\0';
 	}
 
 	if (setid) {
@@ -262,8 +281,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * characters).
 		 */
 
-		fseek(rom,0x13F,SEEK_SET);
-		fwrite(id, 1, 4, rom);
+		memcpy(header + 0x3F, id, 4);
 	}
 
 	if (colorcompatible) {
@@ -281,20 +299,12 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * may conflict.
 		 */
 
-		uint8_t byte;
-
-		fseek(rom, 0x143, SEEK_SET);
-		byte = fgetc(rom);
-
-		byte |= 1 << 7;
+		header[0x43] |= 1 << 7;
 		if (coloronly)
-			byte |= 1 << 6;
+			header[0x43] |= 1 << 6;
 
-		if (byte & 0x3F)
+		if (header[0x43] & 0x3F)
 			warnx("Color flag conflicts with game title");
-
-		fseek(rom, 0x143, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(byte, rom);
 	}
 
 	if (setnewlicensee) {
@@ -310,8 +320,8 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * as a Super Game Boy flag.
 		 */
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x144, SEEK_SET);
-		fwrite(newlicensee, 1, 2, rom);
+		header[0x44] = newlicensee[0];
+		header[0x45] = newlicensee[1];
 	}
 
 	if (super) {
@@ -328,11 +338,9 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 */
 
 		if (!setlicensee)
-			warnx("You should probably set both '-s' and "
-			    "'-l 0x33'");
+			warnx("You should probably set both '-s' and '-l 0x33'");
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x146, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(3, rom);
+		header[0x46] = 3;
 	}
 
 	if (setcartridge) {
@@ -342,8 +350,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * external RAM, timer, rumble, or battery.
 		 */
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x147, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(cartridge, rom);
+		header[0x47] = cartridge;
 	}
 
 	if (resize) {
@@ -356,8 +363,14 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		long romsize, newsize;
 		int headbyte;
 		uint8_t *buf;
-		fseek(rom, 0, SEEK_END);
+
+		if (fseek(rom, 0, SEEK_END) != 0)
+			err(1, "Could not pad ROM file");
+
 		romsize = ftell(rom);
+		if (romsize == -1)
+			err(1, "Could not pad ROM file");
+
 		newsize = 0x8000;
 
 		headbyte = 0;
@@ -370,11 +383,14 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 			warnx("ROM size is bigger than 8MiB");
 
 		buf = malloc(newsize - romsize);
-		memset(buf, padvalue, newsize - romsize);
-		fwrite(buf, 1, newsize - romsize, rom);
+		if (buf == NULL)
+			errx(1, "Couldn't allocate memory for padded ROM.");
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x148, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(headbyte, rom);
+		memset(buf, padvalue, newsize - romsize);
+		if (fwrite(buf, 1, newsize - romsize, rom) != newsize - romsize)
+			err(1, "Could not pad ROM file");
+
+		header[0x48] = headbyte;
 
 		free(buf);
 	}
@@ -384,8 +400,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * Offset 0x149: RAM Size
 		 */
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x149, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(ramsize, rom);
+		header[0x49] = ramsize;
 	}
 
 	if (nonjapan) {
@@ -393,8 +408,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * Offset 0x14A: Non-Japanese Region Flag
 		 */
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x14A, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(1, rom);
+		header[0x4A] = 1;
 	}
 
 	if (setlicensee) {
@@ -410,8 +424,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * See also: the New Licensee ID at 0x144–0x145.
 		 */
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x14B, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(licensee, rom);
+		header[0x4B] = licensee;
 	}
 
 	if (setversion) {
@@ -420,48 +433,71 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * Which version of the ROM this is.
 		 */
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x14C, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(version, rom);
+		header[0x4C] = version;
 	}
 
-	if (validate) {
+	if (fixheadsum || trashheadsum) {
 		/*
 		 * Offset 0x14D: Header Checksum
 		 */
 
-		uint8_t headcksum;
+		uint8_t headcksum = 0;
 
-		headcksum = 0;
-		fseek(rom, 0x134, SEEK_SET);
-		for (int i = 0; i < (0x14D - 0x134); ++i)
-			headcksum = headcksum - fgetc(rom) - 1;
+		for (int i = 0x34; i < 0x4D; ++i)
+			headcksum = headcksum - header[i] - 1;
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x14D, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(headcksum, rom);
+		if (trashheadsum)
+			headcksum = ~headcksum;
 
+		header[0x4D] = headcksum;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Before calculating the global checksum, we must write the modified
+	 * header to the ROM.
+	 */
+
+	if (fseek(rom, 0x100, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+		err(1, "Could not locate header for writing");
+
+	if (fwrite(header, sizeof(uint8_t), sizeof(header), rom)
+	    != sizeof(header))
+		err(1, "Could not write modified ROM header");
+
+	if (fixglobalsum || trashglobalsum) {
 		/*
 		 * Offset 0x14E–0x14F: Global Checksum
 		 */
 
-		uint16_t globalcksum;
+		uint16_t globalcksum = 0;
 
-		globalcksum = 0;
-
-		rewind(rom);
-		for (int i = 0; i < 0x14E; ++i)
-			globalcksum += fgetc(rom);
+		if (fseek(rom, 0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+			err(1, "Could not start calculating global checksum");
 
+		int i = 0;
 		int byte;
-		fseek(rom, 0x150, SEEK_SET);
-		while ((byte = fgetc(rom)) != EOF)
-			globalcksum += byte;
+
+		while ((byte = fgetc(rom)) != EOF) {
+			i++;
+			if (i != 0x150)
+				globalcksum += byte;
+		}
+
+		if (ferror(rom))
+			err(1, "Could not calculate global checksum");
+
+		if (trashglobalsum)
+			globalcksum = ~globalcksum;
 
 		fseek(rom, 0x14E, SEEK_SET);
 		fputc(globalcksum >> 8, rom);
 		fputc(globalcksum & 0xFF, rom);
+		if (ferror(rom))
+			err(1, "Could not write global checksum");
 	}
 
-	fclose(rom);
+	if (fclose(rom) != 0)
+		err(1, "Could not complete ROM write");
 
 	return 0;
 }

src/fix/rgbfix.1

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright © 2010 Anthony J. Bentley <anthony@anjbe.name>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2017, Anthony J. Bentley and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd April 17, 2017
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd March 11, 2018
 .Dt RGBFIX 1
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -20,7 +13,8 @@
 .Nd Game Boy checksum fixer
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Nm rgbfix
-.Op Fl Ccjsv
+.Op Fl CcjsVv
+.Op Fl f Ar fix_spec
 .Op Fl i Ar game_id
 .Op Fl k Ar licensee_str
 .Op Fl l Ar licensee_id
@@ -53,6 +47,30 @@ If both this and the
 flag are set,
 .Fl C
 takes precedence.
+.It Fl f Ar fix_spec
+Fix certain header values that the Game Boy checks for correctness.
+Alternatively, intentionally trash these values by writing their binary inverse
+instead.
+.Ar fix_spec
+is a string containing any combination of the following characters:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -compact -width xx
+.It Cm l
+Fix the Nintendo logo
+.Pq Ad 0x104 Ns \(en Ns Ad 0x133 .
+.It Cm L
+Trash the Nintendo logo.
+.It Cm h
+Fix the header checksum
+.Pq Ad 0x14D .
+.It Cm H
+Trash the header checksum.
+.It Cm g
+Fix the global checksum
+.Pq Ad 0x14E Ns \(en Ns Ad 0x14F .
+.It Cm G
+Trash the global checksum.
+.El
 .It Fl i Ar game_id
 Set the game ID string
 .Pq Ad 0x13F Ns \(en Ns Ad 0x142
@@ -108,13 +126,11 @@ or
 .Pc .
 If both this and the game ID are set, the game ID will overwrite the
 overlapping portion of the title.
+.It Fl V
+Print the version of the program and exit.
 .It Fl v
-Validate the header and fix checksums: the Nintendo character area
-.Pq Ad 0x104 Ns \(en Ns Ad 0x133 ,
-the header checksum
-.Pq Ad 0x14D ,
-and the global checksum
-.Pq Ad 0x14E Ns \(en Ns Ad 0x14F .
+Equivalent to
+.Fl f Cm lhg .
 .El
 .Sh EXAMPLES
 Most values in the ROM header are only cosmetic.

src/gbz80.7

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd April 17, 2017
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd February 23, 2018
 .Dt GBZ80 7
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -31,8 +24,10 @@ as destination can omit the destination as it is assumed it's register
 .Sy A .
 The following two lines have the same effect:
 .Pp
-.Dl OR A,B
-.Dl OR B
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+OR A,B
+OR B
+.Ed
 .Pp
 .Sh LEGEND
 List of abbreviations used in this document.
@@ -201,7 +196,7 @@ and
 .It Sx PUSH AF
 .It Sx PUSH r16
 .El
-.Ss Miscelaneous Instructions
+.Ss Miscellaneous Instructions
 .Bl -inset -compact
 .It Sx CCF
 .It Sx CPL
@@ -1669,7 +1664,7 @@ Flags: See
 .Sx SRA r8
 .Ss STOP
 Enter CPU very low power mode.
-Also used to switch between doube speed and normal CPU modes in GBC.
+Also used to switch between double and normal speed CPU modes in GBC.
 .Pp
 Cycles: -
 .Pp

src/gfx/gb.c

@@ -1,26 +1,18 @@
 /*
- * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2018, stag019 and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 #include "gfx/main.h"
 
-void
-transpose_tiles(struct GBImage *gb, int width)
+void transpose_tiles(struct GBImage *gb, int width)
 {
 	uint8_t *newdata;
 	int i;
@@ -29,7 +21,9 @@ transpose_tiles(struct GBImage *gb, int width)
 	newdata = calloc(gb->size, 1);
 	for (i = 0; i < gb->size; i++) {
 		newbyte = i / (8 * depth) * width * 8 * depth;
-		newbyte = newbyte % gb->size + 8 * depth * (newbyte / gb->size) + i % (8 * depth);
+		newbyte = newbyte % gb->size
+			+ 8 * depth * (newbyte / gb->size)
+			+ i % (8 * depth);
 		newdata[newbyte] = gb->data[i];
 	}
 
@@ -38,67 +32,61 @@ transpose_tiles(struct GBImage *gb, int width)
 	gb->data = newdata;
 }
 
-void
-png_to_gb(struct PNGImage png, struct GBImage *gb)
+void raw_to_gb(const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image, struct GBImage *gb)
 {
 	int x, y, byte;
-	png_byte index;
+	uint8_t index;
 
-	for (y = 0; y < png.height; y++) {
-		for (x = 0; x < png.width; x++) {
-			index = png.data[y][x];
+	for (y = 0; y < raw_image->height; y++) {
+		for (x = 0; x < raw_image->width; x++) {
+			index = raw_image->data[y][x];
 			index &= (1 << depth) - 1;
 
-			if (!gb->horizontal) {
-				byte = y * depth + x / 8 * png.height / 8 * 8 * depth;
-			} else {
-				byte = y * depth + x / 8 * png.height / 8 * 8 * depth;
-			}
+			byte = y * depth
+				+ x / 8 * raw_image->height / 8 * 8 * depth;
 			gb->data[byte] |= (index & 1) << (7 - x % 8);
 			if (depth == 2) {
-				gb->data[byte + 1] |= (index >> 1) << (7 - x % 8);
+				gb->data[byte + 1] |=
+					(index >> 1) << (7 - x % 8);
 			}
 		}
 	}
 
-	if (!gb->horizontal) {
-		transpose_tiles(gb, png.width / 8);
-	}
+	if (!gb->horizontal)
+		transpose_tiles(gb, raw_image->width / 8);
 }
 
-void
-output_file(struct Options opts, struct GBImage gb)
+void output_file(const struct Options *opts, const struct GBImage *gb)
 {
 	FILE *f;
 
-	f = fopen(opts.outfile, "wb");
-	if (!f) {
-		err(1, "Opening output file '%s' failed", opts.outfile);
-	}
-	fwrite(gb.data, 1, gb.size - gb.trim * 8 * depth, f);
+	f = fopen(opts->outfile, "wb");
+	if (!f)
+		err(1, "Opening output file '%s' failed", opts->outfile);
+
+	fwrite(gb->data, 1, gb->size - gb->trim * 8 * depth, f);
 
 	fclose(f);
 }
 
-int
-get_tile_index(uint8_t *tile, uint8_t **tiles, int num_tiles, int tile_size)
+int get_tile_index(uint8_t *tile, uint8_t **tiles, int num_tiles, int tile_size)
 {
 	int i, j;
+
 	for (i = 0; i < num_tiles; i++) {
 		for (j = 0; j < tile_size; j++) {
-			if (tile[j] != tiles[i][j]) {
+			if (tile[j] != tiles[i][j])
 				break;
-			}
 		}
-		if (j >= tile_size) {
+
+		if (j >= tile_size)
 			return i;
-		}
 	}
 	return -1;
 }
 
-void
-create_tilemap(struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb, struct Tilemap *tilemap)
+void create_tilemap(const struct Options *opts, struct GBImage *gb,
+		    struct Tilemap *tilemap)
 {
 	int i, j;
 	int gb_i;
@@ -113,10 +101,15 @@ create_tilemap(struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb, struct Tilemap *tilemap)
 	tile_size = sizeof(uint8_t) * depth * 8;
 	gb_size = gb->size - (gb->trim * tile_size);
 	max_tiles = gb_size / tile_size;
-	tiles = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t*) * max_tiles);
+
+	/* If the input image doesn't fill the last tile, increase the count. */
+	if (gb_size > max_tiles * tile_size)
+		max_tiles++;
+
+	tiles = calloc(max_tiles, sizeof(uint8_t *));
 	num_tiles = 0;
 
-	tilemap->data = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t) * max_tiles);
+	tilemap->data = calloc(max_tiles, sizeof(uint8_t));
 	tilemap->size = 0;
 
 	gb_i = 0;
@@ -126,8 +119,9 @@ create_tilemap(struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb, struct Tilemap *tilemap)
 			tile[i] = gb->data[gb_i];
 			gb_i++;
 		}
-		if (opts.unique) {
-			index = get_tile_index(tile, tiles, num_tiles, tile_size);
+		if (opts->unique) {
+			index = get_tile_index(tile, tiles, num_tiles,
+					       tile_size);
 			if (index < 0) {
 				index = num_tiles;
 				tiles[num_tiles] = tile;
@@ -142,62 +136,61 @@ create_tilemap(struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb, struct Tilemap *tilemap)
 		tilemap->size++;
 	}
 
-	if (opts.unique) {
+	if (opts->unique) {
 		free(gb->data);
 		gb->data = malloc(tile_size * num_tiles);
 		for (i = 0; i < num_tiles; i++) {
 			tile = tiles[i];
-			for (j = 0; j < tile_size; j++) {
+			for (j = 0; j < tile_size; j++)
 				gb->data[i * tile_size + j] = tile[j];
-			}
 		}
 		gb->size = i * tile_size;
 	}
 
-	for (i = 0; i < num_tiles; i++) {
+	for (i = 0; i < num_tiles; i++)
 		free(tiles[i]);
-	}
+
 	free(tiles);
 }
 
-void
-output_tilemap_file(struct Options opts, struct Tilemap tilemap)
+void output_tilemap_file(const struct Options *opts,
+			 const struct Tilemap *tilemap)
 {
 	FILE *f;
 
-	f = fopen(opts.mapfile, "wb");
-	if (!f) {
-		err(1, "Opening tilemap file '%s' failed", opts.mapfile);
-	}
+	f = fopen(opts->mapfile, "wb");
+	if (!f)
+		err(1, "Opening tilemap file '%s' failed", opts->mapfile);
 
-	fwrite(tilemap.data, 1, tilemap.size, f);
+	fwrite(tilemap->data, 1, tilemap->size, f);
 	fclose(f);
 
-	if (opts.mapout) {
-		free(opts.mapfile);
-	}
+	if (opts->mapout)
+		free(opts->mapfile);
 }
 
-void
-output_palette_file(struct Options opts, struct PNGImage png)
+void output_palette_file(const struct Options *opts,
+			 const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image)
 {
 	FILE *f;
-	int i, colors, color;
-	png_color *palette;
+	int i, color;
+	uint8_t cur_bytes[2];
 
-	if (png_get_PLTE(png.png, png.info, &palette, &colors)) {
-		f = fopen(opts.palfile, "wb");
-		if (!f) {
-			err(1, "Opening palette file '%s' failed", opts.palfile);
-		}
-		for (i = 0; i < colors; i++) {
-			color = palette[i].blue >> 3 << 10 | palette[i].green >> 3 << 5 | palette[i].red >> 3;
-			fwrite(&color, 2, 1, f);
-		}
-		fclose(f);
-	}
+	f = fopen(opts->palfile, "wb");
+	if (!f)
+		err(1, "Opening palette file '%s' failed", opts->palfile);
 
-	if (opts.palout) {
-		free(opts.palfile);
+	for (i = 0; i < raw_image->num_colors; i++) {
+		color =
+			raw_image->palette[i].blue  >> 3 << 10 |
+			raw_image->palette[i].green >> 3 <<  5 |
+			raw_image->palette[i].red   >> 3;
+		cur_bytes[0] = color & 0xFF;
+		cur_bytes[1] = color >> 8;
+		fwrite(cur_bytes, 2, 1, f);
 	}
+	fclose(f);
+
+	if (opts->palout)
+		free(opts->palfile);
 }

src/gfx/main.c

@@ -1,47 +1,41 @@
 /*
- * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2018, stag019 and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
-#include <getopt.h>
+#include <png.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
 #include "gfx/main.h"
 
-static void
-usage(void)
+#include "version.h"
+
+static void print_usage(void)
 {
 	printf(
-"usage: rgbgfx [-DFfhPTuv] [-d #] [-o outfile] [-p palfile] [-t mapfile]\n"
-"[-x #] infile\n");
+"usage: rgbgfx [-DFfhPTuVv] [-d #] [-o outfile] [-p palfile] [-t mapfile]\n"
+"              [-x #] infile\n");
 	exit(1);
 }
 
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
 	int ch, size;
 	struct Options opts = {0};
-	struct PNGImage png = {0};
+	struct ImageOptions png_options = {0};
+	struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
 	struct GBImage gb = {0};
 	struct Tilemap tilemap = {0};
 	char *ext;
 	const char *errmsg = "Warning: The PNG's %s setting is not the same as the setting defined on the command line.";
 
-	if (argc == 1) {
-		usage();
-	}
+	if (argc == 1)
+		print_usage();
 
 	opts.mapfile = "";
 	opts.palfile = "";
@@ -49,27 +43,31 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 
 	depth = 2;
 
-	while((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "DvFfd:hx:Tt:uPp:o:")) != -1) {
-		switch(ch) {
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "Dd:Ffho:Tt:uPp:Vvx:")) != -1) {
+		switch (ch) {
 		case 'D':
 			opts.debug = true;
 			break;
-		case 'v':
-			opts.verbose = true;
-			break;
-		case 'F':
-			opts.hardfix = true;
-		case 'f':
-			opts.fix = true;
-			break;
 		case 'd':
 			depth = strtoul(optarg, NULL, 0);
 			break;
+		case 'F':
+			opts.hardfix = true;
+			/* fallthrough */
+		case 'f':
+			opts.fix = true;
+			break;
 		case 'h':
 			opts.horizontal = true;
 			break;
-		case 'x':
-			opts.trim = strtoul(optarg, NULL, 0);
+		case 'o':
+			opts.outfile = optarg;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			opts.palout = true;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			opts.palfile = optarg;
 			break;
 		case 'T':
 			opts.mapout = true;
@@ -80,117 +78,121 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		case 'u':
 			opts.unique = true;
 			break;
-		case 'P':
-			opts.palout = true;
+		case 'V':
+			printf("rgbgfx %s\n", get_package_version_string());
+			exit(0);
+		case 'v':
+			opts.verbose = true;
 			break;
-		case 'p':
-			opts.palfile = optarg;
-			break;
-		case 'o':
-			opts.outfile = optarg;
+		case 'x':
+			opts.trim = strtoul(optarg, NULL, 0);
 			break;
 		default:
-			usage();
+			print_usage();
+			/* NOTREACHED */
 		}
 	}
 	argc -= optind;
 	argv += optind;
 
-	if (argc == 0) {
-		usage();
-	}
+	if (argc == 0)
+		print_usage();
 
 	opts.infile = argv[argc - 1];
 
-	if (depth != 1 && depth != 2) {
+	if (depth != 1 && depth != 2)
 		errx(1, "Depth option must be either 1 or 2.");
-	}
+
 	colors = 1 << depth;
 
-	input_png_file(opts, &png);
+	raw_image = input_png_file(&opts, &png_options);
 
-	png.mapfile = "";
-	png.palfile = "";
+	png_options.mapfile = "";
+	png_options.palfile = "";
 
-	get_text(&png);
-
-	if (png.horizontal != opts.horizontal) {
-		if (opts.verbose) {
+	if (png_options.horizontal != opts.horizontal) {
+		if (opts.verbose)
 			warnx(errmsg, "horizontal");
-		}
-		if (opts.hardfix) {
-			png.horizontal = opts.horizontal;
-		}
-	}
-	if (png.horizontal) {
-		opts.horizontal = png.horizontal;
+
+		if (opts.hardfix)
+			png_options.horizontal = opts.horizontal;
 	}
 
-	if (png.trim != opts.trim) {
-		if (opts.verbose) {
+	if (png_options.horizontal)
+		opts.horizontal = png_options.horizontal;
+
+	if (png_options.trim != opts.trim) {
+		if (opts.verbose)
 			warnx(errmsg, "trim");
-		}
-		if (opts.hardfix) {
-			png.trim = opts.trim;
-		}
-	}
-	if (png.trim) {
-		opts.trim = png.trim;
-	}
-	if (opts.trim > png.width / 8 - 1) {
-		errx(1, "Trim (%i) for input png file '%s' too large (max: %i)", opts.trim, opts.infile, png.width / 8 - 1);
+
+		if (opts.hardfix)
+			png_options.trim = opts.trim;
 	}
 
-	if (strcmp(png.mapfile, opts.mapfile) != 0) {
-		if (opts.verbose) {
+	if (png_options.trim)
+		opts.trim = png_options.trim;
+
+	if (raw_image->width % 8) {
+		errx(1, "Input PNG file %s not sized correctly. The image's width must be a multiple of 8.",
+		     opts.infile);
+	}
+	if (raw_image->width / 8 > 1 && raw_image->height % 8) {
+		errx(1, "Input PNG file %s not sized correctly. If the image is more than 1 tile wide, its height must be a multiple of 8.",
+		     opts.infile);
+	}
+
+	if (opts.trim &&
+	    opts.trim > (raw_image->width / 8) * (raw_image->height / 8) - 1) {
+		errx(1, "Trim (%i) for input raw_image file '%s' too large (max: %i)",
+		     opts.trim, opts.infile,
+		     (raw_image->width / 8) * (raw_image->height / 8) - 1);
+	}
+
+	if (strcmp(png_options.mapfile, opts.mapfile) != 0) {
+		if (opts.verbose)
 			warnx(errmsg, "tilemap file");
-		}
-		if (opts.hardfix) {
-			png.mapfile = opts.mapfile;
-		}
-	}
-	if (!*opts.mapfile) {
-		opts.mapfile = png.mapfile;
-	}
 
-	if (png.mapout != opts.mapout) {
-		if (opts.verbose) {
+		if (opts.hardfix)
+			png_options.mapfile = opts.mapfile;
+	}
+	if (!*opts.mapfile)
+		opts.mapfile = png_options.mapfile;
+
+	if (png_options.mapout != opts.mapout) {
+		if (opts.verbose)
 			warnx(errmsg, "tilemap file");
-		}
-		if (opts.hardfix) {
-			png.mapout = opts.mapout;
-		}
+
+		if (opts.hardfix)
+			png_options.mapout = opts.mapout;
 	}
-	if (png.mapout) {
-		opts.mapout = png.mapout;
+	if (png_options.mapout)
+		opts.mapout = png_options.mapout;
+
+	if (strcmp(png_options.palfile, opts.palfile) != 0) {
+		if (opts.verbose)
+			warnx(errmsg, "palette file");
+
+		if (opts.hardfix)
+			png_options.palfile = opts.palfile;
+	}
+	if (!*opts.palfile)
+		opts.palfile = png_options.palfile;
+
+	if (png_options.palout != opts.palout) {
+		if (opts.verbose)
+			warnx(errmsg, "palette file");
+
+		if (opts.hardfix)
+			png_options.palout = opts.palout;
 	}
 
-	if (strcmp(png.palfile, opts.palfile) != 0) {
-		if (opts.verbose) {
-			warnx(errmsg, "palette file");
-		}
-		if (opts.hardfix) {
-			png.palfile = opts.palfile;
-		}
-	}
-	if (!*opts.palfile) {
-		opts.palfile = png.palfile;
-	}
-
-	if (png.palout != opts.palout) {
-		if (opts.verbose) {
-			warnx(errmsg, "palette file");
-		}
-		if (opts.hardfix) {
-			png.palout = opts.palout;
-		}
-	}
-	if (png.palout) {
-		opts.palout = png.palout;
-	}
+	if (png_options.palout)
+		opts.palout = png_options.palout;
 
 	if (!*opts.mapfile && opts.mapout) {
-		if ((ext = strrchr(opts.infile, '.')) != NULL) {
+		ext = strrchr(opts.infile, '.');
+
+		if (ext != NULL) {
 			size = ext - opts.infile + 9;
 			opts.mapfile = malloc(size);
 			strncpy(opts.mapfile, opts.infile, size);
@@ -204,7 +206,9 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	}
 
 	if (!*opts.palfile && opts.palout) {
-		if ((ext = strrchr(opts.infile, '.')) != NULL) {
+		ext = strrchr(opts.infile, '.');
+
+		if (ext != NULL) {
 			size = ext - opts.infile + 5;
 			opts.palfile = malloc(size);
 			strncpy(opts.palfile, opts.infile, size);
@@ -217,34 +221,29 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		}
 	}
 
-	gb.size = png.width * png.height * depth / 8;
+	gb.size = raw_image->width * raw_image->height * depth / 8;
 	gb.data = calloc(gb.size, 1);
 	gb.trim = opts.trim;
 	gb.horizontal = opts.horizontal;
 
 	if (*opts.outfile || *opts.mapfile) {
-		png_to_gb(png, &gb);
-		create_tilemap(opts, &gb, &tilemap);
+		raw_to_gb(raw_image, &gb);
+		create_tilemap(&opts, &gb, &tilemap);
 	}
 
-	if (*opts.outfile) {
-		output_file(opts, gb);
-	}
+	if (*opts.outfile)
+		output_file(&opts, &gb);
 
-	if (*opts.mapfile) {
-		output_tilemap_file(opts, tilemap);
-	}
+	if (*opts.mapfile)
+		output_tilemap_file(&opts, &tilemap);
 
-	if (*opts.palfile) {
-		output_palette_file(opts, png);
-	}
+	if (*opts.palfile)
+		output_palette_file(&opts, raw_image);
 
-	if (opts.fix || opts.debug) {
-		set_text(&png);
-		output_png_file(opts, &png);
-	}
+	if (opts.fix || opts.debug)
+		output_png_file(&opts, &png_options, raw_image);
 
-	free_png_data(&png);
+	destroy_raw_image(&raw_image);
 	free(gb.data);
 
 	return 0;

src/gfx/makepng.c

@@ -1,53 +1,166 @@
 /*
- * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2018, stag019 and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
+#include <png.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
+
 #include "gfx/main.h"
 
-void
-input_png_file(struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *img)
+static void initialize_png(struct PNGImage *img, FILE *f);
+static struct RawIndexedImage *indexed_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img);
+static struct RawIndexedImage *grayscale_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img);
+static struct RawIndexedImage *truecolor_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img);
+static void get_text(const struct PNGImage *img,
+		     struct ImageOptions *png_options);
+static void set_text(const struct PNGImage *img,
+		     const struct ImageOptions *png_options);
+static void free_png_data(const struct PNGImage *png);
+
+struct RawIndexedImage *input_png_file(const struct Options *opts,
+				       struct ImageOptions *png_options)
+{
+	struct PNGImage img;
+	struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
+	FILE *f;
+
+	f = fopen(opts->infile, "rb");
+	if (!f)
+		err(1, "Opening input png file '%s' failed", opts->infile);
+
+	initialize_png(&img, f);
+
+	if (img.depth != depth) {
+		if (opts->verbose) {
+			warnx("Image bit depth is not %i (is %i).",
+			      depth, img.depth);
+		}
+	}
+
+	switch (img.type) {
+	case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE:
+		raw_image = indexed_png_to_raw(&img); break;
+	case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY:
+	case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA:
+		raw_image = grayscale_png_to_raw(&img); break;
+	case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB:
+	case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA:
+		raw_image = truecolor_png_to_raw(&img); break;
+	default:
+		/* Shouldn't happen, but might as well handle just in case. */
+		errx(1, "Input PNG file is of invalid color type.");
+	}
+
+	get_text(&img, png_options);
+
+	png_destroy_read_struct(&img.png, &img.info, NULL);
+	fclose(f);
+	free_png_data(&img);
+
+	return raw_image;
+}
+
+void output_png_file(const struct Options *opts,
+		     const struct ImageOptions *png_options,
+		     const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image)
 {
 	FILE *f;
-	int i, y, num_trans;
-	bool has_palette = false;
-	png_byte *trans_alpha;
-	png_color_16 *trans_values;
-	bool *full_alpha;
-	png_color *palette;
+	char *outfile;
+	struct PNGImage img;
+	png_color *png_palette;
+	int i;
 
-	f = fopen(opts.infile, "rb");
-	if (!f) {
-		err(1, "Opening input png file '%s' failed", opts.infile);
+	/*
+	 * TODO: Variable outfile is for debugging purposes. Eventually,
+	 * opts.infile will be used directly.
+	 */
+	if (opts->debug) {
+		outfile = malloc(strlen(opts->infile) + 5);
+		strcpy(outfile, opts->infile);
+		strcat(outfile, ".out");
+	} else {
+		outfile = opts->infile;
 	}
 
-	img->png = png_create_read_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, NULL, NULL, NULL);
-	if (!img->png) {
+	f = fopen(outfile, "wb");
+	if (!f)
+		err(1, "Opening output png file '%s' failed", outfile);
+
+	img.png = png_create_write_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING,
+					  NULL, NULL, NULL);
+	if (!img.png)
 		errx(1, "Creating png structure failed");
+
+	img.info = png_create_info_struct(img.png);
+	if (!img.info)
+		errx(1, "Creating png info structure failed");
+
+	if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(img.png)))
+		exit(1);
+
+	png_init_io(img.png, f);
+
+	png_set_IHDR(img.png, img.info, raw_image->width, raw_image->height,
+		     8, PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE, PNG_INTERLACE_NONE,
+		     PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT);
+
+	png_palette = malloc(sizeof(png_color *) * raw_image->num_colors);
+	for (i = 0; i < raw_image->num_colors; i++) {
+		png_palette[i].red   = raw_image->palette[i].red;
+		png_palette[i].green = raw_image->palette[i].green;
+		png_palette[i].blue  = raw_image->palette[i].blue;
 	}
+	png_set_PLTE(img.png, img.info, png_palette, raw_image->num_colors);
+	free(png_palette);
+
+	if (opts->fix)
+		set_text(&img, png_options);
+
+	png_write_info(img.png, img.info);
+
+	png_write_image(img.png, (png_byte **) raw_image->data);
+	png_write_end(img.png, NULL);
+
+	png_destroy_write_struct(&img.png, &img.info);
+	fclose(f);
+
+	if (opts->debug)
+		free(outfile);
+}
+
+void destroy_raw_image(struct RawIndexedImage **raw_image_ptr_ptr)
+{
+	int y;
+	struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image = *raw_image_ptr_ptr;
+
+	for (y = 0; y < raw_image->height; y++)
+		free(raw_image->data[y]);
+
+	free(raw_image->data);
+	free(raw_image->palette);
+	free(raw_image);
+	*raw_image_ptr_ptr = NULL;
+}
+
+static void initialize_png(struct PNGImage *img, FILE *f)
+{
+	img->png = png_create_read_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING,
+					  NULL, NULL, NULL);
+	if (!img->png)
+		errx(1, "Creating png structure failed");
 
 	img->info = png_create_info_struct(img->png);
-	if (!img->info) {
+	if (!img->info)
 		errx(1, "Creating png info structure failed");
-	}
 
-	/* Better error handling here? */
-	if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(img->png))) {
+	if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(img->png)))
 		exit(1);
-	}
 
 	png_init_io(img->png, f);
 
@@ -57,283 +170,569 @@ input_png_file(struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *img)
 	img->height = png_get_image_height(img->png, img->info);
 	img->depth  = png_get_bit_depth(img->png, img->info);
 	img->type   = png_get_color_type(img->png, img->info);
+}
 
-	if (img->type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) {
-		png_set_strip_alpha(img->png);
-	}
+static void read_png(struct PNGImage *img);
+static struct RawIndexedImage *create_raw_image(int width, int height,
+						int num_colors);
+static void set_raw_image_palette(struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image,
+				  const png_color *palette, int num_colors);
 
-	if (img->depth != depth) {
-		if (opts.verbose) {
-			warnx("Image bit depth is not %i (is %i).", depth,
-			    img->depth);
-		}
-	}
+static struct RawIndexedImage *indexed_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img)
+{
+	struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
+	png_color *palette;
+	int colors_in_PLTE;
+	int colors_in_new_palette;
+	png_byte *trans_alpha;
+	int num_trans;
+	png_color_16 *trans_color;
+	png_color *original_palette;
+	uint8_t *old_to_new_palette;
+	int i, x, y;
 
-	if (img->type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) {
-		if (img->depth < 8) {
-			png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(img->png);
-		}
-		png_set_gray_to_rgb(img->png);
-	} else {
-		if (img->depth < 8) {
-			png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(img->png);
-		}
-		has_palette = png_get_PLTE(img->png, img->info, &palette,
-		    &colors);
-	}
+	if (img->depth < 8)
+		png_set_packing(img->png);
 
+	png_get_PLTE(img->png, img->info, &palette, &colors_in_PLTE);
+
+	raw_image = create_raw_image(img->width, img->height, colors);
+
+	/*
+	 * Transparent palette entries are removed, and the palette is collapsed.
+	 * Transparent pixels are then replaced with palette index 0.
+	 * This way, an indexed PNG can contain transparent pixels in *addition*
+	 * to 4 normal colors.
+	 */
 	if (png_get_tRNS(img->png, img->info, &trans_alpha, &num_trans,
-	    &trans_values)) {
-		if (img->type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) {
-			full_alpha = malloc(sizeof(bool) * num_trans);
+			 &trans_color)) {
+		original_palette = palette;
+		palette = malloc(sizeof(png_color) * colors_in_PLTE);
+		colors_in_new_palette = 0;
+		old_to_new_palette = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t) * colors_in_PLTE);
 
-			for (i = 0; i < num_trans; i++) {
-				if (trans_alpha[i] > 0) {
-					full_alpha[i] = false;
-				} else {
-					full_alpha[i] = true;
-				}
+		for (i = 0; i < num_trans; i++) {
+			if (trans_alpha[i] == 0) {
+				old_to_new_palette[i] = 0;
+			} else {
+				old_to_new_palette[i] = colors_in_new_palette;
+				palette[colors_in_new_palette++] =
+					original_palette[i];
 			}
-
-			for (i = 0; i < num_trans; i++) {
-				if (full_alpha[i]) {
-					palette[i].red   = 0xFF;
-					palette[i].green = 0x00;
-					palette[i].blue  = 0xFF;
-					/*
-					 * Set to the lightest color in the
-					 * palette.
-					 */
-				}
-			}
-
-			free(full_alpha);
-		} else {
-			/* Set to the lightest color in the image. */
+		}
+		for (i = num_trans; i < colors_in_PLTE; i++) {
+			old_to_new_palette[i] = colors_in_new_palette;
+			palette[colors_in_new_palette++] = original_palette[i];
 		}
 
-		png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TRNS, -1);
-	}
+		if (colors_in_new_palette != colors_in_PLTE) {
+			palette = realloc(palette,
+					  sizeof(png_color) *
+					  colors_in_new_palette);
+		}
 
-	if (has_palette) {
-		/* Make sure palette only has the amount of colors you want. */
-	} else {
 		/*
-		 * Eventually when this copies colors from the image itself,
-		 * make sure order is lightest to darkest.
+		 * Setting and validating palette before reading
+		 * allows us to error out *before* doing the data
+		 * transformation if the palette is too long.
 		 */
-		palette = malloc(sizeof(png_color) * colors);
+		set_raw_image_palette(raw_image, palette,
+				      colors_in_new_palette);
+		read_png(img);
 
-		if (strcmp(opts.infile, "rgb.png") == 0) {
-			palette[0].red   = 0xFF;
-			palette[0].green = 0xEF;
-			palette[0].blue  = 0xFF;
+		for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++) {
+			for (x = 0; x < img->width; x++) {
+				raw_image->data[y][x] =
+					old_to_new_palette[img->data[y][x]];
+			}
+		}
 
-			palette[1].red   = 0xF7;
-			palette[1].green = 0xF7;
-			palette[1].blue  = 0x8C;
+		free(old_to_new_palette);
+	} else {
+		set_raw_image_palette(raw_image, palette, colors_in_PLTE);
+		read_png(img);
 
-			palette[2].red   = 0x94;
-			palette[2].green = 0x94;
-			palette[2].blue  = 0xC6;
-
-			palette[3].red   = 0x39;
-			palette[3].green = 0x39;
-			palette[3].blue  = 0x84;
-		} else {
-			palette[0].red   = 0xFF;
-			palette[0].green = 0xFF;
-			palette[0].blue  = 0xFF;
-
-			palette[1].red   = 0xA9;
-			palette[1].green = 0xA9;
-			palette[1].blue  = 0xA9;
-
-			palette[2].red   = 0x55;
-			palette[2].green = 0x55;
-			palette[2].blue  = 0x55;
-
-			palette[3].red   = 0x00;
-			palette[3].green = 0x00;
-			palette[3].blue  = 0x00;
+		for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++) {
+			for (x = 0; x < img->width; x++)
+				raw_image->data[y][x] = img->data[y][x];
 		}
 	}
 
-	/*
-	 * Also unfortunately, this sets it at 8 bit, and I can't find any
-	 * option to reduce to 2 or 1 bit.
-	 */
-#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10402
-	png_set_dither(img->png, palette, colors, colors, NULL, 1);
-#else
-	png_set_quantize(img->png, palette, colors, colors, NULL, 1);
-#endif
+	return raw_image;
+}
 
-	if (!has_palette) {
-		png_set_PLTE(img->png, img->info, palette, colors);
-		free(palette);
+static struct RawIndexedImage *grayscale_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img)
+{
+	if (img->depth < 8)
+		png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(img->png);
+
+	png_set_gray_to_rgb(img->png);
+	return truecolor_png_to_raw(img);
+}
+
+static void rgba_png_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
+			     png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors);
+static struct RawIndexedImage
+	*processed_rgba_png_to_raw(const struct PNGImage *img,
+				   const png_color *palette,
+				   int colors_in_palette);
+
+static struct RawIndexedImage *truecolor_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img)
+{
+	struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
+	png_color *palette;
+	int colors_in_palette;
+
+	if (img->depth == 16) {
+#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
+		png_set_scale_16(img->png);
+#else
+		png_set_strip_16(img->png);
+#endif
 	}
 
+	if (!(img->type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)) {
+		if (png_get_valid(img->png, img->info, PNG_INFO_tRNS))
+			png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(img->png);
+		else
+			png_set_add_alpha(img->png, 0xFF, PNG_FILLER_AFTER);
+	}
+
+	read_png(img);
+
+	rgba_png_palette(img, &palette, &colors_in_palette);
+	raw_image = processed_rgba_png_to_raw(img, palette, colors_in_palette);
+
+	free(palette);
+
+	return raw_image;
+}
+
+static void rgba_PLTE_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
+			      png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors);
+static void rgba_build_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
+			       png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors);
+
+static void rgba_png_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
+			     png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors)
+{
+	if (png_get_valid(img->png, img->info, PNG_INFO_PLTE))
+		rgba_PLTE_palette(img, palette_ptr_ptr, num_colors);
+	else
+		rgba_build_palette(img, palette_ptr_ptr, num_colors);
+}
+
+static void rgba_PLTE_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
+			      png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors)
+{
+	png_get_PLTE(img->png, img->info, palette_ptr_ptr, num_colors);
 	/*
-	 * If other useless chunks exist (sRGB, bKGD, pHYs, gAMA, cHRM, iCCP,
-	 * etc.) offer to remove?
+	 * Lets us free the palette manually instead of leaving it to libpng,
+	 * which lets us handle a PLTE and a built palette the same way.
 	 */
+	png_data_freer(img->png, img->info,
+		       PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA, PNG_FREE_PLTE);
+}
+
+static void update_built_palette(png_color *palette,
+				 const png_color *pixel_color, png_byte alpha,
+				 int *num_colors, bool *only_grayscale);
+static int fit_grayscale_palette(png_color *palette, int *num_colors);
+static void order_color_palette(png_color *palette, int num_colors);
+
+static void rgba_build_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
+			       png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors)
+{
+	png_color *palette;
+	int y, value_index;
+	png_color cur_pixel_color;
+	png_byte cur_alpha;
+	bool only_grayscale = true;
+
+	/*
+	 * By filling the palette up with black by default, if the image
+	 * doesn't have enough colors, the palette gets padded with black.
+	 */
+	*palette_ptr_ptr = calloc(colors, sizeof(png_color));
+	palette = *palette_ptr_ptr;
+	*num_colors = 0;
+
+	for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++) {
+		value_index = 0;
+		while (value_index < img->width * 4) {
+			cur_pixel_color.red   = img->data[y][value_index++];
+			cur_pixel_color.green = img->data[y][value_index++];
+			cur_pixel_color.blue  = img->data[y][value_index++];
+			cur_alpha = img->data[y][value_index++];
+
+			update_built_palette(palette, &cur_pixel_color,
+					     cur_alpha,
+					     num_colors, &only_grayscale);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* In order not to count 100% transparent images as grayscale. */
+	only_grayscale = *num_colors ? only_grayscale : false;
+
+	if (!only_grayscale || !fit_grayscale_palette(palette, num_colors))
+		order_color_palette(palette, *num_colors);
+}
+
+static void update_built_palette(png_color *palette,
+				 const png_color *pixel_color, png_byte alpha,
+				 int *num_colors, bool *only_grayscale)
+{
+	bool color_exists;
+	png_color cur_palette_color;
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	 * Transparent pixels don't count toward the palette,
+	 * as they'll be replaced with color #0 later.
+	 */
+	if (alpha == 0)
+		return;
+
+	if (*only_grayscale && !(pixel_color->red == pixel_color->green &&
+				 pixel_color->red == pixel_color->blue)) {
+		*only_grayscale = false;
+	}
+
+	color_exists = false;
+	for (i = 0; i < *num_colors; i++) {
+		cur_palette_color = palette[i];
+		if (pixel_color->red   == cur_palette_color.red   &&
+		    pixel_color->green == cur_palette_color.green &&
+		    pixel_color->blue  == cur_palette_color.blue) {
+			color_exists = true;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (!color_exists) {
+		if (*num_colors == colors) {
+			err(1, "Too many colors in input PNG file to fit into a %d-bit palette (max %d).",
+			    depth, colors);
+		}
+		palette[*num_colors] = *pixel_color;
+		(*num_colors)++;
+	}
+}
+
+static int fit_grayscale_palette(png_color *palette, int *num_colors)
+{
+	int interval = 256 / colors;
+	png_color *fitted_palette = malloc(sizeof(png_color) * colors);
+	bool *set_indices = calloc(colors, sizeof(bool));
+	int i, shade_index;
+
+	fitted_palette[0].red   = 0xFF;
+	fitted_palette[0].green = 0xFF;
+	fitted_palette[0].blue  = 0xFF;
+	fitted_palette[colors - 1].red   = 0;
+	fitted_palette[colors - 1].green = 0;
+	fitted_palette[colors - 1].blue  = 0;
+	if (colors == 4) {
+		fitted_palette[1].red   = 0xA9;
+		fitted_palette[1].green = 0xA9;
+		fitted_palette[1].blue  = 0xA9;
+		fitted_palette[2].red   = 0x55;
+		fitted_palette[2].green = 0x55;
+		fitted_palette[2].blue  = 0x55;
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < *num_colors; i++) {
+		shade_index = colors - 1 - palette[i].red / interval;
+		if (set_indices[shade_index]) {
+			free(fitted_palette);
+			free(set_indices);
+			return false;
+		}
+		fitted_palette[shade_index] = palette[i];
+		set_indices[shade_index] = true;
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < colors; i++)
+		palette[i] = fitted_palette[i];
+
+	*num_colors = colors;
+
+	free(fitted_palette);
+	free(set_indices);
+	return true;
+}
+
+/* A combined struct is needed to sort csolors in order of luminance. */
+struct ColorWithLuminance {
+	png_color color;
+	int luminance;
+};
+
+static int compare_luminance(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+	const struct ColorWithLuminance *x, *y;
+
+	x = (const struct ColorWithLuminance *)a;
+	y = (const struct ColorWithLuminance *)b;
+
+	return y->luminance - x->luminance;
+}
+
+static void order_color_palette(png_color *palette, int num_colors)
+{
+	int i;
+	struct ColorWithLuminance *palette_with_luminance =
+		malloc(sizeof(struct ColorWithLuminance) * num_colors);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < num_colors; i++) {
+		/*
+		 * Normally this would be done with floats, but since it's only
+		 * used for comparison, we might as well use integer math.
+		 */
+		palette_with_luminance[i].color = palette[i];
+		palette_with_luminance[i].luminance = 2126 * palette[i].red   +
+						      7152 * palette[i].green +
+						       722 * palette[i].blue;
+	}
+	qsort(palette_with_luminance, num_colors,
+	      sizeof(struct ColorWithLuminance), compare_luminance);
+	for (i = 0; i < num_colors; i++)
+		palette[i] = palette_with_luminance[i].color;
+
+	free(palette_with_luminance);
+}
+
+static void put_raw_image_pixel(struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image,
+				const struct PNGImage *img,
+				int *value_index, int x, int y,
+				const png_color *palette,
+				int colors_in_palette);
+
+static struct RawIndexedImage
+	*processed_rgba_png_to_raw(const struct PNGImage *img,
+				   const png_color *palette,
+				   int colors_in_palette)
+{
+	struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
+	int x, y, value_index;
+
+	raw_image = create_raw_image(img->width, img->height, colors);
+
+	set_raw_image_palette(raw_image, palette, colors_in_palette);
+
+	for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++) {
+		x = raw_image->width - 1;
+		value_index = img->width * 4 - 1;
+
+		while (x >= 0) {
+			put_raw_image_pixel(raw_image, img,
+					    &value_index, x, y,
+					    palette, colors_in_palette);
+			x--;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return raw_image;
+}
+
+static uint8_t palette_index_of(const png_color *palette,
+				int num_colors, const png_color *color);
+
+static void put_raw_image_pixel(struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image,
+				const struct PNGImage *img,
+				int *value_index, int x, int y,
+				const png_color *palette,
+				int colors_in_palette)
+{
+	png_color pixel_color;
+	png_byte alpha;
+
+	alpha = img->data[y][*value_index];
+	if (alpha == 0) {
+		raw_image->data[y][x] = 0;
+		*value_index -= 4;
+	} else {
+		(*value_index)--;
+		pixel_color.blue  = img->data[y][(*value_index)--];
+		pixel_color.green = img->data[y][(*value_index)--];
+		pixel_color.red   = img->data[y][(*value_index)--];
+		raw_image->data[y][x] = palette_index_of(palette,
+							 colors_in_palette,
+							 &pixel_color);
+	}
+}
+
+static uint8_t palette_index_of(const png_color *palette,
+				int num_colors, const png_color *color)
+{
+	uint8_t i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < num_colors; i++) {
+		if (palette[i].red   == color->red   &&
+		    palette[i].green == color->green &&
+		    palette[i].blue  == color->blue) {
+			return i;
+		}
+	}
+	errx(1, "The input PNG file contains colors that don't appear in its embedded palette.");
+}
+
+static void read_png(struct PNGImage *img)
+{
+	int y;
 
 	png_read_update_info(img->png, img->info);
 
 	img->data = malloc(sizeof(png_byte *) * img->height);
-	for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++) {
+	for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++)
 		img->data[y] = malloc(png_get_rowbytes(img->png, img->info));
-	}
 
 	png_read_image(img->png, img->data);
 	png_read_end(img->png, img->info);
-
-	fclose(f);
 }
 
-void
-get_text(struct PNGImage *png)
+static struct RawIndexedImage *create_raw_image(int width, int height,
+						int num_colors)
+{
+	struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
+	int y;
+
+	raw_image = malloc(sizeof(struct RawIndexedImage));
+
+	raw_image->width = width;
+	raw_image->height = height;
+	raw_image->num_colors = num_colors;
+
+	raw_image->palette = malloc(sizeof(struct RGBColor) * num_colors);
+
+	raw_image->data = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t *) * height);
+	for (y = 0; y < height; y++)
+		raw_image->data[y] = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t) * width);
+
+	return raw_image;
+}
+
+static void set_raw_image_palette(struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image,
+				  const png_color *palette, int num_colors)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	if (num_colors > raw_image->num_colors) {
+		errx(1, "Too many colors in input PNG file's palette to fit into a %d-bit palette (%d in input palette, max %d).",
+		     raw_image->num_colors >> 1,
+		     num_colors, raw_image->num_colors);
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < num_colors; i++) {
+		raw_image->palette[i].red   = palette[i].red;
+		raw_image->palette[i].green = palette[i].green;
+		raw_image->palette[i].blue  = palette[i].blue;
+	}
+	for (i = num_colors; i < raw_image->num_colors; i++) {
+		raw_image->palette[i].red   = 0;
+		raw_image->palette[i].green = 0;
+		raw_image->palette[i].blue  = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+static void get_text(const struct PNGImage *img,
+		     struct ImageOptions *png_options)
 {
 	png_text *text;
 	int i, numtxts, numremoved;
 
-	png_get_text(png->png, png->info, &text, &numtxts);
+	png_get_text(img->png, img->info, &text, &numtxts);
 	for (i = 0; i < numtxts; i++) {
 		if (strcmp(text[i].key, "h") == 0 && !*text[i].text) {
-			png->horizontal = true;
-			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+			png_options->horizontal = true;
+			png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
 		} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "x") == 0) {
-			png->trim = strtoul(text[i].text, NULL, 0);
-			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+			png_options->trim = strtoul(text[i].text, NULL, 0);
+			png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
 		} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "t") == 0) {
-			png->mapfile = text[i].text;
-			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+			png_options->mapfile = text[i].text;
+			png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
 		} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "T") == 0 && !*text[i].text) {
-			png->mapout = true;
-			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+			png_options->mapout = true;
+			png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
 		} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "p") == 0) {
-			png->palfile = text[i].text;
-			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+			png_options->palfile = text[i].text;
+			png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
 		} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "P") == 0 && !*text[i].text) {
-			png->palout = true;
-			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+			png_options->palout = true;
+			png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
 		}
 	}
 
-	/* TODO: Remove this and simply change the warning function not to warn instead. */
+	/*
+	 * TODO: Remove this and simply change the warning function not to warn
+	 * instead.
+	 */
 	for (i = 0, numremoved = 0; i < numtxts; i++) {
-		if (text[i].key == NULL) {
+		if (text[i].key == NULL)
 			numremoved++;
-		}
+
 		text[i].key = text[i + numremoved].key;
 		text[i].text = text[i + numremoved].text;
 		text[i].compression = text[i + numremoved].compression;
 	}
-	png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, numtxts - numremoved);
+	png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, numtxts - numremoved);
 }
 
-void
-set_text(struct PNGImage *png)
+static void set_text(const struct PNGImage *img,
+		     const struct ImageOptions *png_options)
 {
 	png_text *text;
 	char buffer[3];
 
 	text = malloc(sizeof(png_text));
 
-	if (png->horizontal) {
+	if (png_options->horizontal) {
 		text[0].key = "h";
 		text[0].text = "";
 		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
-		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+		png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
 	}
-	if (png->trim) {
+	if (png_options->trim) {
 		text[0].key = "x";
-		snprintf(buffer, 3, "%d", png->trim);
+		snprintf(buffer, 3, "%d", png_options->trim);
 		text[0].text = buffer;
 		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
-		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+		png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
 	}
-	if (*png->mapfile) {
+	if (*png_options->mapfile) {
 		text[0].key = "t";
 		text[0].text = "";
 		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
-		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+		png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
 	}
-	if (png->mapout) {
+	if (png_options->mapout) {
 		text[0].key = "T";
 		text[0].text = "";
 		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
-		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+		png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
 	}
-	if (*png->palfile) {
+	if (*png_options->palfile) {
 		text[0].key = "p";
 		text[0].text = "";
 		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
-		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+		png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
 	}
-	if (png->palout) {
+	if (png_options->palout) {
 		text[0].key = "P";
 		text[0].text = "";
 		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
-		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+		png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
 	}
 
 	free(text);
 }
 
-void
-output_png_file(struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *png)
-{
-	FILE *f;
-	char *outfile;
-	png_struct *img;
-
-	/* Variable outfile is for debugging purposes. Eventually, opts.infile will be used directly. */
-	if (opts.debug) {
-		outfile = malloc(strlen(opts.infile) + 5);
-		strcpy(outfile, opts.infile);
-		strcat(outfile, ".out");
-	} else {
-		outfile = opts.infile;
-	}
-
-	f = fopen(outfile, "wb");
-	if (!f) {
-		err(1, "Opening output png file '%s' failed", outfile);
-	}
-
-	img = png_create_write_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, NULL, NULL, NULL);
-	if (!img) {
-		errx(1, "Creating png structure failed");
-	}
-
-	/* Better error handling here? */
-	if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(img))) {
-		exit(1);
-	}
-
-	png_init_io(img, f);
-
-	png_write_info(img, png->info);
-
-	png_write_image(img, png->data);
-	png_write_end(img, NULL);
-
-	fclose(f);
-
-	if (opts.debug) {
-		free(outfile);
-	}
-}
-
-void
-free_png_data(struct PNGImage *png)
+static void free_png_data(const struct PNGImage *img)
 {
 	int y;
 
-	for (y = 0; y < png->height; y++) {
-		free(png->data[y]);
-	}
-	free(png->data);
+	for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++)
+		free(img->data[y]);
+
+	free(img->data);
 }

src/gfx/rgbgfx.1

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2013-2018, stag019 and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd April 17, 2017
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd January 26, 2018
 .Dt RGBGFX 1
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -20,7 +13,7 @@
 .Nd Game Boy graphics converter
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Nm rgbgfx
-.Op Fl DfFhPTv
+.Op Fl DfFhPTVv
 .Op Fl o Ar outfile
 .Op Fl d Ar depth
 .Op Fl p Ar palfile
@@ -31,7 +24,28 @@
 The
 .Nm
 program converts PNG images into the Nintendo Game Boy's planar tile format.
-The arguments are as follows:
+
+The resulting colors and their palette indices are determined differently
+depending on the input PNG file:
+.Bl -dash -width Ds
+.It
+If the file has an embedded palette, that palette's color and order are used.
+.It
+If not, and the image only contains shades of gray, rgbgfx maps them to the
+indices appropriate for each shade. Any undetermined indices are set to
+respective default shades of gray. For example: if the bit depth is 2 and the
+image contains light gray and black, they become the second and fourth colors -
+and the first and third colors get set to default white and dark gray. If the
+image has multiple shades that map to the same index, the palette is instead
+determined as if the image had color.
+.It
+If the image has color (or the grayscale method failed), the colors are sorted
+from lightest to darkest.
+.El
+
+The input image may not contain more colors than the selected bit depth
+allows. Transparent pixels are set to palette index 0.
+.Sh ARGUMENTS
 .Bl -tag -width Ds
 .It Fl D
 Debug features are enabled.
@@ -40,24 +54,25 @@ Fix the input PNG file to be a correctly indexed image.
 .It Fl F
 Same as
 .Fl f ,
-but additionally, the input PNG file is fixed to have its parameters match the
-command line's parameters.
+but additionally, the supplied command line parameters are saved within the PNG
+and will be loaded and automatically used next time.
 .It Fl d Ar depth
-The bitdepth of the output image (either 1 or 2).
-By default, the bitdepth is 2 (two bits per pixel).
+The bit depth of the output image (either 1 or 2).
+By default, the bit depth is 2 (two bits per pixel).
 .It Fl h
 Lay out tiles horizontally rather than vertically.
 .It Fl o Ar outfile
 The name of the output file.
 .It Fl p Ar palfile
-Raw bytes (8 bytes for two bits per pixel, 4 bytes for one bit per pixel)
-containing the RGB15 values in the little-endian byte order and then ordered
-from lightest to darkest.
+Output the image's palette in standard GBC palette format - bytes (8 bytes for
+two bits per pixel, 4 bytes for one bit per pixel) containing the RGB15 values
+in little-endian byte order. If the palette contains too few colors, the
+remaining entries are set to black.
 .It Fl P
 Same as
 .Fl p ,
-but the pallete file output name is made by taking the input filename,
-removing the file extension, and appending
+but the palette file output name is made by taking the input PNG file's
+filename, removing the file extension, and appending
 .Pa .pal .
 .It Fl t Ar mapfile
 If any tiles are the same, don't place the repeat tiles in the output file, and
@@ -70,6 +85,8 @@ removing the file extension, and appending
 .Pa .tilemap .
 .It Fl u
 Truncate repeated tiles. Useful with tilemaps.
+.It Fl V
+Print the version of the program and exit.
 .It Fl v
 Verbose.
 Print errors when the command line parameters and the parameters in
@@ -78,7 +95,7 @@ the PNG file don't match.
 Trim the end of the output file by this many tiles.
 .El
 .Sh EXAMPLES
-The following will take a PNG file with a bitdepth of 1, 2, or 8, and output
+The following will take a PNG file with a bit depth of 1, 2, or 8, and output
 planar 2bpp data:
 .Pp
 .D1 $ rgbgfx -o out.2bpp in.png

src/link/assign.c

@@ -1,9 +1,19 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 #include "extern/err.h"
+
 #include "link/assign.h"
 #include "link/mylink.h"
 #include "link/main.h"
@@ -11,62 +21,125 @@
 #include "link/symbol.h"
 
 struct sFreeArea {
-	SLONG nOrg;
-	SLONG nSize;
+	int32_t nOrg;
+	int32_t nSize;
 	struct sFreeArea *pPrev, *pNext;
 };
 
 struct sSectionAttributes {
 	const char *name;
-	SLONG bank;
-	SLONG offset; // bank + offset = bank originally stored in a section struct
-	SLONG minBank;
-	SLONG bankCount;
+	/* bank + offset = bank originally stored in a section struct */
+	int32_t bank;
+	int32_t offset;
+	int32_t minBank;
+	int32_t bankCount;
 };
 
-struct sFreeArea *BankFree[MAXBANKS];
-SLONG MaxAvail[MAXBANKS];
-SLONG MaxBankUsed;
-SLONG MaxWBankUsed;
-SLONG MaxSBankUsed;
-SLONG MaxVBankUsed;
+struct sFreeArea *BankFree[BANK_INDEX_MAX];
+int32_t MaxAvail[BANK_INDEX_MAX];
+int32_t MaxBankUsed;
+int32_t MaxWBankUsed;
+int32_t MaxSBankUsed;
+int32_t MaxVBankUsed;
 
 const enum eSectionType SECT_MIN = SECT_WRAM0;
 const enum eSectionType SECT_MAX = SECT_OAM;
 const struct sSectionAttributes SECT_ATTRIBUTES[] = {
-	{"WRAM0", BANK_WRAM0, 0, 0, BANK_COUNT_WRAM0},
-	{"VRAM",  BANK_VRAM,  0, 0, BANK_COUNT_VRAM},
-	{"ROMX",  BANK_ROMX, -1, 1, BANK_COUNT_ROMX},
-	{"ROM0",  BANK_ROM0,  0, 0, BANK_COUNT_ROM0},
-	{"HRAM",  BANK_HRAM,  0, 0, BANK_COUNT_HRAM},
-	{"WRAMX", BANK_WRAMX, 0, 0, BANK_COUNT_WRAMX},
-	{"SRAM",  BANK_SRAM,  0, 0, BANK_COUNT_SRAM},
-	{"OAM",   BANK_OAM,   0, 0, BANK_COUNT_OAM}
+	{"WRAM0", BANK_INDEX_WRAM0, 0, 0, BANK_COUNT_WRAM0},
+	{"VRAM",  BANK_INDEX_VRAM,  0, 0, BANK_COUNT_VRAM},
+	{"ROMX",  BANK_INDEX_ROMX, -BANK_MIN_ROMX, BANK_MIN_ROMX, BANK_COUNT_ROMX},
+	{"ROM0",  BANK_INDEX_ROM0,  0, 0, BANK_COUNT_ROM0},
+	{"HRAM",  BANK_INDEX_HRAM,  0, 0, BANK_COUNT_HRAM},
+	{"WRAMX", BANK_INDEX_WRAMX, -BANK_MIN_WRAMX, BANK_MIN_WRAMX, BANK_COUNT_WRAMX},
+	{"SRAM",  BANK_INDEX_SRAM,  0, 0, BANK_COUNT_SRAM},
+	{"OAM",   BANK_INDEX_OAM,   0, 0, BANK_COUNT_OAM}
 };
 
-#define DOMAXBANK(x, y) {switch (x) { \
-	case SECT_ROMX: DOMAXRBANK(y); break; \
-	case SECT_WRAMX: DOMAXWBANK(y); break; \
-	case SECT_SRAM: DOMAXSBANK(y); break; \
-	case SECT_VRAM: DOMAXVBANK(y); break; \
-	default: break; }}
-#define DOMAXRBANK(x)	{if( (x)>MaxBankUsed ) MaxBankUsed=(x);}
-#define DOMAXWBANK(x)	{if( (x)>MaxWBankUsed ) MaxWBankUsed=(x);}
-#define DOMAXSBANK(x)	{if( (x)>MaxSBankUsed ) MaxSBankUsed=(x);}
-#define DOMAXVBANK(x)	{if( (x)>MaxVBankUsed ) MaxVBankUsed=(x);}
-
-void
-ensureSectionTypeIsValid(enum eSectionType type)
+static void do_max_bank(enum eSectionType Type, int32_t nBank)
 {
-	if (type < SECT_MIN || type > SECT_MAX) {
-		errx(1, "(INTERNAL) Invalid section type found.");
+	switch (Type) {
+	case SECT_ROMX:
+		if (nBank > MaxBankUsed)
+			MaxBankUsed = nBank;
+		break;
+	case SECT_WRAMX:
+		if (nBank > MaxWBankUsed)
+			MaxWBankUsed = nBank;
+		break;
+	case SECT_SRAM:
+		if (nBank > MaxSBankUsed)
+			MaxSBankUsed = nBank;
+		break;
+	case SECT_VRAM:
+		if (nBank > MaxVBankUsed)
+			MaxVBankUsed = nBank;
+		break;
+	case SECT_ROM0:
+	case SECT_WRAM0:
+	case SECT_OAM:
+	case SECT_HRAM:
+	default:
+		break;
 	}
 }
 
-SLONG
-area_Avail(SLONG bank)
+void ensureSectionTypeIsValid(enum eSectionType type)
 {
-	SLONG r;
+	if (type < SECT_MIN || type > SECT_MAX)
+		errx(1, "%s: Invalid section type found: %d", __func__, type);
+}
+
+int BankIndexIsROM0(int32_t bank)
+{
+	return (bank >= BANK_INDEX_ROM0) &&
+	       (bank < (BANK_INDEX_ROM0 + BANK_COUNT_ROM0));
+}
+
+int BankIndexIsROMX(int32_t bank)
+{
+	return (bank >= BANK_INDEX_ROMX) &&
+	       (bank < (BANK_INDEX_ROMX + BANK_COUNT_ROMX));
+}
+
+int BankIndexIsWRAM0(int32_t bank)
+{
+	return (bank >= BANK_INDEX_WRAM0) &&
+	       (bank < (BANK_INDEX_WRAM0 + BANK_COUNT_WRAM0));
+}
+
+int BankIndexIsWRAMX(int32_t bank)
+{
+	return (bank >= BANK_INDEX_WRAMX) &&
+	       (bank < (BANK_INDEX_WRAMX + BANK_COUNT_WRAMX));
+}
+
+int BankIndexIsVRAM(int32_t bank)
+{
+	return (bank >= BANK_INDEX_VRAM) &&
+	       (bank < (BANK_INDEX_VRAM + BANK_COUNT_VRAM));
+}
+
+int BankIndexIsOAM(int32_t bank)
+{
+	return (bank >= BANK_INDEX_OAM) &&
+	       (bank < (BANK_INDEX_OAM + BANK_COUNT_OAM));
+}
+
+int BankIndexIsHRAM(int32_t bank)
+{
+	return (bank >= BANK_INDEX_HRAM) &&
+	       (bank < (BANK_INDEX_HRAM + BANK_COUNT_HRAM));
+}
+
+int BankIndexIsSRAM(int32_t bank)
+{
+	return (bank >= BANK_INDEX_SRAM) &&
+	       (bank < (BANK_INDEX_SRAM + BANK_COUNT_SRAM));
+}
+
+int32_t area_Avail(int32_t bank)
+{
+	int32_t r;
 	struct sFreeArea *pArea;
 
 	r = 0;
@@ -77,54 +150,55 @@ area_Avail(SLONG bank)
 		pArea = pArea->pNext;
 	}
 
-	return (r);
+	return r;
 }
 
-SLONG
-area_doAlloc(struct sFreeArea *pArea, SLONG org, SLONG size)
+int32_t area_doAlloc(struct sFreeArea *pArea, int32_t org, int32_t size)
 {
-	if (org >= pArea->nOrg && (org + size) <= (pArea->nOrg + pArea->nSize)) {
+	if ((org >= pArea->nOrg)
+	    && ((org + size) <= (pArea->nOrg + pArea->nSize))) {
+
 		if (org == pArea->nOrg) {
 			pArea->nOrg += size;
 			pArea->nSize -= size;
 			return org;
-		} else {
-			if ((org + size) == (pArea->nOrg + pArea->nSize)) {
-				pArea->nSize -= size;
-				return org;
-			} else {
-				struct sFreeArea *pNewArea;
-
-				if ((pNewArea = malloc(sizeof(struct sFreeArea))) != NULL) {
-					*pNewArea = *pArea;
-					pNewArea->pPrev = pArea;
-					pArea->pNext = pNewArea;
-					pArea->nSize = org - pArea->nOrg;
-					pNewArea->nOrg = org + size;
-					pNewArea->nSize -= size + pArea->nSize;
-					return org;
-
-				} else {
-					err(1, NULL);
-				}
-			}
 		}
+
+		if ((org + size) == (pArea->nOrg + pArea->nSize)) {
+			pArea->nSize -= size;
+			return org;
+		}
+
+		struct sFreeArea *pNewArea;
+
+		pNewArea = malloc(sizeof(struct sFreeArea));
+
+		if (pNewArea == NULL)
+			err(1, "%s: Failed to allocate memory", __func__);
+
+		*pNewArea = *pArea;
+		pNewArea->pPrev = pArea;
+		pArea->pNext = pNewArea;
+		pArea->nSize = org - pArea->nOrg;
+		pNewArea->nOrg = org + size;
+		pNewArea->nSize -= size + pArea->nSize;
+
+		return org;
 	}
 
 	return -1;
 }
 
-SLONG
-area_AllocAbs(struct sFreeArea ** ppArea, SLONG org, SLONG size)
+int32_t area_AllocAbs(struct sFreeArea **ppArea, int32_t org, int32_t size)
 {
 	struct sFreeArea *pArea;
 
 	pArea = *ppArea;
 	while (pArea) {
-		SLONG result = area_doAlloc(pArea, org, size);
-		if (result != -1) {
+		int32_t result = area_doAlloc(pArea, org, size);
+
+		if (result != -1)
 			return result;
-		}
 
 		ppArea = &(pArea->pNext);
 		pArea = *ppArea;
@@ -133,42 +207,41 @@ area_AllocAbs(struct sFreeArea ** ppArea, SLONG org, SLONG size)
 	return -1;
 }
 
-SLONG
-area_AllocAbsAnyBank(SLONG org, SLONG size, enum eSectionType type)
+int32_t area_AllocAbsAnyBank(int32_t org, int32_t size, enum eSectionType type)
 {
 	ensureSectionTypeIsValid(type);
 
-	SLONG startBank = SECT_ATTRIBUTES[type].bank;
-	SLONG bankCount = SECT_ATTRIBUTES[type].bankCount;
+	int32_t startBank = SECT_ATTRIBUTES[type].bank;
+	int32_t bankCount = SECT_ATTRIBUTES[type].bankCount;
 
-	for (int i = 0; i < bankCount; i++) {
-		if (area_AllocAbs(&BankFree[startBank + i], org, size) != -1) {
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < bankCount; i++) {
+		if (area_AllocAbs(&BankFree[startBank + i], org, size) != -1)
 			return startBank + i;
-		}
 	}
 
 	return -1;
 }
 
-SLONG
-area_Alloc(struct sFreeArea ** ppArea, SLONG size, SLONG alignment) {
+int32_t area_Alloc(struct sFreeArea **ppArea, int32_t size, int32_t alignment)
+{
 	struct sFreeArea *pArea;
-	if (alignment < 1) {
+
+	if (alignment < 1)
 		alignment = 1;
-	}
 
 	pArea = *ppArea;
 	while (pArea) {
-		SLONG org = pArea->nOrg;
-		if (org % alignment) {
+		int32_t org = pArea->nOrg;
+
+		if (org % alignment)
 			org += alignment;
-		}
+
 		org -= org % alignment;
 
-		SLONG result = area_doAlloc(pArea, org, size);
-		if (result != -1) {
+		int32_t result = area_doAlloc(pArea, org, size);
+
+		if (result != -1)
 			return result;
-		}
 
 		ppArea = &(pArea->pNext);
 		pArea = *ppArea;
@@ -177,34 +250,38 @@ area_Alloc(struct sFreeArea ** ppArea, SLONG size, SLONG alignment) {
 	return -1;
 }
 
-SLONG
-area_AllocAnyBank(SLONG size, SLONG alignment, enum eSectionType type) {
+int32_t area_AllocAnyBank(int32_t size, int32_t alignment,
+			  enum eSectionType type)
+{
 	ensureSectionTypeIsValid(type);
 
-	SLONG startBank = SECT_ATTRIBUTES[type].bank;
-	SLONG bankCount = SECT_ATTRIBUTES[type].bankCount;
+	int32_t i, org;
+	int32_t startBank = SECT_ATTRIBUTES[type].bank;
+	int32_t bankCount = SECT_ATTRIBUTES[type].bankCount;
 
-	for (int i = 0; i < bankCount; i++) {
-		SLONG org = area_Alloc(&BankFree[startBank + i], size, alignment);
-		if (org != -1) {
+	for (i = 0; i < bankCount; i++) {
+		org = area_Alloc(&BankFree[startBank + i], size, alignment);
+		if (org != -1)
 			return ((startBank + i) << 16) | org;
-		}
 	}
 
 	return -1;
 }
 
-struct sSection *
-FindLargestSection(enum eSectionType type, bool bankFixed)
+struct sSection *FindLargestSection(enum eSectionType type, bool bankFixed)
 {
 	struct sSection *pSection, *r = NULL;
-	SLONG nLargest = 0;
-	SLONG nLargestAlignment = 0;
+	int32_t nLargest = 0;
+	int32_t nLargestAlignment = 0;
 
 	pSection = pSections;
 	while (pSection) {
-		if (pSection->oAssigned == 0 && pSection->Type == type && (bankFixed ^ (pSection->nBank == -1))) {
-			if (pSection->nAlign > nLargestAlignment || (pSection->nAlign == nLargestAlignment && pSection->nByteSize > nLargest)) {
+		if (pSection->oAssigned == 0 && pSection->Type == type
+		    && (bankFixed ^ (pSection->nBank == -1))) {
+			if (pSection->nAlign > nLargestAlignment
+			    || (pSection->nAlign == nLargestAlignment
+				&& pSection->nByteSize > nLargest)) {
+
 				nLargest = pSection->nByteSize;
 				nLargestAlignment = pSection->nAlign;
 				r = pSection;
@@ -216,12 +293,10 @@ FindLargestSection(enum eSectionType type, bool bankFixed)
 	return r;
 }
 
-int
-IsSectionNameInUse(const char *name)
+int32_t IsSectionNameInUse(const char *name)
 {
-	struct sSection *pSection;
+	const struct sSection *pSection = pSections;
 
-	pSection = pSections;
 	while (pSection) {
 		if (strcmp(pSection->pzName, name) == 0)
 			return 1;
@@ -232,206 +307,255 @@ IsSectionNameInUse(const char *name)
 	return 0;
 }
 
-
-int
-IsSectionSameTypeBankAndFloating(const char *name, enum eSectionType type, int bank)
+struct sSection *GetSectionByName(const char *name)
 {
-	struct sSection *pSection;
+	struct sSection *pSection = pSections;
 
-	pSection = pSections;
 	while (pSection) {
-		if (pSection->oAssigned == 0) {
-			if (strcmp(pSection->pzName, name) == 0) {
-				/* Section must be floating in source */
-				if (pSection->nOrg != -1 || pSection->nAlign != 1)
-					return 0;
-				/* It must have the same type in source and linkerscript */
-				if (pSection->Type != type)
-					return 0;
-				/* Bank number must be unassigned in source or equal */
-				if (pSection->nBank != -1 && pSection->nBank != bank)
-					return 0;
-				return 1;
-			}
-		}
+		if (strcmp(pSection->pzName, name) == 0)
+			return pSection;
+
 		pSection = pSection->pNext;
 	}
 
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+int32_t IsSectionSameTypeBankAndFloating(const char *name,
+					 enum eSectionType type, int32_t bank)
+{
+	const struct sSection *pSection;
+
+	for (pSection = pSections; pSection; pSection = pSection->pNext) {
+		/* Skip if it has already been assigned */
+		if (pSection->oAssigned == 1)
+			continue;
+
+		/* Check if it has the same name */
+		if (strcmp(pSection->pzName, name) != 0)
+			continue;
+
+		/*
+		 * The section has the same name, now check if there is a
+		 * mismatch or not.
+		 */
+
+		/* Section must be floating in source */
+		if (pSection->nOrg != -1 || pSection->nAlign != 1)
+			return 0;
+
+		/* It must have the same type in source and linkerscript */
+		if (pSection->Type != type)
+			return 0;
+
+		/* Bank number must be unassigned in source or equal */
+		if (pSection->nBank != -1 && pSection->nBank != bank)
+			return 0;
+
+		return 1;
+	}
+
 	errx(1, "Section \"%s\" not found (or already used).\n", name);
 }
 
-unsigned int
-AssignSectionAddressAndBankByName(const char *name, unsigned int address, int bank)
+uint32_t AssignSectionAddressAndBankByName(const char *name, uint32_t address,
+					   int32_t bank)
 {
 	struct sSection *pSection;
 
-	pSection = pSections;
-	while (pSection) {
-		if (pSection->oAssigned == 0) {
-			if (strcmp(pSection->pzName, name) == 0) {
-				if (pSection->nOrg != -1 || pSection->nAlign != 1)
-					errx(1, "Section \"%s\" from linkerscript isn't floating.\n", name);
-				if (pSection->nBank != -1 && pSection->nBank != bank)
-					errx(1, "Section \"%s\" from linkerscript has different bank number than in the source.\n", name);
-				pSection->nOrg = address;
-				pSection->nBank = bank;
-				pSection->nAlign = -1;
-				return pSection->nByteSize;
-			}
+	for (pSection = pSections; pSection; pSection = pSection->pNext) {
+		/* Skip if it has already been assigned */
+		if (pSection->oAssigned == 1)
+			continue;
+
+		/* Check if it has the same name */
+		if (strcmp(pSection->pzName, name) != 0)
+			continue;
+
+		/* Section has been found. */
+
+		/*
+		 * A section can be left as floating in the code if the location
+		 * is assigned in the linkerscript.
+		 */
+		if (pSection->nOrg != -1 || pSection->nAlign != 1) {
+			errx(1, "Section \"%s\" from linkerscript isn't floating.\n",
+			     name);
 		}
-		pSection = pSection->pNext;
+
+		/* The bank can be left as unassigned or be the same */
+		if (pSection->nBank != -1 && pSection->nBank != bank) {
+			errx(1, "Section \"%s\" from linkerscript has different bank number than in the source.\n",
+			     name);
+		}
+
+		pSection->nOrg = address;
+		pSection->nBank = bank;
+		pSection->nAlign = -1;
+
+		return pSection->nByteSize;
 	}
 
 	errx(1, "Section \"%s\" not found (or already used).\n", name);
 }
 
-bool
-VerifyAndSetBank(struct sSection *pSection)
+bool VerifyAndSetBank(struct sSection *pSection)
 {
-	ensureSectionTypeIsValid(pSection->Type);
+	enum eSectionType Type = pSection->Type;
 
-	if (pSection->nBank >= SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].minBank
-		&& pSection->nBank < SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].minBank + SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].bankCount) {
-		pSection->nBank += SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].bank + SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].offset;
-		return true;
+	ensureSectionTypeIsValid(Type);
 
-	} else {
-		return false;
+	if (pSection->nBank >= SECT_ATTRIBUTES[Type].minBank) {
+		if (pSection->nBank < SECT_ATTRIBUTES[Type].minBank
+				    + SECT_ATTRIBUTES[Type].bankCount) {
+			pSection->nBank += SECT_ATTRIBUTES[Type].bank
+					 + SECT_ATTRIBUTES[Type].offset;
+			return true;
+		}
 	}
+
+	return false;
 }
 
-void
-AssignFixedBankSections(enum eSectionType type)
+void AssignFixedBankSections(enum eSectionType type)
 {
 	ensureSectionTypeIsValid(type);
 
 	struct sSection *pSection;
 
 	while ((pSection = FindLargestSection(type, true))) {
-		if (VerifyAndSetBank(pSection) &&
-			(pSection->nOrg = area_Alloc(&BankFree[pSection->nBank], pSection->nByteSize, pSection->nAlign)) != -1) {
-			pSection->oAssigned = 1;
-			DOMAXBANK(pSection->Type, pSection->nBank);
-		} else {
-			if (pSection->nAlign <= 1) {
-				errx(1, "Unable to place '%s' (%s section) in bank $%02lX",
-					pSection->pzName, SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].name, pSection->nBank);
-			} else {
-				errx(1, "Unable to place '%s' (%s section) in bank $%02lX (with $%lX-byte alignment)",
-					pSection->pzName, SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].name, pSection->nBank, pSection->nAlign);
+		if (VerifyAndSetBank(pSection)) {
+			pSection->nOrg = area_Alloc(&BankFree[pSection->nBank],
+						    pSection->nByteSize,
+						    pSection->nAlign);
+			if (pSection->nOrg != -1) {
+				pSection->oAssigned = 1;
+				do_max_bank(pSection->Type, pSection->nBank);
+				continue;
 			}
 		}
+
+		if (pSection->nAlign <= 1) {
+			errx(1, "Unable to place '%s' (%s section) in bank $%02lX",
+			     pSection->pzName,
+			     SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].name,
+			     pSection->nBank);
+		} else {
+			errx(1, "Unable to place '%s' (%s section) in bank $%02lX (with $%lX-byte alignment)",
+			     pSection->pzName,
+			     SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].name,
+			     pSection->nBank, pSection->nAlign);
+		}
 	}
 }
 
-void
-AssignFloatingBankSections(enum eSectionType type)
+void AssignFloatingBankSections(enum eSectionType type)
 {
 	ensureSectionTypeIsValid(type);
 
 	struct sSection *pSection;
 
 	while ((pSection = FindLargestSection(type, false))) {
-		SLONG org;
+		int32_t org;
+
+		org = area_AllocAnyBank(pSection->nByteSize, pSection->nAlign,
+					type);
+
+		if (org != -1) {
+			if (options & OPT_OVERLAY)
+				errx(1, "All sections must be fixed when using an overlay file.");
 
-		if ((org = area_AllocAnyBank(pSection->nByteSize, pSection->nAlign, type)) != -1) {
-			if (options & OPT_OVERLAY) {
-				errx(1, "All sections must be fixed when using overlay");
-			}
 			pSection->nOrg = org & 0xFFFF;
 			pSection->nBank = org >> 16;
 			pSection->oAssigned = 1;
-			DOMAXBANK(pSection->Type, pSection->nBank);
+			do_max_bank(pSection->Type, pSection->nBank);
 		} else {
 			const char *locality = "anywhere";
-			if (SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].bankCount > 1) {
+
+			if (SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].bankCount > 1)
 				locality = "in any bank";
-			}
 
 			if (pSection->nAlign <= 1) {
 				errx(1, "Unable to place '%s' (%s section) %s",
-					 pSection->pzName, SECT_ATTRIBUTES[type].name, locality);
+				     pSection->pzName,
+				     SECT_ATTRIBUTES[type].name, locality);
 			} else {
 				errx(1, "Unable to place '%s' (%s section) %s (with $%lX-byte alignment)",
-					 pSection->pzName, SECT_ATTRIBUTES[type].name, locality, pSection->nAlign);
+				     pSection->pzName,
+				     SECT_ATTRIBUTES[type].name, locality,
+				     pSection->nAlign);
 			}
 		}
 	}
 }
 
-char *tzLinkerscriptName = NULL;
+char *tzLinkerscriptName;
 
-void
-SetLinkerscriptName(char *tzLinkerscriptFile)
+void SetLinkerscriptName(char *tzLinkerscriptFile)
 {
 	tzLinkerscriptName = tzLinkerscriptFile;
 }
 
-void
-AssignSections(void)
+void AssignSections(void)
 {
-	SLONG i;
 	struct sSection *pSection;
 
 	MaxBankUsed = 0;
 
 	/*
 	 * Initialize the memory areas
-	 *
 	 */
 
-	for (i = 0; i < MAXBANKS; i += 1) {
-		BankFree[i] = malloc(sizeof *BankFree[i]);
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < BANK_INDEX_MAX; i += 1) {
+		BankFree[i] = malloc(sizeof(*BankFree[i]));
 
 		if (!BankFree[i]) {
-			err(1, NULL);
+			errx(1, "%s: Couldn't allocate mem for bank %d",
+			     __func__, i);
 		}
 
-		if (i == BANK_ROM0) {
+		if (BankIndexIsROM0(i)) {
 			/* ROM0 bank */
 			BankFree[i]->nOrg = 0x0000;
-			if (options & OPT_TINY) {
+			if (options & OPT_TINY)
 				BankFree[i]->nSize = 0x8000;
-			} else {
+			else
 				BankFree[i]->nSize = 0x4000;
-			}
-		} else if (i >= BANK_ROMX && i < BANK_ROMX + BANK_COUNT_ROMX) {
+		} else if (BankIndexIsROMX(i)) {
 			/* Swappable ROM bank */
 			BankFree[i]->nOrg = 0x4000;
 			BankFree[i]->nSize = 0x4000;
-		} else if (i == BANK_WRAM0) {
+		} else if (BankIndexIsWRAM0(i)) {
 			/* WRAM */
 			BankFree[i]->nOrg = 0xC000;
-			if (options & OPT_CONTWRAM) {
+			if (options & OPT_CONTWRAM)
 				BankFree[i]->nSize = 0x2000;
-			} else {
+			else
 				BankFree[i]->nSize = 0x1000;
-			}
-		} else if (i >= BANK_SRAM && i < BANK_SRAM + BANK_COUNT_SRAM) {
+		} else if (BankIndexIsSRAM(i)) {
 			/* Swappable SRAM bank */
 			BankFree[i]->nOrg = 0xA000;
 			BankFree[i]->nSize = 0x2000;
-		} else if (i >= BANK_WRAMX && i < BANK_WRAMX + BANK_COUNT_WRAMX) {
+		} else if (BankIndexIsWRAMX(i)) {
 			/* Swappable WRAM bank */
 			BankFree[i]->nOrg = 0xD000;
 			BankFree[i]->nSize = 0x1000;
-		} else if (i >= BANK_VRAM && i < BANK_VRAM + BANK_COUNT_VRAM) {
+		} else if (BankIndexIsVRAM(i)) {
 			/* Swappable VRAM bank */
 			BankFree[i]->nOrg = 0x8000;
-			if (options & OPT_DMG_MODE && i != BANK_VRAM) {
+			if (options & OPT_DMG_MODE && i != BANK_INDEX_VRAM)
 				BankFree[i]->nSize = 0;
-			} else {
+			else
 				BankFree[i]->nSize = 0x2000;
-			}
-		} else if (i == BANK_OAM) {
+		} else if (BankIndexIsOAM(i)) {
 			BankFree[i]->nOrg = 0xFE00;
 			BankFree[i]->nSize = 0x00A0;
-		} else if (i == BANK_HRAM) {
+		} else if (BankIndexIsHRAM(i)) {
 			/* HRAM */
 			BankFree[i]->nOrg = 0xFF80;
 			BankFree[i]->nSize = 0x007F;
 		} else {
-			errx(1, "(INTERNAL) Unknown bank type!");
+			errx(1, "%s: Unknown bank type %d", __func__, i);
 		}
 
 		MaxAvail[i] = BankFree[i]->nSize;
@@ -441,7 +565,6 @@ AssignSections(void)
 
 	/*
 	 * First, let's parse the linkerscript.
-	 *
 	 */
 
 	if (tzLinkerscriptName) {
@@ -451,131 +574,150 @@ AssignSections(void)
 
 	/*
 	 * Second, let's assign all the fixed sections...
-	 *
 	 */
 
-	pSection = pSections;
-	while (pSection) {
-		if ((pSection->nOrg != -1 || pSection->nBank != -1)
-		    && pSection->oAssigned == 0) {
-			/* User wants to have a say... */
+	for (pSection = pSections ; pSection; pSection = pSection->pNext) {
+		if (!((pSection->nOrg != -1 || pSection->nBank != -1)
+		    && pSection->oAssigned == 0))
+			continue;
 
-			switch (pSection->Type) {
-			case SECT_WRAM0:
-			case SECT_HRAM:
-			case SECT_ROM0:
-			case SECT_OAM:
-				pSection->nBank = SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].bank;
-				if (area_AllocAbs(&BankFree[pSection->nBank], pSection->nOrg,
-					 pSection->nByteSize) == -1) {
-					errx(1, "Unable to place '%s' (%s section) at $%lX",
-						 pSection->pzName, SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].name, pSection->nOrg);
-				}
-				pSection->oAssigned = 1;
-				break;
+		/* User wants to have a say... */
 
-			case SECT_SRAM:
-			case SECT_WRAMX:
-			case SECT_VRAM:
-			case SECT_ROMX:
-				if (pSection->nBank != -1 && pSection->nOrg != -1) {
-					if (VerifyAndSetBank(pSection) &&
-						area_AllocAbs(&BankFree[pSection->nBank], pSection->nOrg, pSection->nByteSize) != -1) {
-						DOMAXBANK(pSection->Type, pSection->nBank);
-						pSection->oAssigned = 1;
-					} else {
-						errx(1, "Unable to place '%s' (%s section) at $%lX in bank $%02lX",
-							pSection->pzName, SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].name, pSection->nOrg, pSection->nBank);
-					}
-				}
-				break;
+		switch (pSection->Type) {
+		case SECT_WRAM0:
+		case SECT_HRAM:
+		case SECT_ROM0:
+		case SECT_OAM:
+			pSection->nBank = SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].bank;
+			if (area_AllocAbs(&BankFree[pSection->nBank],
+					  pSection->nOrg,
+					  pSection->nByteSize) == -1) {
+				errx(1, "Unable to place '%s' (%s section) at $%X",
+				     pSection->pzName,
+				     SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].name,
+				     pSection->nOrg);
 			}
+			pSection->oAssigned = 1;
+			break;
+
+		case SECT_SRAM:
+		case SECT_WRAMX:
+		case SECT_VRAM:
+		case SECT_ROMX:
+			if (!(pSection->nBank != -1 && pSection->nOrg != -1))
+				break;
+
+			if (VerifyAndSetBank(pSection) &&
+			    area_AllocAbs(&BankFree[pSection->nBank],
+					  pSection->nOrg,
+					  pSection->nByteSize) != -1) {
+				do_max_bank(pSection->Type, pSection->nBank);
+				pSection->oAssigned = 1;
+			} else {
+				errx(1, "Unable to place '%s' (%s section) at $%X in bank $%02X",
+				     pSection->pzName,
+				     SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].name,
+				     pSection->nOrg, pSection->nBank);
+			}
+			break;
+		default:
+			errx(1, "%s: Internal error: Type %d", __func__,
+			     pSection->Type);
 		}
-		pSection = pSection->pNext;
 	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Next, let's assign all the bankfixed ONLY sections...
-	 *
 	 */
-	for (enum eSectionType i = SECT_MIN; i <= SECT_MAX; i++) {
+	for (enum eSectionType i = SECT_MIN; i <= SECT_MAX; i++)
 		AssignFixedBankSections(i);
-	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Now, let's assign all the floating bank but fixed ROMX sections...
-	 *
 	 */
 
-	pSection = pSections;
-	while (pSection) {
-		if (pSection->oAssigned == 0
-			&& pSection->nOrg != -1 && pSection->nBank == -1) {
-			if (options & OPT_OVERLAY) {
-				errx(1, "All sections must be fixed when using overlay");
-			}
-			switch (pSection->Type) {
-			case SECT_ROMX:
-			case SECT_VRAM:
-			case SECT_SRAM:
-			case SECT_WRAMX:
-				if ((pSection->nBank =
-					area_AllocAbsAnyBank(pSection->nOrg, pSection->nByteSize,
-						pSection->Type)) == -1) {
-					errx(1, "Unable to place '%s' (%s section) at $%lX in any bank",
-						 pSection->pzName, SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].name, pSection->nOrg);
-				}
-				pSection->oAssigned = 1;
-				DOMAXBANK(pSection->Type, pSection->nBank);
-				break;
+	for (pSection = pSections ; pSection; pSection = pSection->pNext) {
+		if (!(pSection->oAssigned == 0
+		    && pSection->nOrg != -1 && pSection->nBank == -1))
+			continue;
 
-			default: // Handle other sections later
-				break;
-			}
+		if (options & OPT_OVERLAY) {
+			errx(1, "All sections must be fixed when using an overlay file: '%s'",
+			     pSection->pzName);
 		}
 
-		pSection = pSection->pNext;
+		switch (pSection->Type) {
+		case SECT_ROMX:
+		case SECT_VRAM:
+		case SECT_SRAM:
+		case SECT_WRAMX:
+			pSection->nBank =
+				area_AllocAbsAnyBank(pSection->nOrg,
+						     pSection->nByteSize,
+						     pSection->Type);
+
+			if (pSection->nBank == -1) {
+				errx(1, "Unable to place '%s' (%s section) at $%X in any bank",
+				     pSection->pzName,
+				     SECT_ATTRIBUTES[pSection->Type].name,
+				     pSection->nOrg);
+			}
+			pSection->oAssigned = 1;
+			do_max_bank(pSection->Type, pSection->nBank);
+			break;
+
+		case SECT_ROM0:
+		case SECT_WRAM0:
+		case SECT_OAM:
+		case SECT_HRAM:
+		default: /* Handle other sections later */
+			break;
+		}
 	}
 
 	/*
 	 * OK, all that nasty stuff is done so let's assign all the other
 	 * sections
-	 *
 	 */
-	for (enum eSectionType i = SECT_MIN; i <= SECT_MAX; i++) {
+	for (enum eSectionType i = SECT_MIN; i <= SECT_MAX; i++)
 		AssignFloatingBankSections(i);
-	}
 }
 
-void
-CreateSymbolTable(void)
+void CreateSymbolTable(void)
 {
-	struct sSection *pSect;
+	const struct sSection *pSect;
 
 	sym_Init();
 
 	pSect = pSections;
 
 	while (pSect) {
-		SLONG i;
+		int32_t i;
 
 		i = pSect->nNumberOfSymbols;
 
 		while (i--) {
-			if ((pSect->tSymbols[i]->Type == SYM_EXPORT) &&
-			    ((pSect->tSymbols[i]->pSection == pSect) ||
-				(pSect->tSymbols[i]->pSection == NULL))) {
-				if (pSect->tSymbols[i]->pSection == NULL)
-					sym_CreateSymbol(pSect->tSymbols[i]->
-					    pzName,
-					    pSect->tSymbols[i]->
-					    nOffset, -1);
+			const struct sSymbol *tSymbol = pSect->tSymbols[i];
+
+			if ((tSymbol->Type == SYM_EXPORT) &&
+			    ((tSymbol->pSection == pSect) ||
+				(tSymbol->pSection == NULL))) {
+				if (tSymbol->pSection == NULL)
+					sym_CreateSymbol(
+						tSymbol->pzName,
+						tSymbol->nOffset,
+						-1,
+						tSymbol->pzObjFileName,
+						tSymbol->pzFileName,
+						tSymbol->nFileLine);
 				else
-					sym_CreateSymbol(pSect->tSymbols[i]->
-					    pzName,
-					    pSect->nOrg +
-					    pSect->tSymbols[i]->
-					    nOffset, pSect->nBank);
+					sym_CreateSymbol(
+						tSymbol->pzName,
+						pSect->nOrg + tSymbol->nOffset,
+						pSect->nBank,
+						tSymbol->pzObjFileName,
+						tSymbol->pzFileName,
+						tSymbol->nFileLine);
 			}
 		}
 		pSect = pSect->pNext;

src/link/lexer.l

@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 %option noinput
@@ -19,25 +11,29 @@
 
 %{
 #include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 
 #include "extern/err.h"
+
 #include "link/mylink.h"
 #include "link/script.h"
 
 #include "parser.h"
 
-extern int yyparse();
+#include "types.h"
+
+extern int yyparse(void);
 
 /* File include stack. */
 
-#define	MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH 8
+#define MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH 8
 
-static int include_stack_ptr = 0;
+static int32_t include_stack_ptr;
 
 static YY_BUFFER_STATE include_stack[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH];
 static char include_path[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH][_MAX_PATH + 1];
-static int include_line[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH];
+static int32_t include_line[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH];
 
 static char linkerscript_path[_MAX_PATH + 1]; /* Base file */
 %}
@@ -45,14 +41,21 @@ static char linkerscript_path[_MAX_PATH + 1]; /* Base file */
 %%
 
 \"([^\\\"]|\\.)*\" {
-			if (strlen(yytext) > sizeof(yylval.s) - 1)
-				script_fatalerror("String is too long: %s\n.", yytext);
-			if (strlen(yytext) < 3) /* 2 quotes + 1 character */
-				script_fatalerror("String %s is invalid\n.", yytext);
+			if (strlen(yytext) > sizeof(yylval.s) - 1) {
+				script_fatalerror("String is too long: %s\n.",
+						  yytext);
+			}
 
-			yytext++; /* ignore first quote */
+			if (strlen(yytext) < 3) { /* 2 quotes + 1 character */
+				script_fatalerror("String %s is invalid\n.",
+						  yytext);
+			}
+
+			/* Ignore first quote */
+			yytext++;
 			strcpy(yylval.s, yytext);
-			yylval.s[strlen(yylval.s)-1] = '\0'; /* remove end quote */
+			/* Remove end quote */
+			yylval.s[strlen(yylval.s)-1] = '\0';
 
 			return STRING;
 		}
@@ -108,12 +111,11 @@ void script_Parse(const char * path)
 	} while (!feof(yyin));
 
 	fclose(yyin);
-
 }
 
 void script_IncludeFile(const char * path)
 {
-	if (include_stack_ptr == (MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH-1))
+	if (include_stack_ptr == (MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH - 1))
 		script_fatalerror("Includes nested too deeply.");
 
 	include_line[include_stack_ptr] = yylineno;
@@ -121,13 +123,13 @@ void script_IncludeFile(const char * path)
 
 	include_stack_ptr++;
 
-	yyin = fopen(path, "r" );
+	yyin = fopen(path, "r");
 
 	if (!yyin)
 		script_fatalerror("Couldn't open file \"%s\"", path);
 
 	strncpy(include_path[include_stack_ptr], path, sizeof(include_path[0]));
-	include_path[include_stack_ptr][sizeof(include_path[0])-1] = '\0';
+	include_path[include_stack_ptr][sizeof(include_path[0]) - 1] = '\0';
 
 	yy_switch_to_buffer(yy_create_buffer(yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE));
 	yylineno = 1;
@@ -148,7 +150,7 @@ void script_IncludeFile(const char * path)
 	unput('\n');
 }
 
-int script_IncludeDepthGet(void)
+int32_t script_IncludeDepthGet(void)
 {
 	return include_stack_ptr;
 }
@@ -166,7 +168,7 @@ void script_IncludePop(void)
 
 void script_PrintFileStack(void)
 {
-	int i = include_stack_ptr;
+	int32_t i = include_stack_ptr;
 
 	include_line[i] = yylineno;
 
@@ -177,13 +179,13 @@ void script_PrintFileStack(void)
 	fprintf(stderr, "%s(%d)", linkerscript_path, include_line[i]);
 }
 
-noreturn void script_fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...)
+noreturn_ void script_fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list args;
 	va_start(args, fmt);
 	fprintf(stderr, "error: ");
 	script_PrintFileStack();
-	fprintf(stderr, ":\n\t");
+	fprintf(stderr, ":\n    ");
 	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
 	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
 	va_end(args);

src/link/library.c

@@ -1,73 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 #include "extern/err.h"
-#include "types.h"
+
 #include "link/mylink.h"
 #include "link/main.h"
 
-static BBOOL
-symboldefined(char *name)
+static uint8_t symboldefined(char *name)
 {
-	struct sSection *pSect;
+	const struct sSection *pSect;
 
 	pSect = pSections;
 
 	while (pSect) {
-		int i;
+		int32_t i;
 
 		for (i = 0; i < pSect->nNumberOfSymbols; i += 1) {
-			if ((pSect->tSymbols[i]->Type == SYM_EXPORT)
-			    || ((pSect->tSymbols[i]->Type == SYM_LOCAL)
-				&& (pSect == pSect->tSymbols[i]->pSection))) {
-				if (strcmp(pSect->tSymbols[i]->pzName, name) ==
-				    0)
-					return (1);
+			const struct sSymbol *tSymbol = pSect->tSymbols[i];
+
+			if ((tSymbol->Type == SYM_EXPORT)
+			    || ((tSymbol->Type == SYM_LOCAL)
+				&& (pSect == tSymbol->pSection))) {
+
+				if (strcmp(tSymbol->pzName, name) == 0)
+					return 1;
 			}
 		}
 		pSect = pSect->pNext;
 	}
-	return (0);
+	return 0;
 }
 
-static BBOOL
-addmodulecontaining(char *name)
+static uint8_t addmodulecontaining(char *name)
 {
-	struct sSection **ppLSect;
-
-	ppLSect = &pLibSections;
+	struct sSection **ppLSect = &pLibSections;
 
 	while (*ppLSect) {
-		int i;
+		int32_t i;
 
 		for (i = 0; i < (*ppLSect)->nNumberOfSymbols; i += 1) {
-			if (((*ppLSect)->tSymbols[i]->Type == SYM_EXPORT)
-			    || (((*ppLSect)->tSymbols[i]->Type == SYM_LOCAL)
-				&& ((*ppLSect) ==
-				    (*ppLSect)->tSymbols[i]->pSection))) {
-				if (strcmp
-				    ((*ppLSect)->tSymbols[i]->pzName,
-					name) == 0) {
-					struct sSection **ppSect;
-					ppSect = &pSections;
+			const struct sSymbol *tSymbol = (*ppLSect)->tSymbols[i];
+
+			if ((tSymbol->Type == SYM_EXPORT)
+			    || ((tSymbol->Type == SYM_LOCAL)
+				&& ((*ppLSect) == tSymbol->pSection))) {
+
+				if (strcmp(tSymbol->pzName, name) == 0) {
+					struct sSection **ppSect = &pSections;
+
 					while (*ppSect)
 						ppSect = &((*ppSect)->pNext);
 
 					*ppSect = *ppLSect;
 					*ppLSect = (*ppLSect)->pNext;
 					(*ppSect)->pNext = NULL;
-					return (1);
+					return 1;
 				}
 			}
 		}
 		ppLSect = &((*ppLSect)->pNext);
 	}
-	return (0);
+	return 0;
 }
 
-void
-AddNeededModules(void)
+void AddNeededModules(void)
 {
 	struct sSection *pSect;
 
@@ -77,8 +83,8 @@ AddNeededModules(void)
 		ppLSect = &pLibSections;
 
 		while (*ppLSect) {
-			struct sSection **ppSect;
-			ppSect = &pSections;
+			struct sSection **ppSect = &pSections;
+
 			while (*ppSect)
 				ppSect = &((*ppSect)->pNext);
 
@@ -93,23 +99,22 @@ AddNeededModules(void)
 	if (options & OPT_SMART_C_LINK) {
 		if (!addmodulecontaining(smartlinkstartsymbol)) {
 			errx(1, "Can't find start symbol '%s'",
-			    smartlinkstartsymbol);
-		} else
+			     smartlinkstartsymbol);
+		} else {
 			printf("Smart linking with symbol '%s'\n",
-			    smartlinkstartsymbol);
+			       smartlinkstartsymbol);
+		}
 	}
 	pSect = pSections;
 
 	while (pSect) {
-		int i;
+		int32_t i;
 
 		for (i = 0; i < pSect->nNumberOfSymbols; i += 1) {
 			if ((pSect->tSymbols[i]->Type == SYM_IMPORT)
 			    || (pSect->tSymbols[i]->Type == SYM_LOCAL)) {
-				if (!symboldefined(pSect->tSymbols[i]->pzName)) {
-					addmodulecontaining(pSect->tSymbols[i]->
-					    pzName);
-				}
+				if (!symboldefined(pSect->tSymbols[i]->pzName))
+					addmodulecontaining(pSect->tSymbols[i]->pzName);
 			}
 		}
 		pSect = pSect->pNext;

src/link/main.c

@@ -1,9 +1,19 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 
 #include "extern/err.h"
+
 #include "link/object.h"
 #include "link/output.h"
 #include "link/assign.h"
@@ -13,6 +23,8 @@
 #include "link/main.h"
 #include "link/library.h"
 
+#include "version.h"
+
 enum eBlockType {
 	BLOCK_COMMENT,
 	BLOCK_OBJECTS,
@@ -20,39 +32,35 @@ enum eBlockType {
 	BLOCK_OUTPUT
 };
 
-SLONG options = 0;
-SLONG fillchar = 0;
+int32_t options;
+int32_t fillchar;
 char *smartlinkstartsymbol;
 
 /*
  * Print the usagescreen
- *
  */
 
-static void
-usage(void)
+static void print_usage(void)
 {
 	printf(
-"usage: rgblink [-twd] [-l linkerscript] [-m mapfile] [-n symfile] [-O overlay]\n"
+"usage: rgblink [-dtVw] [-l linkerscript] [-m mapfile] [-n symfile] [-O overlay]\n"
 "               [-o outfile] [-p pad_value] [-s symbol] file [...]\n");
 	exit(1);
 }
 
 /*
  * The main routine
- *
  */
 
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
 	int ch;
 	char *ep;
 
 	if (argc == 1)
-		usage();
+		print_usage();
 
-	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "l:m:n:o:O:p:s:twd")) != -1) {
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "dl:m:n:O:o:p:s:tVw")) != -1) {
 		switch (ch) {
 		case 'l':
 			SetLinkerscriptName(optarg);
@@ -72,13 +80,10 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 			break;
 		case 'p':
 			fillchar = strtoul(optarg, &ep, 0);
-			if (optarg[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0') {
+			if (optarg[0] == '\0' || *ep != '\0')
 				errx(1, "Invalid argument for option 'p'");
-			}
-			if (fillchar < 0 || fillchar > 0xFF) {
-				fprintf(stderr, "Argument for option 'p' must be between 0 and 0xFF");
-				exit(1);
-			}
+			if (fillchar < 0 || fillchar > 0xFF)
+				errx(1, "Argument for option 'p' must be between 0 and 0xFF");
 			break;
 		case 's':
 			options |= OPT_SMART_C_LINK;
@@ -98,16 +103,21 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 			 * This option implies OPT_CONTWRAM.
 			 */
 			options |= OPT_DMG_MODE;
-			/* fallthrough */
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
 		case 'w':
-			/* Set to set WRAM as a single continuous block as on
+			/*
+			 * Set to set WRAM as a single continuous block as on
 			 * DMG. All WRAM sections must be WRAM0 as bankable WRAM
 			 * sections do not exist in this mode. A WRAMX section
-			 * will raise an error. */
+			 * will raise an error.
+			 */
 			options |= OPT_CONTWRAM;
 			break;
+		case 'V':
+			printf("rgblink %s\n", get_package_version_string());
+			exit(0);
 		default:
-			usage();
+			print_usage();
 			/* NOTREACHED */
 		}
 	}
@@ -115,9 +125,9 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	argv += optind;
 
 	if (argc == 0)
-		usage();
+		print_usage();
 
-	for (int i = 0; i < argc; ++i)
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < argc; ++i)
 		obj_Readfile(argv[i]);
 
 	AddNeededModules();
@@ -127,5 +137,5 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	Output();
 	CloseMapfile();
 
-	return (0);
+	return 0;
 }

src/link/mapfile.c

@@ -1,42 +1,47 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #include <errno.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 #include "extern/err.h"
+
+#include "link/assign.h"
 #include "link/main.h"
 #include "link/mylink.h"
-#include "link/assign.h"
 
-FILE *mf = NULL;
-FILE *sf = NULL;
-SLONG currentbank = 0;
-SLONG sfbank;
+static int32_t currentbank;
+static int32_t sfbank;
+static FILE *mf;
+static FILE *sf;
 
-void
-SetMapfileName(char *name)
+void SetMapfileName(char *name)
 {
 	mf = fopen(name, "w");
 
-	if (mf == NULL) {
+	if (mf == NULL)
 		err(1, "Cannot open mapfile '%s'", name);
-	}
 }
 
-void
-SetSymfileName(char *name)
+void SetSymfileName(char *name)
 {
 	sf = fopen(name, "w");
 
-	if (sf == NULL) {
+	if (sf == NULL)
 		err(1, "Cannot open symfile '%s'", name);
-	}
 
-	fprintf(sf, ";File generated by rgblink\n\n");
+	fprintf(sf, "; File generated by rgblink\n\n");
 }
 
-void
-CloseMapfile(void)
+void CloseMapfile(void)
 {
 	if (mf) {
 		fclose(mf);
@@ -48,85 +53,93 @@ CloseMapfile(void)
 	}
 }
 
-void
-MapfileInitBank(SLONG bank)
+void MapfileInitBank(int32_t bank)
 {
+	if ((bank < 0) || (bank >= BANK_INDEX_MAX))
+		errx(1, "%s: Unknown bank %d\n", __func__, bank);
+
 	if (mf) {
 		currentbank = bank;
-		if (bank == BANK_ROM0)
+		if (BankIndexIsROM0(bank)) {
 			fprintf(mf, "ROM Bank #0 (HOME):\n");
-		else if (bank < BANK_WRAM0)
-			fprintf(mf, "ROM Bank #%ld:\n", bank);
-		else if (bank == BANK_WRAM0)
+		} else if (BankIndexIsROMX(bank)) {
+			fprintf(mf, "ROM Bank #%d:\n",
+				bank - BANK_INDEX_ROMX + 1);
+		} else if (BankIndexIsWRAM0(bank)) {
 			fprintf(mf, "WRAM Bank #0:\n");
-		else if (bank < BANK_VRAM)
-			fprintf(mf, "WRAM Bank #%ld:\n", bank - BANK_WRAMX + 1);
-		else if (bank == BANK_HRAM)
-			fprintf(mf, "HRAM:\n");
-		else if (bank == BANK_VRAM || bank == BANK_VRAM + 1)
-			fprintf(mf, "VRAM Bank #%ld:\n", bank - BANK_VRAM);
-		else if (bank == BANK_OAM)
+		} else if (BankIndexIsWRAMX(bank)) {
+			fprintf(mf, "WRAM Bank #%d:\n",
+				bank - BANK_INDEX_WRAMX + 1);
+		} else if (BankIndexIsVRAM(bank)) {
+			fprintf(mf, "VRAM Bank #%d:\n", bank - BANK_INDEX_VRAM);
+		} else if (BankIndexIsOAM(bank)) {
 			fprintf(mf, "OAM:\n");
-		else if (bank < MAXBANKS)
-			fprintf(mf, "SRAM Bank #%ld:\n", bank - BANK_SRAM);
+		} else if (BankIndexIsHRAM(bank)) {
+			fprintf(mf, "HRAM:\n");
+		} else if (BankIndexIsSRAM(bank)) {
+			fprintf(mf, "SRAM Bank #%d:\n", bank - BANK_INDEX_SRAM);
+		}
 	}
 	if (sf) {
-		if (bank < BANK_WRAM0)
-			sfbank = bank;
-		else if (bank == BANK_WRAM0)
+		if (BankIndexIsROM0(bank))
 			sfbank = 0;
-		else if (bank < BANK_VRAM)
-			sfbank = bank - BANK_WRAMX + 1;
-		else if (bank == BANK_HRAM)
+		else if (BankIndexIsROMX(bank))
+			sfbank = bank - BANK_INDEX_ROMX + 1;
+		else if (BankIndexIsWRAM0(bank))
 			sfbank = 0;
-		else if (bank == BANK_VRAM || bank == BANK_VRAM + 1)
-			sfbank = bank - BANK_VRAM;
-		else if (bank == BANK_OAM)
+		else if (BankIndexIsWRAMX(bank))
+			sfbank = bank - BANK_INDEX_WRAMX + 1;
+		else if (BankIndexIsVRAM(bank))
+			sfbank = bank - BANK_INDEX_VRAM;
+		else if (BankIndexIsOAM(bank))
 			sfbank = 0;
-		else if (bank < MAXBANKS)
-			sfbank = bank - BANK_SRAM;
+		else if (BankIndexIsHRAM(bank))
+			sfbank = 0;
+		else if (BankIndexIsSRAM(bank))
+			sfbank = bank - BANK_INDEX_SRAM;
 		else
 			sfbank = 0;
 	}
 }
 
-void
-MapfileWriteSection(struct sSection * pSect)
+void MapfileWriteSection(const struct sSection *pSect)
 {
-	SLONG i;
+	int32_t i;
 
 	if (mf) {
 		if (pSect->nByteSize > 0) {
-			fprintf(mf, "  SECTION: $%04lX-$%04lX ($%04lX bytes) [\"%s\"]\n",
+			fprintf(mf, "  SECTION: $%04X-$%04X ($%04X bytes) [\"%s\"]\n",
 				pSect->nOrg, pSect->nOrg + pSect->nByteSize - 1,
 				pSect->nByteSize, pSect->pzName);
 		} else {
-			fprintf(mf, "  SECTION: $%04lX ($0 bytes) [\"%s\"]\n",
+			fprintf(mf, "  SECTION: $%04X ($0 bytes) [\"%s\"]\n",
 				pSect->nOrg, pSect->pzName);
 		}
 	}
 
 	for (i = 0; i < pSect->nNumberOfSymbols; i += 1) {
-		struct sSymbol *pSym;
-		pSym = pSect->tSymbols[i];
-		if ((pSym->pSection == pSect)
-		    && (pSym->Type != SYM_IMPORT)) {
+		const struct sSymbol *pSym = pSect->tSymbols[i];
+
+		/* Don't print '@' */
+		if (strcmp(pSym->pzName, "@") == 0)
+			continue;
+
+		if ((pSym->pSection == pSect) && (pSym->Type != SYM_IMPORT)) {
 			if (mf) {
-				fprintf(mf, "           $%04lX = %s\n",
-				    pSym->nOffset + pSect->nOrg,
-				    pSym->pzName);
+				fprintf(mf, "           $%04X = %s\n",
+					pSym->nOffset + pSect->nOrg,
+					pSym->pzName);
 			}
 			if (sf) {
-				fprintf(sf, "%02lX:%04lX %s\n", sfbank,
-				    pSym->nOffset + pSect->nOrg,
-				    pSym->pzName);
+				fprintf(sf, "%02X:%04X %s\n", sfbank,
+					pSym->nOffset + pSect->nOrg,
+					pSym->pzName);
 			}
 		}
 	}
 }
 
-void
-MapfileCloseBank(SLONG slack)
+void MapfileCloseBank(int32_t slack)
 {
 	if (!mf)
 		return;
@@ -134,5 +147,5 @@ MapfileCloseBank(SLONG slack)
 	if (slack == MaxAvail[currentbank])
 		fprintf(mf, "  EMPTY\n\n");
 	else
-		fprintf(mf, "    SLACK: $%04lX bytes\n\n", slack);
+		fprintf(mf, "    SLACK: $%04X bytes\n\n", slack);
 }

src/link/object.c

@@ -1,59 +1,55 @@
 /*
- * Here we have the routines that read an objectfile
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
+/*
+ * Here we have the routines that read an objectfile
+ */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
 #include <errno.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
+#include "common.h"
+
 #include "extern/err.h"
+
 #include "link/assign.h"
 #include "link/mylink.h"
 #include "link/main.h"
 
 struct sSymbol **tSymbols;
-struct sSection *pSections = NULL;
-struct sSection *pLibSections = NULL;
-UBYTE dummymem;
-BBOOL oReadLib = 0;
+struct sSection *pSections;
+struct sSection *pLibSections;
+uint8_t dummymem;
+uint8_t oReadLib;
 
 /*
- * The usual byte order stuff
- *
+ * Read 32-bit values with the correct endianness
  */
-
-SLONG
-readlong(FILE * f)
+static int32_t readlong(FILE *f)
 {
-	SLONG r;
+	uint32_t r;
 
-	r = fgetc(f);
-	r |= fgetc(f) << 8;
-	r |= fgetc(f) << 16;
-	r |= fgetc(f) << 24;
+	r = ((uint32_t)(uint8_t)fgetc(f));
+	r |= ((uint32_t)(uint8_t)fgetc(f)) << 8;
+	r |= ((uint32_t)(uint8_t)fgetc(f)) << 16;
+	r |= ((uint32_t)(uint8_t)fgetc(f)) << 24;
 
-	return (r);
-}
-
-UWORD
-readword(FILE * f)
-{
-	UWORD r;
-
-	r = fgetc(f);
-	r |= fgetc(f) << 8;
-
-	return (r);
+	return (int32_t)r;
 }
 
 /*
  * Read a NULL terminated string from a file
- *
  */
-SLONG
-readasciiz(char **dest, FILE *f)
+int32_t readasciiz(char **dest, FILE *f)
 {
 	size_t r = 0;
 
@@ -61,9 +57,8 @@ readasciiz(char **dest, FILE *f)
 	char *start = malloc(bufferLength);
 	char *s = start;
 
-	if (!s) {
-		err(1, NULL);
-	}
+	if (!s)
+		err(1, "%s: Couldn't allocate memory", __func__);
 
 	while (((*s++) = fgetc(f)) != 0) {
 		r += 1;
@@ -72,7 +67,8 @@ readasciiz(char **dest, FILE *f)
 			bufferLength *= 2;
 			start = realloc(start, bufferLength);
 			if (!start) {
-				err(1, NULL);
+				err(1, "%s: Couldn't allocate memory",
+				    __func__);
 			}
 			s = start + r;
 		}
@@ -84,11 +80,8 @@ readasciiz(char **dest, FILE *f)
 
 /*
  * Allocate a new section and link it into the list
- *
  */
-
-struct sSection *
-AllocSection(void)
+struct sSection *AllocSection(void)
 {
 	struct sSection **ppSections;
 
@@ -101,48 +94,51 @@ AllocSection(void)
 		ppSections = &((*ppSections)->pNext);
 
 	*ppSections = malloc(sizeof **ppSections);
-	if (!*ppSections) {
-		err(1, NULL);
-	}
+	if (!*ppSections)
+		err(1, "%s: Couldn't allocate memory", __func__);
+
 	(*ppSections)->tSymbols = tSymbols;
 	(*ppSections)->pNext = NULL;
 	(*ppSections)->pPatches = NULL;
 	(*ppSections)->oAssigned = 0;
 	return *ppSections;
 }
+
 /*
  * Read a symbol from a file
- *
  */
-
-struct sSymbol *
-obj_ReadSymbol(FILE * f)
+struct sSymbol *obj_ReadSymbol(FILE *f, char *tzObjectfile)
 {
 	struct sSymbol *pSym;
 
-	pSym = malloc(sizeof *pSym);
-	if (!pSym) {
-		err(1, NULL);
-	}
+	pSym = malloc(sizeof(*pSym));
+	if (!pSym)
+		err(1, "%s: Couldn't allocate memory", __func__);
 
 	readasciiz(&pSym->pzName, f);
-	if ((pSym->Type = (enum eSymbolType) fgetc(f)) != SYM_IMPORT) {
+	pSym->Type = (enum eSymbolType)fgetc(f);
+
+	pSym->pzObjFileName = tzObjectfile;
+
+	if (pSym->Type != SYM_IMPORT) {
+		readasciiz(&pSym->pzFileName, f);
+		pSym->nFileLine = readlong(f);
+
 		pSym->nSectionID = readlong(f);
 		pSym->nOffset = readlong(f);
 	}
+
 	return pSym;
 }
 
 /*
  * RGB object reader routines
- *
  */
-struct sSection *
-obj_ReadRGBSection(FILE * f)
+struct sSection *obj_ReadRGBSection(FILE *f)
 {
 	struct sSection *pSection;
-
 	char *pzName;
+
 	readasciiz(&pzName, f);
 	if (IsSectionNameInUse(pzName))
 		errx(1, "Section name \"%s\" is already in use.", pzName);
@@ -151,122 +147,128 @@ obj_ReadRGBSection(FILE * f)
 	pSection->pzName = pzName;
 
 	pSection->nByteSize = readlong(f);
-	pSection->Type = (enum eSectionType) fgetc(f);
+	pSection->Type = (enum eSectionType)fgetc(f);
 	pSection->nOrg = readlong(f);
 	pSection->nBank = readlong(f);
 	pSection->nAlign = readlong(f);
 
-	if ((options & OPT_TINY) && (pSection->Type == SECT_ROMX)) {
+	if ((options & OPT_TINY) && (pSection->Type == SECT_ROMX))
 		errx(1,  "ROMX sections can't be used with option -t.");
-	}
-	if ((options & OPT_CONTWRAM) && (pSection->Type == SECT_WRAMX)) {
+
+	if ((options & OPT_CONTWRAM) && (pSection->Type == SECT_WRAMX))
 		errx(1, "WRAMX sections can't be used with options -w or -d.");
-	}
+
 	if (options & OPT_DMG_MODE) {
 		/* WRAMX sections are checked for OPT_CONTWRAM */
-		if (pSection->Type == SECT_VRAM && pSection->nBank == 1) {
+		if (pSection->Type == SECT_VRAM && pSection->nBank == 1)
 			errx(1, "VRAM bank 1 can't be used with option -d.");
-		}
 	}
 
-	unsigned int maxsize = 0;
+	uint32_t maxsize = 0;
 
 	/* Verify that the section isn't too big */
-	switch (pSection->Type)
-	{
-		case SECT_ROM0:
-			maxsize = (options & OPT_TINY) ? 0x8000 : 0x4000;
-			break;
-		case SECT_ROMX:
-			maxsize = 0x4000;
-			break;
-		case SECT_VRAM:
-		case SECT_SRAM:
-			maxsize = 0x2000;
-			break;
-		case SECT_WRAM0:
-			maxsize = (options & OPT_CONTWRAM) ? 0x2000 : 0x1000;
-			break;
-		case SECT_WRAMX:
-			maxsize = 0x1000;
-			break;
-		case SECT_OAM:
-			maxsize = 0xA0;
-			break;
-		case SECT_HRAM:
-			maxsize = 0x7F;
-			break;
-		default:
-			errx(1, "Section \"%s\" has an invalid section type.", pzName);
-			break;
+	switch (pSection->Type) {
+	case SECT_ROM0:
+		maxsize = (options & OPT_TINY) ? 0x8000 : 0x4000;
+		break;
+	case SECT_ROMX:
+		maxsize = 0x4000;
+		break;
+	case SECT_VRAM:
+	case SECT_SRAM:
+		maxsize = 0x2000;
+		break;
+	case SECT_WRAM0:
+		maxsize = (options & OPT_CONTWRAM) ? 0x2000 : 0x1000;
+		break;
+	case SECT_WRAMX:
+		maxsize = 0x1000;
+		break;
+	case SECT_OAM:
+		maxsize = 0xA0;
+		break;
+	case SECT_HRAM:
+		maxsize = 0x7F;
+		break;
+	default:
+		errx(1, "Section \"%s\" has an invalid section type.", pzName);
+		break;
 	}
 	if (pSection->nByteSize > maxsize) {
 		errx(1, "Section \"%s\" is bigger than the max size for that type: 0x%X > 0x%X",
-			pzName, pSection->nByteSize, maxsize);
+		     pzName, pSection->nByteSize, maxsize);
 	}
 
-	if ((pSection->Type == SECT_ROMX) || (pSection->Type == SECT_ROM0)) {
-		/*
-		 * These sectiontypes contain data...
-		 *
-		 */
-		if (pSection->nByteSize) {
-			pSection->pData = malloc(pSection->nByteSize);
-			if (!pSection->pData) {
-				err(1, NULL);
+	/*
+	 * If the section doesn't contain data, it is ready
+	 */
+	if ((pSection->Type != SECT_ROMX) && (pSection->Type != SECT_ROM0))
+		return pSection;
+
+	/* If there is no data to read, exit */
+	if (pSection->nByteSize == 0) {
+		/* Skip number of patches */
+		readlong(f);
+		pSection->pData = &dummymem;
+		return pSection;
+	}
+
+	pSection->pData = malloc(pSection->nByteSize);
+	if (!pSection->pData)
+		err(1, "%s: Couldn't allocate memory", __func__);
+
+	int32_t nNumberOfPatches;
+	struct sPatch **ppPatch, *pPatch;
+
+	if (fread(pSection->pData, sizeof(uint8_t), pSection->nByteSize, f)
+	    != pSection->nByteSize) {
+		err(1, "%s: Read error", __func__);
+	}
+
+	nNumberOfPatches = readlong(f);
+	ppPatch = &pSection->pPatches;
+
+	/*
+	 * And patches...
+	 */
+	while (nNumberOfPatches--) {
+		pPatch = malloc(sizeof(*pPatch));
+		if (!pPatch)
+			err(1, "%s: Couldn't allocate memory", __func__);
+
+		*ppPatch = pPatch;
+		readasciiz(&pPatch->pzFilename, f);
+		pPatch->nLineNo = readlong(f);
+		pPatch->nOffset = readlong(f);
+		pPatch->Type = (enum ePatchType)fgetc(f);
+		pPatch->nRPNSize = readlong(f);
+
+		if (pPatch->nRPNSize > 0) {
+			pPatch->pRPN = malloc(pPatch->nRPNSize);
+			if (!pPatch->pRPN) {
+				err(1, "%s: Couldn't allocate memory",
+				    __func__);
 			}
 
-			SLONG nNumberOfPatches;
-			struct sPatch **ppPatch, *pPatch;
-
-			fread(pSection->pData, sizeof(UBYTE),
-			    pSection->nByteSize, f);
-			nNumberOfPatches = readlong(f);
-			ppPatch = &pSection->pPatches;
-
-			/*
-			 * And patches...
-			 *
-			 */
-			while (nNumberOfPatches--) {
-				pPatch = malloc(sizeof *pPatch);
-				if (!pPatch) {
-					err(1, NULL);
-				}
-
-				*ppPatch = pPatch;
-				readasciiz(&pPatch->pzFilename, f);
-				pPatch->nLineNo = readlong(f);
-				pPatch->nOffset = readlong(f);
-				pPatch->Type = (enum ePatchType) fgetc(f);
-				if ((pPatch->nRPNSize = readlong(f)) > 0) {
-					pPatch->pRPN = malloc(pPatch->nRPNSize);
-					if (!pPatch->pRPN) {
-						err(1, NULL);
-					}
-
-					fread(pPatch->pRPN, sizeof(UBYTE),
-					    pPatch->nRPNSize, f);
-				} else
-					pPatch->pRPN = NULL;
-
-				pPatch->pNext = NULL;
-				ppPatch = &(pPatch->pNext);
+			if (fread(pPatch->pRPN, sizeof(uint8_t),
+				  pPatch->nRPNSize, f) != pPatch->nRPNSize) {
+				errx(1, "%s: Read error", __func__);
 			}
 		} else {
-			/* Skip number of patches */
-			readlong(f);
-			pSection->pData = &dummymem;
+			pPatch->pRPN = NULL;
 		}
+
+		pPatch->pNext = NULL;
+		ppPatch = &(pPatch->pNext);
 	}
+
 	return pSection;
 }
 
-void
-obj_ReadRGB(FILE * pObjfile)
+void obj_ReadRGB(FILE *pObjfile, char *tzObjectfile)
 {
 	struct sSection *pFirstSection;
-	SLONG nNumberOfSymbols, nNumberOfSections, i;
+	int32_t nNumberOfSymbols, nNumberOfSections, i;
 
 	nNumberOfSymbols = readlong(pObjfile);
 	nNumberOfSections = readlong(pObjfile);
@@ -274,15 +276,15 @@ obj_ReadRGB(FILE * pObjfile)
 	/* First comes the symbols */
 
 	if (nNumberOfSymbols) {
-		tSymbols = malloc(nNumberOfSymbols * sizeof *tSymbols);
-		if (!tSymbols) {
-			err(1, NULL);
-		}
+		tSymbols = malloc(nNumberOfSymbols * sizeof(*tSymbols));
+		if (!tSymbols)
+			err(1, "%s: Couldn't allocate memory", __func__);
 
 		for (i = 0; i < nNumberOfSymbols; i += 1)
-			tSymbols[i] = obj_ReadSymbol(pObjfile);
-	} else
-		tSymbols = (struct sSymbol **) & dummymem;
+			tSymbols[i] = obj_ReadSymbol(pObjfile, tzObjectfile);
+	} else {
+		tSymbols = (struct sSymbol **)&dummymem;
+	}
 
 	/* Next we have the sections */
 
@@ -299,52 +301,56 @@ obj_ReadRGB(FILE * pObjfile)
 	/*
 	 * Fill in the pSection entry in the symbolstructure.
 	 * This REALLY needs some cleaning up... but, hey, it works
-	 *
 	 */
 
 	for (i = 0; i < nNumberOfSymbols; i += 1) {
 		struct sSection *pConvSect = pFirstSection;
 
-		if (tSymbols[i]->Type != SYM_IMPORT
-		    && tSymbols[i]->nSectionID != -1) {
-			SLONG j = 0;
+		if ((tSymbols[i]->Type != SYM_IMPORT) &&
+		    (tSymbols[i]->nSectionID != -1)) {
+			int32_t j = 0;
+
 			while (j != tSymbols[i]->nSectionID) {
 				j += 1;
 				pConvSect = pConvSect->pNext;
 			}
 			tSymbols[i]->pSection = pConvSect;
-		} else
+		} else {
 			tSymbols[i]->pSection = NULL;
+		}
 	}
 }
+
 /*
  * The main objectfileloadroutine (phew)
- *
  */
-
-void
-obj_ReadOpenFile(FILE * pObjfile, char *tzObjectfile)
+void obj_ReadOpenFile(FILE *pObjfile, char *tzObjectfile)
 {
-	char tzHeader[8];
+	char tzHeader[strlen(RGBDS_OBJECT_VERSION_STRING) + 1];
 
-	fread(tzHeader, sizeof(char), 4, pObjfile);
-	tzHeader[4] = 0;
-	if (strncmp(tzHeader, "RGB", 3) == 0) {
-		switch (tzHeader[3]) {
-		case '3':
-		case '4': // V4 supports OAM sections, but is otherwise identical
-			obj_ReadRGB(pObjfile);
-			break;
-		default:
-			errx(1, "'%s' uses an unsupported object file version (%s). Please reassemble it.", tzObjectfile, tzHeader);
-		}
+	if (fread(tzHeader, sizeof(char), strlen(RGBDS_OBJECT_VERSION_STRING),
+		  pObjfile) != strlen(RGBDS_OBJECT_VERSION_STRING)) {
+		errx(1, "%s: Read error", tzObjectfile);
+	}
+
+	tzHeader[strlen(RGBDS_OBJECT_VERSION_STRING)] = 0;
+
+	if (strncmp(tzHeader, RGBDS_OBJECT_VERSION_STRING,
+		    strlen(RGBDS_OBJECT_VERSION_STRING)) == 0) {
+		obj_ReadRGB(pObjfile, tzObjectfile);
 	} else {
-		errx(1, "'%s' is not a valid object", tzObjectfile);
+		int32_t i;
+
+		for (i = 0; i < strlen(RGBDS_OBJECT_VERSION_STRING); i++)
+			if (!isprint(tzHeader[i]))
+				tzHeader[i] = '?';
+
+		errx(1, "%s: Invalid file or object file version [%s]",
+		     tzObjectfile, tzHeader);
 	}
 }
 
-void
-obj_Readfile(char *tzObjectfile)
+void obj_Readfile(char *tzObjectfile)
 {
 	FILE *pObjfile;
 
@@ -354,24 +360,23 @@ obj_Readfile(char *tzObjectfile)
 		oReadLib = 0;
 
 	pObjfile = fopen(tzObjectfile, "rb");
-	if (pObjfile == NULL) {
+	if (pObjfile == NULL)
 		err(1, "Unable to open object '%s'", tzObjectfile);
-	}
+
 	obj_ReadOpenFile(pObjfile, tzObjectfile);
 	fclose(pObjfile);
 
 	oReadLib = 0;
 }
 
-SLONG
-file_Length(FILE * f)
+int32_t file_Length(FILE *f)
 {
-	ULONG r, p;
+	uint32_t r, p;
 
 	p = ftell(f);
 	fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END);
 	r = ftell(f);
 	fseek(f, p, SEEK_SET);
 
-	return (r);
+	return r;
 }

src/link/output.c

@@ -1,32 +1,45 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
+#include "extern/err.h"
+
 #include "link/mylink.h"
 #include "link/mapfile.h"
 #include "link/main.h"
 #include "link/assign.h"
 
 char *tzOutname;
-char *tzOverlayname = NULL;
+char *tzOverlayname;
 
-SLONG MaxOverlayBank;
+int32_t MaxOverlayBank;
 
-void
-writehome(FILE * f, FILE * f_overlay)
+void writehome(FILE *f, FILE *f_overlay)
 {
-	struct sSection *pSect;
-	UBYTE *mem;
+	const struct sSection *pSect;
+	uint8_t *mem;
 
-	mem = malloc(MaxAvail[BANK_ROM0]);
+	mem = malloc(MaxAvail[BANK_INDEX_ROM0]);
 	if (!mem)
 		return;
 
 	if (f_overlay != NULL) {
 		fseek(f_overlay, 0L, SEEK_SET);
-		fread(mem, 1, MaxAvail[BANK_ROM0], f_overlay);
+		if (fread(mem, 1, MaxAvail[BANK_INDEX_ROM0], f_overlay) !=
+		    MaxAvail[BANK_INDEX_ROM0]) {
+			warnx("Failed to read data from overlay file.");
+		}
 	} else {
-		memset(mem, fillchar, MaxAvail[BANK_ROM0]);
+		memset(mem, fillchar, MaxAvail[BANK_INDEX_ROM0]);
 	}
 	MapfileInitBank(0);
 
@@ -34,7 +47,7 @@ writehome(FILE * f, FILE * f_overlay)
 	while (pSect) {
 		if (pSect->Type == SECT_ROM0) {
 			memcpy(mem + pSect->nOrg, pSect->pData,
-				pSect->nByteSize);
+			       pSect->nByteSize);
 			MapfileWriteSection(pSect);
 		}
 		pSect = pSect->pNext;
@@ -42,23 +55,23 @@ writehome(FILE * f, FILE * f_overlay)
 
 	MapfileCloseBank(area_Avail(0));
 
-	fwrite(mem, 1, MaxAvail[BANK_ROM0], f);
+	fwrite(mem, 1, MaxAvail[BANK_INDEX_ROM0], f);
 	free(mem);
 }
 
-void
-writebank(FILE * f, FILE * f_overlay, SLONG bank)
+void writebank(FILE *f, FILE *f_overlay, int32_t bank)
 {
-	struct sSection *pSect;
-	UBYTE *mem;
+	const struct sSection *pSect;
+	uint8_t *mem;
 
 	mem = malloc(MaxAvail[bank]);
 	if (!mem)
 		return;
 
 	if (f_overlay != NULL && bank <= MaxOverlayBank) {
-		fseek(f_overlay, bank*0x4000, SEEK_SET);
-		fread(mem, 1, MaxAvail[bank], f_overlay);
+		fseek(f_overlay, bank * 0x4000, SEEK_SET);
+		if (fread(mem, 1, MaxAvail[bank], f_overlay) != MaxAvail[bank])
+			warnx("Failed to read data from overlay file.");
 	} else {
 		memset(mem, fillchar, MaxAvail[bank]);
 	}
@@ -68,7 +81,7 @@ writebank(FILE * f, FILE * f_overlay, SLONG bank)
 	while (pSect) {
 		if (pSect->Type == SECT_ROMX && pSect->nBank == bank) {
 			memcpy(mem + pSect->nOrg - 0x4000, pSect->pData,
-				pSect->nByteSize);
+			       pSect->nByteSize);
 			MapfileWriteSection(pSect);
 		}
 		pSect = pSect->pNext;
@@ -80,66 +93,80 @@ writebank(FILE * f, FILE * f_overlay, SLONG bank)
 	free(mem);
 }
 
-void
-out_Setname(char *tzOutputfile)
+void out_Setname(char *tzOutputfile)
 {
 	tzOutname = tzOutputfile;
 }
 
-void
-out_SetOverlayname(char *tzOverlayfile)
+void out_SetOverlayname(char *tzOverlayfile)
 {
 	tzOverlayname = tzOverlayfile;
 }
 
-
-void
-Output(void)
+void Output(void)
 {
-	SLONG i;
+	int32_t i;
 	FILE *f;
 	FILE *f_overlay = NULL;
 
-	if ((f = fopen(tzOutname, "wb"))) {
-		if (tzOverlayname) {
-			f_overlay = fopen(tzOverlayname, "rb");
-			if (!f_overlay) {
-				fprintf(stderr, "Failed to open overlay file %s\n", tzOverlayname);
-				exit(1);
-			}
-			fseek(f_overlay, 0, SEEK_END);
-			if (ftell(f_overlay) % 0x4000 != 0) {
-				fprintf(stderr, "Overlay file must be aligned to 0x4000 bytes\n");
-				exit(1);
-			}
-			MaxOverlayBank = (ftell(f_overlay) / 0x4000) - 1;
-			if (MaxOverlayBank < 1) {
-				fprintf(stderr, "Overlay file be at least 0x8000 bytes\n");
-				exit(1);
-			}
-			if (MaxOverlayBank > MaxBankUsed) {
-				MaxBankUsed = MaxOverlayBank;
-			}
+	/*
+	 * Load overlay
+	 */
+
+	if (tzOverlayname) {
+		f_overlay = fopen(tzOverlayname, "rb");
+
+		if (!f_overlay) {
+			errx(1, "Failed to open overlay file %s\n",
+			     tzOverlayname);
 		}
 
+		fseek(f_overlay, 0, SEEK_END);
+
+		if (ftell(f_overlay) % 0x4000 != 0)
+			errx(1, "Overlay file must be aligned to 0x4000 bytes.");
+
+		MaxOverlayBank = (ftell(f_overlay) / 0x4000) - 1;
+
+		if (MaxOverlayBank < 1)
+			errx(1, "Overlay file must be at least 0x8000 bytes.");
+
+		if (MaxOverlayBank > MaxBankUsed)
+			MaxBankUsed = MaxOverlayBank;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Write ROM.
+	 */
+
+	f = fopen(tzOutname, "wb");
+	if (f != NULL) {
 		writehome(f, f_overlay);
 		for (i = 1; i <= MaxBankUsed; i += 1)
 			writebank(f, f_overlay, i);
 
 		fclose(f);
-
-		if (tzOverlayname) {
-			fclose(f_overlay);
-		}
 	}
-	for (i = BANK_WRAM0; i < MAXBANKS; i++) {
-		struct sSection *pSect;
+
+	/*
+	 * Close overlay
+	 */
+
+	if (tzOverlayname)
+		fclose(f_overlay);
+
+	/*
+	 * Add regular sections to map and sym files.
+	 */
+
+	for (i = BANK_INDEX_WRAM0; i < BANK_INDEX_MAX; i++) {
+		const struct sSection *pSect;
+
 		MapfileInitBank(i);
 		pSect = pSections;
 		while (pSect) {
-			if (pSect->nBank == i) {
+			if (pSect->nBank == i)
 				MapfileWriteSection(pSect);
-			}
 			pSect = pSect->pNext;
 		}
 		MapfileCloseBank(area_Avail(i));

src/link/parser.y

@@ -1,32 +1,29 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 %{
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 #include "extern/err.h"
+
 #include "link/script.h"
 
-int yylex();
+int yylex(void);
 void yyerror(char *);
 
 extern int yylineno;
 %}
 
-%union { int i; char s[512]; }
+%union {
+	int32_t i;
+	char s[512];
+}
 
 %token<i> INTEGER
 %token<s> STRING
@@ -48,60 +45,70 @@ extern int yylineno;
 lines:
 	  /* empty */
 	| lines line NEWLINE
-	;
+;
 
 line:
 	  /* empty */
 	| statement
-	;
+;
 
 statement:
 	/* Statements to set the current section */
-	  SECTION_NONBANKED {
+	  SECTION_NONBANKED
+	{
 		script_SetCurrentSectionType($1, 0);
 	}
-	| SECTION_NONBANKED INTEGER {
+	| SECTION_NONBANKED INTEGER
+	{
 		script_fatalerror("Trying to assign a bank to a non-banked section.\n");
 	}
 
-	| SECTION_BANKED {
+	| SECTION_BANKED
+	{
 		script_fatalerror("Banked section without assigned bank.\n");
 	}
-	| SECTION_BANKED INTEGER {
+	| SECTION_BANKED INTEGER
+	{
 		script_SetCurrentSectionType($1, $2);
 	}
 
 	/* Commands to adjust the address inside the current section */
-	| COMMAND_ALIGN INTEGER {
+	| COMMAND_ALIGN INTEGER
+	{
 		script_SetAlignment($2);
 	}
-	| COMMAND_ALIGN {
+	| COMMAND_ALIGN
+	{
 		script_fatalerror("ALIGN keyword needs an argument.\n");
 	}
-	| COMMAND_ORG INTEGER {
+	| COMMAND_ORG INTEGER
+	{
 		script_SetAddress($2);
 	}
-	| COMMAND_ORG {
+	| COMMAND_ORG
+	{
 		script_fatalerror("ORG keyword needs an argument.\n");
 	}
 
 	/* Section name */
-	| STRING {
+	| STRING
+	{
 		script_OutputSection($1);
 	}
 
 	/* Include file */
-	| COMMAND_INCLUDE STRING {
+	| COMMAND_INCLUDE STRING
+	{
 		script_IncludeFile($2);
 	}
 
 	/* End */
-	;
+;
 
 %%
 
-extern int yylex();
-extern int yyparse();
+extern int yylex(void);
+extern int yyparse(void);
 
 int yywrap(void)
 {

src/link/patch.c

@@ -1,92 +1,106 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 #include "extern/err.h"
+
 #include "link/assign.h"
+#include "link/main.h"
 #include "link/mylink.h"
 #include "link/symbol.h"
-#include "link/main.h"
 
-struct sSection *pCurrentSection;
-SLONG rpnstack[256];
-SLONG rpnp;
-SLONG nPC;
+static struct sSection *pCurrentSection;
+static int32_t rpnstack[256];
+static int32_t rpnp;
+int32_t nPC;
 
-void
-rpnpush(SLONG i)
+static void rpnpush(int32_t i)
 {
-	rpnstack[rpnp++] = i;
+	rpnstack[rpnp] = i;
+	rpnp++;
 }
 
-SLONG
-rpnpop(void)
+static int32_t rpnpop(void)
 {
-	return (rpnstack[--rpnp]);
+	rpnp--;
+	return rpnstack[rpnp];
 }
 
-SLONG
-getsymvalue(SLONG symid)
+static int32_t getsymvalue(int32_t symid)
 {
-	switch (pCurrentSection->tSymbols[symid]->Type) {
-		case SYM_IMPORT:
-		return (sym_GetValue(pCurrentSection->tSymbols[symid]->pzName));
-		break;
-	case SYM_EXPORT:
-	case SYM_LOCAL:
-		{
-			if (strcmp
-			    (pCurrentSection->tSymbols[symid]->pzName,
-				"@") == 0) {
-				return (nPC);
-			} else
-				return (pCurrentSection->tSymbols[symid]->
-				    nOffset +
-				    pCurrentSection->tSymbols[symid]->
-				    pSection->nOrg);
-		}
-	default:
-		break;
-	}
-	errx(1, "*INTERNAL* UNKNOWN SYMBOL TYPE");
-}
+	const struct sSymbol *tSymbol = pCurrentSection->tSymbols[symid];
 
-SLONG
-getsymbank(SLONG symid)
-{
-	SLONG nBank;
-
-	switch (pCurrentSection->tSymbols[symid]->Type) {
+	switch (tSymbol->Type) {
 	case SYM_IMPORT:
-		nBank = sym_GetBank(pCurrentSection->tSymbols[symid]->pzName);
+		return sym_GetValue(tSymbol->pzName);
+
+	case SYM_EXPORT:
+	case SYM_LOCAL:
+		if (strcmp(tSymbol->pzName, "@") == 0)
+			return nPC;
+
+		return tSymbol->nOffset + tSymbol->pSection->nOrg;
+
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+	errx(1, "%s: Unknown symbol type", __func__);
+}
+
+static int32_t getrealbankfrominternalbank(int32_t n)
+{
+	if (BankIndexIsWRAM0(n) || BankIndexIsROM0(n) ||
+	    BankIndexIsOAM(n)   || BankIndexIsHRAM(n)) {
+		return 0;
+	} else if (BankIndexIsROMX(n)) {
+		return n - BANK_INDEX_ROMX + 1;
+	} else if (BankIndexIsWRAMX(n)) {
+		return n - BANK_INDEX_WRAMX + 1;
+	} else if (BankIndexIsVRAM(n)) {
+		return n - BANK_INDEX_VRAM;
+	} else if (BankIndexIsSRAM(n)) {
+		return n - BANK_INDEX_SRAM;
+	}
+
+	return n;
+}
+
+static int32_t getsymbank(int32_t symid)
+{
+	int32_t nBank;
+	const struct sSymbol *tSymbol = pCurrentSection->tSymbols[symid];
+
+	switch (tSymbol->Type) {
+	case SYM_IMPORT:
+		nBank = sym_GetBank(tSymbol->pzName);
 		break;
 	case SYM_EXPORT:
 	case SYM_LOCAL:
-		nBank = pCurrentSection->tSymbols[symid]->pSection->nBank;
+		nBank = tSymbol->pSection->nBank;
 		break;
 	default:
-		errx(1, "*INTERNAL* UNKNOWN SYMBOL TYPE");
+		errx(1, "%s: Unknown symbol type", __func__);
 	}
 
-	if (nBank == BANK_WRAM0 || nBank == BANK_ROM0 || nBank == BANK_OAM ||
-			nBank == BANK_HRAM) {
-		return 0;
-	} else if (nBank >= BANK_WRAMX && nBank < (BANK_WRAMX + BANK_COUNT_WRAMX)) {
-		return nBank - BANK_WRAMX + 1;
-	} else if (nBank >= BANK_VRAM && nBank < (BANK_VRAM + BANK_COUNT_VRAM)) {
-		return nBank - BANK_VRAM;
-	} else if (nBank >= BANK_SRAM && nBank < (BANK_SRAM + BANK_COUNT_SRAM)) {
-		return nBank - BANK_SRAM;
-	}
-
-	return nBank;
+	return getrealbankfrominternalbank(nBank);
 }
 
-SLONG
-calcrpn(struct sPatch * pPatch)
+int32_t calcrpn(struct sPatch *pPatch)
 {
-	SLONG t, size;
-	UBYTE *rpn;
+	int32_t t, size;
+	uint8_t *rpn;
+	uint8_t rpn_cmd;
+	int32_t nBank;
 
 	rpnp = 0;
 
@@ -96,7 +110,9 @@ calcrpn(struct sPatch * pPatch)
 
 	while (size > 0) {
 		size -= 1;
-		switch (*rpn++) {
+		rpn_cmd = *rpn++;
+
+		switch (rpn_cmd) {
 		case RPN_ADD:
 			rpnpush(rpnpop() + rpnpop());
 			break;
@@ -128,7 +144,7 @@ calcrpn(struct sPatch * pPatch)
 			rpnpush(rpnpop() ^ rpnpop());
 			break;
 		case RPN_UNNOT:
-			rpnpush(rpnpop() ^ 0xFFFFFFFF);
+			rpnpush(~rpnpop());
 			break;
 		case RPN_LOGAND:
 			rpnpush(rpnpop() && rpnpop());
@@ -174,8 +190,8 @@ calcrpn(struct sPatch * pPatch)
 			rpnpush(t & 0xFF);
 			if (t < 0 || (t > 0xFF && t < 0xFF00) || t > 0xFFFF) {
 				errx(1,
-				    "%s(%ld) : Value must be in the HRAM area",
-				    pPatch->pzFilename, pPatch->nLineNo);
+				     "%s(%ld) : Value must be in the HRAM area",
+				     pPatch->pzFilename, pPatch->nLineNo);
 			}
 			break;
 		case RPN_CONST:
@@ -197,7 +213,7 @@ calcrpn(struct sPatch * pPatch)
 			pPatch->oRelocPatch |= (getsymbank(t) != -1);
 			size -= 4;
 			break;
-		case RPN_BANK:
+		case RPN_BANK_SYM:
 			/* symbol */
 			t = (*rpn++);
 			t |= (*rpn++) << 8;
@@ -206,13 +222,40 @@ calcrpn(struct sPatch * pPatch)
 			rpnpush(getsymbank(t));
 			size -= 4;
 			break;
+		case RPN_BANK_SECT:
+		{
+			char *name = (char *)rpn;
+
+			struct sSection *pSection = GetSectionByName(name);
+
+			if (pSection == NULL) {
+				errx(1, "Requested BANK() of section \"%s\", which was not found.\n",
+				     name);
+			}
+
+			nBank = pSection->nBank;
+			rpnpush(getrealbankfrominternalbank(nBank));
+
+			int len = strlen(name);
+
+			size -= len + 1;
+			rpn += len + 1;
+			break;
+		}
+		case RPN_BANK_SELF:
+			nBank = pCurrentSection->nBank;
+			rpnpush(getrealbankfrominternalbank(nBank));
+			break;
+		default:
+			errx(1, "%s: Invalid command %d\n", __func__,
+			     rpn_cmd);
+			break;
 		}
 	}
-	return (rpnpop());
+	return rpnpop();
 }
 
-void
-Patch(void)
+void Patch(void)
 {
 	struct sSection *pSect;
 
@@ -223,7 +266,8 @@ Patch(void)
 		pCurrentSection = pSect;
 		pPatch = pSect->pPatches;
 		while (pPatch) {
-			SLONG t;
+			int32_t t;
+			int32_t nPatchOrg;
 
 			nPC = pSect->nOrg + pPatch->nOffset;
 			t = calcrpn(pPatch);
@@ -232,12 +276,12 @@ Patch(void)
 				if (t >= -128 && t <= 255) {
 					t &= 0xFF;
 					pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset] =
-					    (UBYTE) t;
+						(uint8_t)t;
 				} else {
 					errx(1,
-					    "%s(%ld) : Value must be 8-bit",
-					    pPatch->pzFilename,
-					    pPatch->nLineNo);
+					     "%s(%ld) : Value must be 8-bit",
+					     pPatch->pzFilename,
+					     pPatch->nLineNo);
 				}
 				break;
 			case PATCH_WORD_L:
@@ -249,20 +293,40 @@ Patch(void)
 						(t >> 8) & 0xFF;
 				} else {
 					errx(1,
-					    "%s(%ld) : Value must be 16-bit",
-					    pPatch->pzFilename,
-					    pPatch->nLineNo);
+					     "%s(%ld) : Value must be 16-bit",
+					     pPatch->pzFilename,
+					     pPatch->nLineNo);
 				}
 				break;
 			case PATCH_LONG_L:
 				pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset + 0] = t & 0xFF;
 				pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset + 1] =
-				    (t >> 8) & 0xFF;
+					(t >> 8) & 0xFF;
 				pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset + 2] =
-				    (t >> 16) & 0xFF;
+					(t >> 16) & 0xFF;
 				pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset + 3] =
-				    (t >> 24) & 0xFF;
+					(t >> 24) & 0xFF;
 				break;
+			case PATCH_BYTE_JR:
+				/* Calculate absolute address of the patch */
+				nPatchOrg = pSect->nOrg + pPatch->nOffset;
+
+				/* t contains the destination of the jump */
+				t = (int16_t)((t & 0xFFFF) - (nPatchOrg + 1));
+
+				if (t >= -128 && t <= 127) {
+					t &= 0xFF;
+					pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset] =
+						(uint8_t)t;
+				} else {
+					errx(1,
+					     "%s(%ld) : Value must be 8-bit",
+					     pPatch->pzFilename,
+					     pPatch->nLineNo);
+				}
+				break;
+			default:
+				errx(1, "%s: Internal error.", __func__);
 			}
 
 			pPatch = pPatch->pNext;

src/link/rgblink.1

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright © 2010 Anthony J. Bentley <anthony@anjbe.name>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2018, Anthony J. Bentley and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd April 17, 2017
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd January 26, 2018
 .Dt RGBLINK 1
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -20,9 +13,7 @@
 .Nd Game Boy linker
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Nm rgblink
-.Op Fl t
-.Op Fl w
-.Op Fl d
+.Op Fl dtVw
 .Op Fl m Ar mapfile
 .Op Fl n Ar symfile
 .Op Fl O Ar overlayfile
@@ -66,7 +57,7 @@ Write a symbol file to the given filename.
 .It Fl O Ar overlayfile
 The ROM image to overlay sections over.
 When an overlay ROM is provided, all sections must be fixed.
-This may be used to patch an existing binray.
+This may be used to patch an existing binary.
 .It Fl o Ar outfile
 Write ROM image to the given filename.
 .It Fl p Ar pad_value
@@ -95,6 +86,8 @@ have to be consistent.
 See
 .Xr rgblink 5
 for more information about its format.
+.It Fl V
+Print the version of the program and exit.
 .El
 .Sh EXAMPLES
 All you need for a basic ROM is an object file, which can be made into a ROM

src/link/rgblink.5

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd April 17, 2017
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd January 27, 2018
 .Dt RGBLINK 5
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -45,7 +38,7 @@ WRAMX 2
 .Pp
 Numbers can be in decimal or hexadecimal format (the prefix is
 .Ql $ ) .
-It is an error if any bank or command is found before setting a bank.
+It is an error if any section name or command are found before setting a bank.
 .Pp
 Files can be included by using the
 .Ar INCLUDE

src/link/script.c

@@ -1,165 +1,171 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <string.h>
+
 #include "extern/err.h"
+
 #include "link/assign.h"
 #include "link/mylink.h"
 
 static struct {
-	unsigned int address; /* current address to write sections to */
-	unsigned int top_address; /* not inclusive */
+	uint32_t address; /* current address to write sections to */
+	uint32_t top_address; /* not inclusive */
 	enum eSectionType type;
-} bank[MAXBANKS];
+} bank[BANK_INDEX_MAX];
 
-static int current_bank = -1; /* Bank as seen by the bank array */
-static int current_real_bank = -1; /* bank as seen by the GB */
+static int32_t current_bank = -1; /* Bank as seen by the bank array */
+static int32_t current_real_bank = -1; /* bank as seen by the GB */
 
 void script_InitSections(void)
 {
-	int i;
-	for (i = 0; i < MAXBANKS; i++) {
-		if (i == BANK_ROM0) {
+	int32_t i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < BANK_INDEX_MAX; i++) {
+		if (BankIndexIsROM0(i)) {
 			/* ROM0 bank */
 			bank[i].address = 0x0000;
-			if (options & OPT_TINY) {
+			if (options & OPT_TINY)
 				bank[i].top_address = 0x8000;
-			} else {
+			else
 				bank[i].top_address = 0x4000;
-			}
 			bank[i].type = SECT_ROM0;
-		} else if (i >= BANK_ROMX && i < BANK_ROMX + BANK_COUNT_ROMX) {
+		} else if (BankIndexIsROMX(i)) {
 			/* Swappable ROM bank */
 			bank[i].address = 0x4000;
 			bank[i].top_address = 0x8000;
 			bank[i].type = SECT_ROMX;
-		} else if (i == BANK_WRAM0) {
+		} else if (BankIndexIsWRAM0(i)) {
 			/* WRAM */
 			bank[i].address = 0xC000;
-			if (options & OPT_CONTWRAM) {
+			if (options & OPT_CONTWRAM)
 				bank[i].top_address = 0xE000;
-			} else {
+			else
 				bank[i].top_address = 0xD000;
-			}
 			bank[i].type = SECT_WRAM0;
-		} else if (i >= BANK_SRAM && i < BANK_SRAM + BANK_COUNT_SRAM) {
+		} else if (BankIndexIsSRAM(i)) {
 			/* Swappable SRAM bank */
 			bank[i].address = 0xA000;
 			bank[i].top_address = 0xC000;
 			bank[i].type = SECT_SRAM;
-		} else if (i >= BANK_WRAMX && i < BANK_WRAMX + BANK_COUNT_WRAMX) {
+		} else if (BankIndexIsWRAMX(i)) {
 			/* Swappable WRAM bank */
 			bank[i].address = 0xD000;
 			bank[i].top_address = 0xE000;
 			bank[i].type = SECT_WRAMX;
-		} else if (i >= BANK_VRAM && i < BANK_VRAM + BANK_COUNT_VRAM) {
+		} else if (BankIndexIsVRAM(i)) {
 			/* Swappable VRAM bank */
 			bank[i].address = 0x8000;
 			bank[i].type = SECT_VRAM;
-			if (options & OPT_DMG_MODE && i != BANK_VRAM) {
+			if (options & OPT_DMG_MODE && i != BANK_INDEX_VRAM) {
 				/* In DMG the only available bank is bank 0. */
 				bank[i].top_address = 0x8000;
 			} else {
 				bank[i].top_address = 0xA000;
 			}
-		} else if (i == BANK_OAM) {
+		} else if (BankIndexIsOAM(i)) {
 			/* OAM */
 			bank[i].address = 0xFE00;
 			bank[i].top_address = 0xFEA0;
 			bank[i].type = SECT_OAM;
-		} else if (i == BANK_HRAM) {
+		} else if (BankIndexIsHRAM(i)) {
 			/* HRAM */
 			bank[i].address = 0xFF80;
 			bank[i].top_address = 0xFFFF;
 			bank[i].type = SECT_HRAM;
 		} else {
-			errx(1, "(INTERNAL) Unknown bank type!");
+			errx(1, "%s: Unknown bank type %d", __func__, i);
 		}
 	}
 }
 
-void script_SetCurrentSectionType(const char *type, unsigned int bank)
+void script_SetCurrentSectionType(const char *type, uint32_t bank_num)
 {
 	if (strcmp(type, "ROM0") == 0) {
-		if (bank != 0)
-			errx(1, "(Internal) Trying to assign a bank number to ROM0.\n");
-		current_bank = BANK_ROM0;
+		if (bank_num != 0)
+			errx(1, "Trying to assign a bank number to ROM0.\n");
+		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_ROM0;
 		current_real_bank = 0;
 		return;
 	} else if (strcmp(type, "ROMX") == 0) {
-		if (bank == 0)
+		if (bank_num == 0)
 			errx(1, "ROMX index can't be 0.\n");
-		if (bank > BANK_COUNT_ROMX)
-			errx(1, "ROMX index too big (%d > %d).\n", bank, BANK_COUNT_ROMX);
-		current_bank = BANK_ROMX + bank - 1;
-		current_real_bank = bank;
+		if (bank_num > BANK_COUNT_ROMX) {
+			errx(1, "ROMX index too big (%d > %d).\n", bank_num,
+			     BANK_COUNT_ROMX);
+		}
+		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_ROMX + bank_num - 1;
+		current_real_bank = bank_num;
 		return;
 	} else if (strcmp(type, "VRAM") == 0) {
-		if (bank >= BANK_COUNT_VRAM)
-			errx(1, "VRAM index too big (%d >= %d).\n", bank, BANK_COUNT_VRAM);
-		current_bank = BANK_VRAM + bank;
-		current_real_bank = bank;
+		if (bank_num >= BANK_COUNT_VRAM) {
+			errx(1, "VRAM index too big (%d >= %d).\n", bank_num,
+			     BANK_COUNT_VRAM);
+		}
+		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_VRAM + bank_num;
+		current_real_bank = bank_num;
 		return;
 	} else if (strcmp(type, "WRAM0") == 0) {
-		if (bank != 0)
-			errx(1, "(Internal) Trying to assign a bank number to WRAM0.\n");
-		current_bank = BANK_WRAM0;
+		if (bank_num != 0)
+			errx(1, "Trying to assign a bank number to WRAM0.\n");
+
+		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_WRAM0;
 		current_real_bank = 0;
 		return;
 	} else if (strcmp(type, "WRAMX") == 0) {
-		if (bank == 0)
+		if (bank_num == 0)
 			errx(1, "WRAMX index can't be 0.\n");
-		if (bank > BANK_COUNT_WRAMX)
-			errx(1, "WRAMX index too big (%d > %d).\n", bank, BANK_COUNT_WRAMX);
-		current_bank = BANK_WRAMX + bank - 1;
-		current_real_bank = bank - 1;
+		if (bank_num > BANK_COUNT_WRAMX) {
+			errx(1, "WRAMX index too big (%d > %d).\n", bank_num,
+			     BANK_COUNT_WRAMX);
+		}
+		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_WRAMX + bank_num - 1;
+		current_real_bank = bank_num;
 		return;
 	} else if (strcmp(type, "SRAM") == 0) {
-		if (bank >= BANK_COUNT_SRAM)
-			errx(1, "SRAM index too big (%d >= %d).\n", bank, BANK_COUNT_SRAM);
-		current_bank = BANK_SRAM + bank;
-		current_real_bank = bank;
+		if (bank_num >= BANK_COUNT_SRAM) {
+			errx(1, "SRAM index too big (%d >= %d).\n", bank_num,
+			     BANK_COUNT_SRAM);
+		}
+		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_SRAM + bank_num;
+		current_real_bank = bank_num;
 		return;
 	} else if (strcmp(type, "OAM") == 0) {
-		if (bank != 0)
-			errx(1, "(Internal) Trying to assign a bank number to OAM.\n");
-		current_bank = BANK_OAM;
+		if (bank_num != 0) {
+			errx(1, "%s: Trying to assign a bank number to OAM.\n",
+			     __func__);
+		}
+		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_OAM;
 		current_real_bank = 0;
 		return;
 	} else if (strcmp(type, "HRAM") == 0) {
-		if (bank != 0)
-			errx(1, "(Internal) Trying to assign a bank number to HRAM.\n");
-		current_bank = BANK_HRAM;
+		if (bank_num != 0) {
+			errx(1, "%s: Trying to assign a bank number to HRAM.\n",
+			     __func__);
+		}
+		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_HRAM;
 		current_real_bank = 0;
 		return;
 	}
 
-	errx(1, "(Internal) Unknown section type \"%s\".\n", type);
+	errx(1, "%s: Unknown section type \"%s\".\n", __func__, type);
 }
 
-void script_SetAddress(unsigned int addr)
+void script_SetAddress(uint32_t addr)
 {
-	if (current_bank == -1) {
+	if (current_bank == -1)
 		errx(1, "Trying to set an address without assigned bank\n");
-	}
 
 	/* Make sure that we don't go back. */
 	if (bank[current_bank].address > addr) {
 		errx(1, "Trying to go to a previous address (0x%04X to 0x%04X)\n",
-			bank[current_bank].address, addr);
+		     bank[current_bank].address, addr);
 	}
 
 	bank[current_bank].address = addr;
@@ -167,22 +173,21 @@ void script_SetAddress(unsigned int addr)
 	/* Make sure we don't overflow */
 	if (bank[current_bank].address >= bank[current_bank].top_address) {
 		errx(1, "Bank overflowed (0x%04X >= 0x%04X)\n",
-			bank[current_bank].address, bank[current_bank].top_address);
+		     bank[current_bank].address,
+		     bank[current_bank].top_address);
 	}
 }
 
-void script_SetAlignment(unsigned int alignment)
+void script_SetAlignment(uint32_t alignment)
 {
-	if (current_bank == -1) {
+	if (current_bank == -1)
 		errx(1, "Trying to set an alignment without assigned bank\n");
-	}
 
-	if (alignment > 15) {
+	if (alignment > 15)
 		errx(1, "Trying to set an alignment too big: %d\n", alignment);
-	}
 
-	unsigned int size = 1 << alignment;
-	unsigned int mask = size - 1;
+	uint32_t size = 1 << alignment;
+	uint32_t mask = size - 1;
 
 	if (bank[current_bank].address & mask) {
 		bank[current_bank].address &= ~mask;
@@ -192,25 +197,29 @@ void script_SetAlignment(unsigned int alignment)
 	/* Make sure we don't overflow */
 	if (bank[current_bank].address >= bank[current_bank].top_address) {
 		errx(1, "Bank overflowed (0x%04X >= 0x%04X)\n",
-			bank[current_bank].address, bank[current_bank].top_address);
+		     bank[current_bank].address,
+		     bank[current_bank].top_address);
 	}
 }
 
 void script_OutputSection(const char *section_name)
 {
 	if (current_bank == -1) {
-		errx(1, "Trying to place section \"%s\" without assigned bank\n", section_name);
+		errx(1, "Trying to place section \"%s\" without assigned bank\n",
+		     section_name);
 	}
 
-	if (!IsSectionSameTypeBankAndFloating(section_name, bank[current_bank].type,
-						current_real_bank)) {
+	if (!IsSectionSameTypeBankAndFloating(section_name,
+					      bank[current_bank].type,
+					      current_real_bank)) {
 		errx(1, "Different attributes for \"%s\" in source and linkerscript\n",
-			section_name);
+		     section_name);
 	}
 
 	/* Move section to its place. */
 	bank[current_bank].address +=
 		AssignSectionAddressAndBankByName(section_name,
-				bank[current_bank].address, current_real_bank);
+						  bank[current_bank].address,
+						  current_real_bank);
 }
 

src/link/symbol.c

@@ -1,82 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 #include "extern/err.h"
+
 #include "link/main.h"
 #include "link/patch.h"
+
 #include "types.h"
 
 #define HASHSIZE 73
 
 struct ISymbol {
 	char *pzName;
-	SLONG nValue;
-	SLONG nBank;
-	    //-1 = const
+	int32_t nValue;
+	int32_t nBank; /* -1 = constant */
+	 /* Object file where the symbol was defined. */
+	char tzObjFileName[_MAX_PATH + 1];
+	/* Source file where the symbol was defined. */
+	char tzFileName[_MAX_PATH + 1];
+	/* Line where the symbol was defined. */
+	uint32_t nFileLine;
 	struct ISymbol *pNext;
 };
 
 struct ISymbol *tHash[HASHSIZE];
 
-SLONG
-calchash(char *s)
+int32_t calchash(char *s)
 {
-	SLONG r = 0;
+	int32_t r = 0;
+
 	while (*s)
 		r += *s++;
 
-	return (r % HASHSIZE);
+	return r % HASHSIZE;
 }
 
-void
-sym_Init(void)
+void sym_Init(void)
 {
-	SLONG i;
+	int32_t i;
+
 	for (i = 0; i < HASHSIZE; i += 1)
 		tHash[i] = NULL;
 }
 
-SLONG
-sym_GetValue(char *tzName)
+int32_t sym_GetValue(char *tzName)
 {
-	if (strcmp(tzName, "@") == 0) {
-		return (nPC);
-	} else {
-		struct ISymbol **ppSym;
+	if (strcmp(tzName, "@") == 0)
+		return nPC;
 
-		ppSym = &(tHash[calchash(tzName)]);
-		while (*ppSym) {
-			if (strcmp(tzName, (*ppSym)->pzName)) {
-				ppSym = &((*ppSym)->pNext);
-			} else {
-				return ((*ppSym)->nValue);
-			}
-		}
-
-		errx(1, "Unknown symbol '%s'", tzName);
-	}
-}
-
-SLONG
-sym_GetBank(char *tzName)
-{
 	struct ISymbol **ppSym;
 
 	ppSym = &(tHash[calchash(tzName)]);
 	while (*ppSym) {
-		if (strcmp(tzName, (*ppSym)->pzName)) {
+		if (strcmp(tzName, (*ppSym)->pzName))
 			ppSym = &((*ppSym)->pNext);
-		} else {
-			return ((*ppSym)->nBank);
-		}
+		else
+			return ((*ppSym)->nValue);
 	}
 
 	errx(1, "Unknown symbol '%s'", tzName);
 }
 
-void
-sym_CreateSymbol(char *tzName, SLONG nValue, SLONG nBank)
+int32_t sym_GetBank(char *tzName)
+{
+	struct ISymbol **ppSym;
+
+	ppSym = &(tHash[calchash(tzName)]);
+	while (*ppSym) {
+		if (strcmp(tzName, (*ppSym)->pzName))
+			ppSym = &((*ppSym)->pNext);
+		else
+			return ((*ppSym)->nBank);
+	}
+
+	errx(1, "Unknown symbol '%s'", tzName);
+}
+
+void sym_CreateSymbol(char *tzName, int32_t nValue, int32_t nBank,
+		      char *tzObjFileName, char *tzFileName, uint32_t nFileLine)
 {
 	if (strcmp(tzName, "@") == 0)
 		return;
@@ -92,16 +103,28 @@ sym_CreateSymbol(char *tzName, SLONG nValue, SLONG nBank)
 			if (nBank == -1)
 				return;
 
-			errx(1, "Symbol '%s' defined more than once", tzName);
+			errx(1, "'%s' in both %s : %s(%d) and %s : %s(%d)",
+			     tzName, tzObjFileName, tzFileName, nFileLine,
+			     (*ppSym)->tzObjFileName,
+			     (*ppSym)->tzFileName, (*ppSym)->nFileLine);
 		}
 	}
 
-	if ((*ppSym = malloc(sizeof **ppSym))) {
-		if (((*ppSym)->pzName = malloc(strlen(tzName) + 1))) {
+	*ppSym = malloc(sizeof **ppSym);
+
+	if (*ppSym != NULL) {
+		(*ppSym)->pzName = malloc(strlen(tzName) + 1);
+
+		if ((*ppSym)->pzName != NULL) {
 			strcpy((*ppSym)->pzName, tzName);
 			(*ppSym)->nValue = nValue;
 			(*ppSym)->nBank = nBank;
 			(*ppSym)->pNext = NULL;
+			strncpy((*ppSym)->tzObjFileName, tzObjFileName,
+				sizeof((*ppSym)->tzObjFileName));
+			strncpy((*ppSym)->tzFileName, tzFileName,
+				sizeof((*ppSym)->tzFileName));
+			(*ppSym)->nFileLine = nFileLine;
 		}
 	}
 }

src/rgbds.5

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd April 17, 2017
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd January 26, 2018
 .Dt RGBDS 5
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -42,7 +35,7 @@ is a 0‐terminated string of
 .Bd -literal
 ; Header
 
-BYTE    ID[4]            ; "RGB4"
+BYTE    ID[4]            ; "RGB6"
 LONG    NumberOfSymbols  ; The number of symbols used in this file
 LONG    NumberOfSections ; The number of sections used in this file
 
@@ -59,8 +52,14 @@ REPT    NumberOfSymbols   ; Number of symbols defined in this object file.
 
     IF      Type != 1     ; If symbol is defined in this object file.
 
+        STRING  FileName  ; File where the symbol is defined.
+
+        LONG    LineNum   ; Line number in the file where the symbol is defined.
+
         LONG    SectionID ; The section number (of this object file) in which
-                          ; this symbol is defined.
+                          ; this symbol is defined. If it doesn't belong to any
+                          ; specific section (like a constant), this field has
+                          ; the value -1.
 
         LONG    Value     ; The symbols value. It's the offset into that
                           ; symbol's section.
@@ -116,6 +115,7 @@ REPT NumberOfSections
             BYTE    Type         ; 0 = BYTE patch.
                                  ; 1 = little endian WORD patch.
                                  ; 2 = little endian LONG patch.
+                                 ; 3 = JR offset value BYTE patch.
 
             LONG    RPNSize      ; Size of the buffer with the RPN.
                                  ; expression.
@@ -151,25 +151,29 @@ special prefixes for integers and symbols.
 .It Li $03 Ta Li / operator
 .It Li $04 Ta Li % operator
 .It Li $05 Ta Li unary -
-.It Li $06 Ta Li | operator
-.It Li $07 Ta Li & operator
-.It Li $08 Ta Li ^ operator
-.It Li $09 Ta Li unary ~
-.It Li $0A Ta Li && comparison
-.It Li $0B Ta Li || comparison
-.It Li $0C Ta Li unary !
-.It Li $0D Ta Li == comparison
-.It Li $0E Ta Li != comparison
-.It Li $0F Ta Li > comparison
-.It Li $10 Ta Li < comparison
-.It Li $11 Ta Li >= comparison
-.It Li $12 Ta Li <= comparison
-.It Li $13 Ta Li << comparison
-.It Li $14 Ta Li >> comparison
-.It Li $15 Ta Li BANK()
-function.
-A symbol ID follows.
-.It Li $16 Ta Li HRAMCheck.
+.It Li $10 Ta Li | operator
+.It Li $11 Ta Li & operator
+.It Li $12 Ta Li ^ operator
+.It Li $13 Ta Li unary ~
+.It Li $21 Ta Li && comparison
+.It Li $22 Ta Li || comparison
+.It Li $23 Ta Li unary !
+.It Li $30 Ta Li == comparison
+.It Li $31 Ta Li != comparison
+.It Li $32 Ta Li > comparison
+.It Li $33 Ta Li < comparison
+.It Li $34 Ta Li >= comparison
+.It Li $35 Ta Li <= comparison
+.It Li $40 Ta Li << comparison
+.It Li $41 Ta Li >> comparison
+.It Li $50 Ta Li BANK(symbol),
+a
+.Ar LONG
+Symbol ID follows.
+.It Li $51 Ta Li BANK(section_name),
+a null-terminated string follows.
+.It Li $52 Ta Li Current BANK() .
+.It Li $60 Ta Li HRAMCheck.
 Check if the value is in HRAM, AND it with 0xFF.
 .It Li $80 Ta Ar LONG
 integer follows.

src/rgbds.7

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright © 2010 Anthony J. Bentley <anthony@anjbe.name>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2018, Anthony J. Bentley and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd April 17, 2017
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd March 7, 2018
 .Dt RGBDS 7
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -21,9 +14,11 @@
 .Sh EXAMPLES
 To get a working ROM image from a single assembly source file:
 .Pp
-.D1 $ rgbasm \-o bar.o foo.asm
-.D1 $ rgblink \-o baz.gb bar.o
-.D1 $ rgbfix \-v \-p 0 baz.gb
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+$ rgbasm \-o bar.o foo.asm
+$ rgblink \-o baz.gb bar.o
+$ rgbfix \-v \-p 0 baz.gb
+.Ed
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr rgbasm 1 ,
 .Xr rgbfix 1 ,
@@ -48,4 +43,6 @@ implementation of rgbds.
 2017, Bentley's repository is moved to a neutral name.
 It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
 .Lk https://github.com/rednex/rgbds .
+.It
+2018, codebase relicensed under the MIT license.
 .El

src/version.c

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "version.h"
+
+const char *get_package_version_string(void)
+{
+	static char s[50];
+
+	/* The following conditional should be simplified by the compiler. */
+	if (strlen(BUILD_VERSION_STRING) == 0) {
+		snprintf(s, sizeof(s), "v%d.%d.%d", PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR,
+			 PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR, PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH);
+		return s;
+	} else {
+		return BUILD_VERSION_STRING;
+	}
+}

test/asm/divzero-instr.out

@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 ERROR: divzero-instr.asm(2):
-	division by zero
+    Division by zero

test/asm/divzero-section-bank.out

@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 ERROR: divzero-section-bank.asm(1):
-	division by zero
+    Division by zero

test/asm/local-wrong-parent.asm

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+SECTION "sec", ROM0
+
+Parent:
+	db 0
+WrongParent.child
+	db 0